Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

184
Hospital Financing in Seven Countries May 1995 OTA-BP-H-148 GPO stock #052-003-01413-1

Transcript of Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Page 1: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

May 1995

OTA-BP-H-148

GPO stock #052-003-01413-1

Page 2: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Recommended Citation: U.S. Congress, Office of Technology Assessment, HospitalFinancing in Seven Countries, OTA-BP-H-148 (Washington, DC: U.S. GovernmentPrinting Office, May 1995).

Page 3: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

iii

oreword

ospitals—the largest single item in the health care budget—havebeen a prime target of policymakers in attempts to rein in risinghealth care spending. In the search for new ideas about how to or-ganize and pay for health care, U.S. policymakers and researchers

have looked to other countries that appear to have been more successful atholding down costs. This seven-country study of hospital financing is an at-tempt to find lessons for the United States.

The individual experiences over the past decade of the United States andsix of its international peers—Canada, England, France, Germany, theNetherlands, and Sweden—in hospital financing and payment systems arereviewed by experts in each country. In the other countries, the cost of hos-pital care (and of all health care) has, in fact, risen more slowly than it has inthe United States. Perhaps surprisingly, though, reforms have been and con-tinue to be instituted in these countries not only to keep cost increases down,but also to improve the efficiency of the systems, in part by introducing se-lected aspects of a market system, many borrowed from the United States.

At a national policy level, there appears to be little for the United Statesto adopt from abroad. Other countries have managed to keep hospital andtotal costs down by, in one way or another, imposing cash limits on thehealth care system. A market-oriented system, such as the current U.S. sys-tem, is not as amenable to absolute limits, and in the 1990s progress is morelikely to come from within than through imported solutions.

This background paper is part of a larger study, International Differencesin Health Care Technology and Spending, which consists of a series ofbackground papers. International Health Statistics: What the NumbersMean for the United States was published in November 1993, InternationalComparisons of Administrative Costs in Health Care appeared in Septem-ber 1994, and Health Care Technology and Its Assessment in Eight Coun-tries, in February 1995.

OTA has been greatly assisted by the advisory panel for the overall study,chaired by Rosemary Stevens of the University of Pennsylvania. Miriam M.Wiley, of the Economic and Social Research Institute in Dublin, Ireland,guided the country authors and coordinated much of the work. As with allOTA documents, however, responsibility for the content rests with OTA.

ROGER C. HERDMANDirector

Page 4: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

iv

dvisory Panel

Rosemary Stevens, ChairUniversity of PennsylvaniaPhiladelphia, Pennsylvania

Stuart AltmanBrandeis UniversityWaltham, Massachusetts

Jan E. BlanpainLeuven UniversityLeuven, Belgium

Harry P. Cain IIBlue Cross and Blue Shield

AssociationWashington, DC

Louis P. Garrison, Jr.Syntex Development ResearchPalo Alto, California

Annetine GelijnsColumbia UniversityNew York, New York

John IglehartHealth AffairsBethesda, Maryland

Ellen ImmergutMassachusetts Institute of

TechnologyBoston, Massachusetts

Lynn E. JensenAmerican Medical AssociationChicago, Illinois

Bengt JonssonStockholm School of EconomicsStockholm, Sweden

Kenneth G. MantonDuke UniversityDurham, North Carolina

Edward NeuschlerHealth Insurance Association of

AmericaWashington, DC

Jean-Pierre PoullierOrganisation for Economic

Cooperation and DevelopmentParis, France

Mark SchlesingerYale UniversityNew Haven, Connecticut

Page 5: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

v

roject Staff

Clyde J. BehneyAssistant Director, OTA

Sean R. TunisHealth Program Director

Hellen GelbandProject Director for International

Differences in Health CareTechnology and Costs

PRINCIPAL STAFF

MARY A. LASCHOBERStudy Director

Nell EisenbergResearch Assistant

David KaufmanResearch Assistant

Romulo ColindresResearch Assistant

Laura EsslingerSummer Intern

ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

Louise StaleyOffice Administrator

Carolyn MartinWord Processing Specialist

Carolyn SwannPC Specialist

Monica FinchWord Processing Specialist

CONTRACTORMartha CooleyWashington, DC

Page 6: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

vi

ontributors

Miriam M. WileyThe Economic and Social

Research InstituteDublin, Ireland

Morris L. BarerCentre for Health Services and

Policy Research, andDepartment of Health Care andEpidemiology

University of British ColumbiaVancouver, Canada

Alastair M. GrayCentre for Socio-Legal StudiesWolfson CollegeOxford, England

Mary A. LaschoberOffice of Technology AssessmentUS CongressWashington, DC

Reiner LeidlDepartment of Health EconomicsUniversity of LimburgMaastricht, The Netherlands

J.A.M. MaarseUniversity of LimburgMaastricht, The Netherlands

Charles NormandDepartment of Public Health and

PolicyLondon School of Hygiene and

Tropical MedicineLondon, England

Eric M. PaulsonDepartment of Social MedicineUppsala UniversityUppsala, Sweden

Marie-José Sourty-Le GuellecCentre de Recherche, d’Etudes et

de Documentation en Economiede la Santé (CREDES)

Paris, France

James C. VertreesSOLON Consulting Group, Ltd.Silver Spring, Maryland

Page 7: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

vii

cknowledgments

Dave ArbuthnottManitoba HealthWinnipeg, Canada

Linda BakkenManitoba HealthWinnipeg, Canada

Regis BlaisUniversity of MontrealMontreal, Canada

Carol ClemenhagenCanadian Hospital AssociationOttawa, Canada

Diana DavisSIMBATakoma Park, Maryland

Sean DrainManitoba HealthWinnipeg, Canada

Robert EvansUniversity of British ColumbiaVancouver, Canada

Douglas FletcherAlberta HealthEdmonton, Canada

William GlaserNew School for Social

ResearchNew York, New York

Stuart GutermanProspective Payment Assessment

CommissionWashington, DC

Tord HedströmUppsala University HospitalUppsala, Sweden

John HendersonDepartment of HealthLondon, England

Philip JacobsUniversity of AlbertaEdmonton, Canada

Steve KennyBritish Columbia Ministry

of HealthVictoria, Canada

Jean-Marie LanceAssociation des Hopitaux

du Quebec (AHQ)Montreal, Canada

Barb MarkhamCentre for Health Economics and

Policy AnalysisMcMaster UniversityHamilton, Canada

Günther NeubauerMünchen, Germany

Sara NordlingSwedish Planning and

Rationalization Institute (Spri)Stockholm, Sweden

Lars PalmgrenNacka HospitalNacka, SwedenGeorge PinkUniversity of TorontoToronto, Canada

Jean-Pierre PoullierOrganisation for Economic

Cooperation and DevelopmentParis, France

Michael StückrathAachen, Germany

G.J. ThigpenPrinceton, New Jersey

Barbara ZelleMünchen, Germany

Page 8: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

ix

1 Summary and Lessons for the UnitedStates 1The Changing Profile of Hospital Use 2Hospital Financing in the United States

and Abroad 7Conclusions 17References 19

2 Hospital Financing in Canada 21Structure of the Hospital Sector22Physicians 22Hospital Operating Costs23Capital Expenditures 33Future Directions 39References 40

3 Hospital Financing in England 43Structure of the Hospital Sector44Physicians 45Hospital Operating Costs47Hospital Capital Costs 50Hospital Indicators and Trends52Future Directions 52References 54

4 Hospital Financing in France 55Structure of the Hospital Sector56Physicians 58Hospital Operating Costs59Hospital Capital Costs 67Future Directions 73References 74

ontents

Page 9: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

x

5 Hospital Financing in Germany 75Structure of the Hospital Sector77Physicians 78Hospital Operating Costs79Hospital Capital Costs 86Hospital Indicators and Trends90Future Directions 90References 92

6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands 95Structure of the Hospital Sector97Physicians 98Hospital Operating Costs100Hospital Capital Costs 110Hospital Indicators and Trends112Future Directions 114References 118

7 Hospital Financing in Sweden 121Swedish Health Care System Reforms123The Health Care Delivery System124Physicians 124National Health Care Expenditures125Source of Funds 125Allocation of Funds 127Hospital Capital Costs 128Example I: The Stockholm County Council128Example II: The Uppsala County Council130Conclusions 132Addendum 132References 133

8 Hospital Financing in the UnitedStates 135Structure of the Hospital Sector136Physicians 137Hospital Operating Costs138Hospital Capital Costs 144Hospital Indicators and Trends147Future Directions 148References 150

INDEX 153

Page 10: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Summaryand Lessons

for theUnited States

he largest item of expenditure in the health care budgets ofmost industrialized countries—including the UnitedStates—is the acute care hospital sector. As a conse-quence, hospitals have attracted the attention of policy-

makers attempting to curb growth in health care costs by chang-ing the financial landscape for hospitals. Hospital use hasdeclined, particularly dramatically since the early 1980s, in re-sponse to economic signals and the development of new medicaltechnologies. The rate of growth in hospital costs also has slowed,but at least some costs have been diverted to other health care sec-tors, particularly outpatient care and long-term care. What hap-pens in one part of the health care system often reverberates inother sectors, so no component can be studied in complete isola-tion. Nonetheless, payment for hospital care in the United Statesand other countries is governed by distinct policies that bear ex-amination.

Looking around the world, it appears that health care expendi-tures in other industrialized countries have remained lower thanin the United States, while at the same time, everyone in thosecountries has financial access to care. Increasingly, U.S. policy-makers and researchers have looked to other countries to find newways of organizing and paying for health care, which might betransferable. This seven-country study of spending for hospitalservices and the policies that affect spending is an attempt to findlessons for the United States.

The individual experiences of the United States and six of itsinternational peers—Canada, England, France, Germany, theNetherlands, and Sweden—in hospital financing and paymentsystems over the past decade are reviewed in the chapters that fol-

| 1

Page 11: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

2 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

15

1 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- A

c

5 ’ I1980 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92

SOURCE: Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, OECD Health Data (Paris: OECD, 1995),

1OW.l This summary focuses on general trends inthe United States and the other countries and onrecent reforms directed at hospitals.

THE CHANGING PROFILE OFHOSPITAL USEThe acute care hospital continues to be home tothe most advanced medical technologies, butmuch about hospitals has changed, and the changehas been especially rapid since 1980. Trends inkey indicators in different countries give an ideaof just what has occurred.2 Overall, health carespending has taken up an increasing percentage ofthe gross domestic product (GDP), most signifi-cantly in the United States, Canada, France, andthe United Kingdom, and to a lesser extent in Ger-many and the Netherlands, declining only in Swe-den (figure l-l). In 1980, the percentage of GDP

devoted to health care was between 7 and 10 per-cent in all the countries except the United King-dom (which was below the rest). The UnitedStates was second to Sweden by this measure. By1992, the United States stood well above the othersix countries, having experienced a steeper risethan the rest, particularly during the late 1980s andearly 1990s.

As a percentage of total health care spending,the amount devoted to acute hospital care has ac-tually decreased since 1980 in the United States,Canada, France, and the Netherlands (the onlyother countries for which this figure is available)(figure 1-2), because utilization in other sectorshas risen faster than hospital utilization (due inpart to the shift of services out of hospitals and intoother sites of care). Among these four countries,France allots the highest percentage to hospitals,

1 The country chapters were first drafted in 1993. They have been updated to different degrees, and are current, on average, to early 1994.z~e &ta refe~ed to in this section are from the Organisation for Cooperation and Development (OECD). me relative standings of cou-

tries are probably very reliable, but because data from different countries are not necessarily entirely comparable, the actual numbers should beinterpreted with some caution.

Page 12: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 1 Summary and Lessons for the United States 3

SOURCE: Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, OECD Health Data (Paris: OECD, 1995)

and the United States the least (even though the Some of the reasons for changes in hospitalUnited States has spent more per capita than these spending can be gleaned from a few other statis-four countries in every year since 1980 (figure tics. The United States and the other six countries1-3)). all have somewhat fewer hospital beds in the

700

400- - - - - - - - ” - - - - - ‘- - - ‘ - ‘ - ‘ “ - - - - - - - - - - -

300-

1980 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92

—— —————— .- —. ——.—————

SOURCE. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, OECD Health Data (Paris: OECD, 1995), Organisation for Economic Coopera-

tion and Development, OECD Health Systems, The Socio-Economic Environment. Statistical References, Volume II (Paris OECD, 1993).

Page 13: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

4 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

1980 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92

SOURCE: Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, OECD Health Data (Paris: OECD, 1995).

1990s compared with 1980, in proportion to popu- hospital has fallen steadily in the United Stateslation size (i.e., fewer hospital beds/1,000 popula- (this is not the case in all countries, with sometion), and the United States has the lowest ratio of trending upward and others downward) (figureany country except the United Kingdom (figure 1-5). By 1992, the United States had a lower ad-1-4). The decline is a result of reduced demand. mission rate than any country except the Nether-The percentage of the population admitted to a lands. And once in the hospital, people in all coun-

2 3 ,

21 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

A

1980 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92

SOURCE: Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, OECD Health Data (Paris: OECD, 1995).

Page 14: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 1 Summary and Lessons for the United States 15

1980 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92

SOURCE: Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, OECD Health Data (Paris: OECD, 1995)

tries stay, on average, for a shorter period than hospital days per person of the seven countries,they did in 1980 (figure 1-6). and Germany has consistently had the highest

Overall, the number of days spent in the hospi- rate. Hospital occupancy rates (the percentage oftal each year per capita has declined in all seven beds occupied as a proportion of the number avail-countries (figure 1-7). In 1992, the United States able) are determined by the numbers of beds, theand the United Kingdom had the lowest rates of numbers of admissions, and how long people stay.

2.5 -I I

1980 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92

SOURCE: Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, OECD Health Data (Paris: OECD, 1995)

Page 15: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

6 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

65

6 0 ’ I

SOURCE: Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, OECD Health Data (Pans: OECD, 1995)

Since the mid-1980s, the hospital bed occupancyrate in the United States has dropped steeply, fromabout 75 to about 65 percent, and is lower than inthe other six countries (figure 1-8). The low occu-pancy rates have already caused many U.S. acutecare hospitals to close, downsize, or shift into oth-er areas (e.g., long-term care) and many more willprobably do so in the next few years.

■ Forces of ChangeTwo forces have been most influential in reducingthe demand for acute hospital services: financialincentives and advances in medical technology.Prospectively fixed hospital payments and pricingstrategies have encouraged hospitals to find waysto reduce the cost of caring for patients, which in-cludes shifting inpatient care to outpatient settingswhere possible. In the United States, the rate ofgrowth of inpatient hospital spending slowed dur-ing the mid-1980s, but outpatient expendituresrose steeply. This coincided with:

1. Medicare’s adoption of a prospective paymentsystem (discussed below), which sets per-casepayment limits only for hospital inpatients,

2.

3.

the beginnings of privately insured managedcare efforts to reduce inpatient expenditures,andMedicare’s and Medicaid’s liberalized cover-age rules for nursing home and home healthservices.

In the other six countries, most hospitals havebeen operating under fixed annual budgets thatprovide clear expenditure constraints, at least forinpatient services. Recent and ongoing reformsinclude pricing strategies designed to encouragegreater use of outpatient sites. For an example, theCanadian province of Ontario has made outpatientcare more attractive by adjusting the relative ratesfor the same services provided in and out of thehospital. While still lowering costs overall, pro-viders do better financially by using outpatientsites. Several counties in Sweden also have usedprice differentials to influence patient flows to in-patient and outpatient sites, in some cases includ-ing differences in patient cost-sharing amountsrather than hospital reimbursement, giving theconsumer an incentive to choose the less expen-sive setting. In the Netherlands, as part of major

Page 16: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 1 Summary and Lessons for the United States | 7

health care reforms in 1992, payment rates forhospital care not requiring an overnight stay wereincreased to stimulate substitution of daycare forinpatient care. One of the farthest reaching re-forms in this area is currently being implementedin Germany. Germany’s 1993 Health Sector Actfor the first time allows general hospitals to estab-lish outpatient departments.

Existing medical technology has been ex-ploited and the development of new technologypushed in the quest to lower hospital costs. Someof the improved efficiency in hospitals comesfrom such advances as laparoscopic surgery (alsocalled “keyhole” surgery), which allows manycomplex procedures to be carried out through ex-tremely small incisions, reducing hospital staysand the need for post-surgical care to a fraction ofwhat they are for “open” surgeries. Getting peopleout of the hospital sooner after all kinds of proce-dures is also the rule now, since it is generally ac-cepted (whether or not it is always true) that out-comes are no worse with shorter hospital stays.

HOSPITAL FINANCING IN THE UNITEDSTATES AND ABROADHealth care systems and their financing may becategorized many ways. Looking at where most ofthe money comes from is an obvious first cut(table 1-1). Broadly speaking, health care systemsare financed either by tax revenues or by sometype of insurance premiums. Of the countries cov-ered in this report, Canada, Sweden, and Englandfall into the former category and the United States,France, Germany, and the Netherlands into the lat-ter. Among the insurance-based systems, partici-pation is mandatory in all except the UnitedStates. The source of revenue does not predicthow hospitals get their money, however, and infact there is considerable overlap between the twogroups, particularly since the recent series of re-forms of the late 1980s and 1990s (tables 1-1 and1-2).

In all the countries, operating expenses—thecosts of keeping the hospital running day-to-dayto treat patients—account for the lion’s share ofhospital spending. Capital spending—the money

to buy new equipment, build new hospital wings,replace old ones, etc.—though small relative tooperating expenditures, can drive up operating ex-penses because it creates an atmosphere wherenew technologies come into frequent use. In thereal world, the split between operating and capitalexpenses is an artificial one, but in fact, policies inmost countries do treat them separately to someextent, and they are discussed separately below.

Cost containment, increased efficiency, and amore equitable allocation of hospital funds are theobjectives driving nearly all hospital financing re-forms in the comparison countries, but other fac-tors also are important. Enhancing patient choicein the health care system, including greater choiceof hospitals, is another recurring theme. The orga-nizational and social concerns that affect and areaffected by health care and hospital reforms arediscussed briefly in this chapter.

❚ The United StatesThere is no single “U.S. hospital system.” TheU.S. health care system may be described as insur-ance-based with patient-based payment as the pre-dominant approach to reimbursing hospitals forservices, but really it is a combination of systems,some overlapping and others existing indepen-dently. Money flows to hospitals in the UnitedStates in much more varied ways than it does inother countries. It comes from a multitude of pri-vate insurers, the joint federal-state Medicaid pro-gram, the federal government’s Medicare pro-gram, and out-of-pocket costs from both insuredand uninsured people (table 1-3). (The separatehospital systems for veterans, military personnel,and for Native Americans are paid for entirely bythe federal government.) Third-party payers use avast array of methods for reimbursing U.S. com-munity hospitals (defined as nonfederal short-term facilities), of which 59 percent are privatelyowned nonprofit institutions, 14 percent are pri-vately owned for-profit institutions, and the restare operated by state and local governments.

The Medicare program is federally funded pri-marily through payroll taxes on employers and

Page 17: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

TheNetherlandsCanada

Generaltax-based

England France Germany Sweden United StatesPrivate insurance/social insurance

Predominantfinancing sourcefor inpatienthospital services

General tax-based Social insurance Social insurance Social insurance General tax-based

(central governmentgeneral tax reve-nues)

(payroll taxes paidto social securitysickness funds)

(payroll taxes paidto statutory sicknessfunds and privateinsurers)

(payroll taxes paidto statutory sick-ness funds, pre-miums paid to pri-vate insurers)

(County Councilincome taxes)(provincial general

tax revenues andfederal transfers)

(premiums paid toprivate insurers,payroll taxes andgeneral tax reve-nues for socialinsurers)

Predominantpayment methodfor inpatienthospital services

Activity-basedfinancing

Prospective“global” budgets

Prospectivebudgets(“global allocation”plus daily charges)

Prospective“flexible” budgetsb

Prospective “func-tional” budgets(partially activity-based),

Prospective hospi-tal departmentbudgets; someactivity-basedfinancing (fundsfollow services orpatients)

Activity-based(funds followpatients)

(controlled byprovincialgovernments)

(funds follow thepatient; total fundscash-limited atdistrict level)

(negotiated be-tween hospitals andinsurance funds,with central govern-ment controls)

(some central orstate governmentcontrols for socialInsurance programs)

(negotiated be-tween hospitalsand sicknessfunds, with centralgovernment con-trols)

(controlled by thegovernment)

(county councilcontrolled)

Ownership ofhospitals

Public (100%) Public (NHS)(91 .3%), private(8.7%)

Public and publicaffiliated (75%);

Public (62.3%);C

private nonprofit(33.9%); privatefor-profit (3,8%)

Public (15%),private nonprofit(85%)

Public (nearly1 00%)

Public (18,2%),private nonprofit(71%), privatefor-profit (1 0.8%)

private nonprofit(5%); private

(percent of totalhospital beds)

for-profit (19%)

SalaryPredominantpayment methodfor inpatienthospital servicesprovided byphysicians

Fee-for-service Salary Fee-for-serviceSalary Salary Fee-for-service

aThe information presented in this table relates primarily to the dominant acute hospital sector at the beginning of 1994bBeginning January 1993, effective until 1995, Germany has adopted prospective “fixed” budgets (See definitions in text).cThe figures refer to general hospitals and include both acute and nonacute services; they refer to all 16 states of unified Germany, The former East German states had a much higher proportion of public

hospitals and beds than the former West German states

SOURCE: OTA, 1995.

Page 18: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Level of Basis of reimbursement Role of health Relation of capitalResponsibility Source of funding for capital costs sector planning and operating costs

Canada Provinces Provincial funds, often com- Separate capital funds are The hospital sector is subject to Depreciation for major medicalbined with local community granted after provincial planning by the provincial govern- equipment may be reimbursedor hospital funds. government approval of ment, which mostly determines through operating expenses.

proposed investments. the capacity of the system.

England Regional health National Health Service’s Separate capital projects are The central government, working Capital charges, includingauthorities capital budget is allocated to funded if approved by through regional and district depreciation and interest

Regional and District Health Regional Health Authorities. health authorities, fully determines charges, now included in serviceAuthorities (under reforms, the capacity of the public hospital contracts.hospitals will be able to gen- sector.erate their own capitalfunds).

France Ministry of Health, in Public and PSPH hospitals Upon approval by the ap- The entire health care system Depreciation and interest costsconsultation with obtain most funds from their propriate level of government (both public and private health are included in operatingregional authorities own resources, with some authority, hospitals finance institutions) are subject to formal charges.

funding from state or local the investment from own health sector planning through thesubsidies. sources and receive state Health Map. The central govern-

subsidies if eligible. ment fully determines the capacityof the hospital sector.

Germany State authorities State capital budgets (trend State funding for approved Capital investments are approved Depreciation for fully state-fi-toward combined state and projects only for hospitals in- and financed by state govern- nanced capital not included inhospital funds). cluded in the state hospital ments on the basis of state hospi- operating charges; depreciation

plan (almost all hospitals); tal plans. State governments fully and interest costs Included intrend toward combined state determine the capacity of the hos- operating charges for capitaland hospital funding of capi- pital sector. financed from combined statetal after consensus among and hospital funds.hospital, state, and sicknessfunds.

The Central and regional Hospitals’ own financial re- Internal sources and loans Construction of facilities and Depreciation and interest costsNetherlands governments sources. from private banks upon purchases of major medical fully recoverable through patient

regional or central govern- equipment require a government- charges.mental approval of capital issued license, issued on theinvestment. basis of regional and national

health-sector planning.

Page 19: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Level of Basis of reimbursement Role of health Relation of capitalResponsibility Source of funding for capital costs sector planning and operating costs

Sweden County Councils Separate county council cap- Buildings are rented and The capacity of the hospital Trend towards allocating buildingital budgets, but trend equipment leased upon sector is planned and controlled rents and capital-related costs totoward including building approval from the county at the county council level, with in- hospital departments.and equipment costs in council. put from regional organizations.hospitals’ operating budgets.

United States Hospital Hospitals’ own financial Internal sources and private Almost none. Some states require Depreciation and interest costsmanagement resources. loans. a certificate-of-need process for mostly recoverable through pa-

reviewing and approving capital tient charges, although not all.projects.

Page 20: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 1 Summary and Lessons for the United States 111

employees. In 1993 Medicare covered about 13percent of the population and paid 28 percent of allhospital operating revenues. Until 1983, Medi-care generally paid hospitals retrospectivelybased on the costs of care for each patient hospital-ized. Explosive cost increases throughout the1970s and early 1980s led to introduction of a“prospective payment system” (PPS) that uses na-tionally standardized payment rates by “diagnosisrelated group” (DRG). DRG-based paymentswere intended to provide incentives for hospitalsto improve efficiency by offering a standard pay-ment for all similar patients receiving similar ser-vices. PPS was important in decreasing the lengthof hospital stays. After PPS was instituted, the rateof increase in hospital costs did decline, but onlytemporarily. Within a couple of years, the rate ofgrowth was back up to pre-PPS levels. PPS wasalso associated with a substantial shift to outpa-tient treatment for certain types of services, in-cluding outpatient surgery.

DRG payments have not kept pace with in-creases in hospital costs, but hospitals have, byand large, maintained their previous rates ofgrowth by charging private insurers more, a prac-tice known as “cost shifting.” Because insurerstraditionally have passed along these highercharges in the form of higher premiums or copay-ments, the level and quality of care for Medicarepatients probably has not been affected greatly.But with greater market pressure brought by pri-vate insurers on hospitals to lower their charges(discussed below), hospitals will find it more andmore difficult to shift costs.

Medicare pays for most outpatient services on acost basis. In 1986, Congress first directed theHealth Care Financing Administration (HCFA,the agency that administers Medicare) to proposea PPS for outpatient services and provided a list ofrequirements for the system to meet. Developing aviable method turned out to be much more diffi-cult than designing the DRG system for inpatientcare, and only now, in 1995, have options for es-tablishing an outpatient PPS been submitted toCongress. But the options developed so far wouldapply to only about one-third of outpatient spend-ing. Implementation may be years off.

Hospital All healthProgram area expenditures expenditures

Private spending 1437 445,5Public spending 182,9 337.0

Medicare 92.7 151,1Medicaid 42.4 172,8State & local public 3.1 5.0

assistance programsDept. of Veterans Affairs 118 14,2Dept. of Defense 104 133Workers Compensation 10.0 20,6State & local Hospitals 10.3 10,3Other public programs 21 9.7

SOURCE. U.S Department of Health and Human Services, HealthCare Financing Administration, Office of Research and Demonstra-tions, Health Care Financing Review 16(1), fall 1994

Medicaid is a tax-financed state-federal healthcare program for low income and disabled people,which covered 8 percent of the population in 1993and accounted for 13 percent of hospital pay-ments. Eligibility for Medicaid is determined byeach state within federally determined guidelinesand varies considerably across the country. Virtu-ally all hospitals participate in Medicaid, althoughthe extent of participation varies widely. Medicaidbeneficiaries are more likely to get inpatient carein public nonfederal hospitals and teaching hospi-tals, and less likely in private hospitals, whichmay be reluctant to admit Medicaid patients be-cause of low reimbursement rates and restrictionson coverage.

Before 1980, Medicaid programs were re-quired to use the same methods as Medicare to payfor hospital services. Legislative changes in 1980and 1981 allowed states to develop their own pay-ment arrangements with hospitals. The substan-tial state autonomy and the imperative to constraincosts in Medicaid programs has led to heteroge-neous approaches to reimbursing hospitals. Pro-spectively determined payment rates are com-mon, but are packaged differently in differentstates. In addition, more and more states areintroducing managed care initiatives as a way toeither hold down costs, increase coverage to abroader population, or to achieve both goals.

Page 21: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

12 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

More than half the states have applied for waiversthat excuse them from certain Medicaid specifica-tions so they can institute changes that move evenfarther from a “standard” Medicaid programStates are being seen as laboratories for exper-imentation.

Government influence on the hospital sectorhas been very strong, but most people—abouttwo-thirds of the population—still are covered byprivate insurance, most sponsored by employers.About 35 percent of hospital expenditures are paidfor by the hundreds of U.S. private insurers, undera multitude of plans. The very essence of the pri-vate insurance sector is variability in its range ofplans, benefits covered, reimbursement systems,payment rates, etc. These attributes are combinedwith a range of payment mechanisms for benefi-ciary contributions, including coinsurance, co-payments, deductibles, and other out-of-pocketexpenses.

The fact that health insurance benefits havebeen consuming an increasing share of employeecompensation relative to wages has contributed tothe pressure to hold down costs. The constantpressure of rising costs and expanding demandsmeans that insurers continually seek ways to capboth expenditures and benefits. One important re-sponse to this pressure has been the extraordinarygrowth in managed care organizations and the in-creasing tendency of purchasers to form large buy-ing groups. Managed care organizations vary instructure, scope, and size, but all constitute inte-grated service networks that often combine insur-ance functions with health care delivery. Purchas-ing groups (including large employer andgovernment purchasers) tend to contract selec-tively with managed care organizations or to con-tract directly with networks of providers to supplyhealth care services to the group’s members. Thegrowth of managed care organizations has alsobeen accompanied by greater financial risk-shar-ing by providers, which might include sharingprofits or surplus funds in risk pools with provid-ers or paying providers on a per person (capita-tion) basis.

In response to greater purchaser collaboration,providers are increasingly cooperating to form in-tegrated networks or systems of care that can bar-gain with purchasing groups directly. During the1980s and early 1990s, many hospitals havemerged with, acquired, or affiliated with otherinstitutions to create larger systems to compete ef-fectively for patients under managed care con-tracts. This trend is, if anything, growing stronger,and is a major force putting downward pressure onhospital costs.

The effects of these changes are seen in a slow-ing of hospital cost growth in the 1990s, particu-larly dramatic since about 1993. Adjusting for theeffects of inflation, the real growth in costs percase fell from 5 percent in 1992 to less than 2 per-cent in 1993 and the beginning of 1994. In addi-tion to the declines in lengths of stay and per-capi-ta admissions, discussed earlier, growth inhospital salaries also has slowed.

This is not the first time that the rate of growthin hospital costs has slowed down. Hospitals haveresponded before, with a decline in growth ratesafter introduction of the prospective payment sys-tem; earlier, in the 1970s, to the Nixon Adminis-tration’s economic stabilization program; and atother times. These earlier slowdowns did nothold, however, with rates of increase picking upwithin a few years.

Whether the current slowdown will continue isdebatable. Part of the impetus for hospitals to im-prove efficiency and cut costs was undoubtedlythe prospect of comprehensive health care reformat the national level. That pressure appears to beoff for the foreseeable future. But today’s pres-sures also come from the private sector, andchanges in the private insurance market are accel-erating. Many people believe that these marketforces holding down health care costs will be sus-tained and will continue to keep growth in checkby wringing still more inefficiency out of the sys-tem, by promoting cost-saving new technology,and by abandoning services with only marginalhealth benefits.

Page 22: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 1 Summary and Lessons for the United States | 13

Hospital Capital ExpendituresU.S. hospitals have great freedom to decide howmuch capital they need, with relatively few regu-latory constraints. Public hospitals may be re-quired to follow government guidelines for com-petitive bidding arrangements, but few statesexert direct control over the decisionmaking or ac-quisition process for capital. About 30 states oper-ate some kind of certificate-of-need program re-quiring prior approval of large capitalexpenditures, and other states limit the amount ofcapital available by other means, but these pro-grams do not appear to have had much impactoverall.

Capital expenditures are financed through fun-draising (i.e., gifts), loans, and routine paymentsfor services by insurers (including the federal gov-ernment). About half of all capital expendituresare financed by loans and the rest by other sources.Under “traditional” cost-based reimbursementsystems, capital expenditures for buildings andequipment (represented by depreciation and inter-est payments on debts) are passed through topayers by adding on an appropriate amount to allcharges for services. But as cost-based reimburse-ment is being replaced more and more with pro-spective payment systems that pay a predeter-mined charge for each service, payers can exercisemore control over how much allowance they makefor capital costs. Medicare’s PPS system original-ly allowed capital costs to be paid directly as re-quired, independent of DRG payments, but as ofthe 1992 fiscal year, capital costs are gradually be-ing incorporated into DRG payments, giving thegovernment greater control over the level of capi-tal it provides to hospitals.

Through the 1980s, hospitals competed by con-tinually upgrading their facilities and providingthe most sophisticated medical technology. Thesecapital expenditures were a major contributor tothe rise in hospital and health care costs. Today,with price competition a much greater factor in thesurvival of hospitals, investments in the latesttechnology are no longer a given. In this case, lim-its on new technology may be imposed by marketforces. At the moment, however, capital spending

is still growing as a percentage of total hospitalspending.

❚ International TrendsThe upward pressures of medical costs, especiallyin hospitals, are felt in all countries and the re-sponses are a continual series of reforms that at-tempt to maintain control over costs and improvethe quality of services. The six countries includedin this study, though crossing the spectrum of or-ganization and financing, all maintain near-uni-versal coverage of their populations, and no re-forms have sought to exclude segments of thepopulation from coverage (though in some coun-tries the amount people must pay out-of-pockethas risen, which may effectively reduce access forsome people, and the range of benefits to be cov-ered by public or sickness fund insurance is alivein policy discussions). Changes to improve thecountries’ health systems have focused more onthe supply side of the system through provider in-centives and on the demand side through the cre-ation of purchasing organizations.

Canada, England, France, Germany, the Neth-erlands, and Sweden all currently have or have re-cently had some form of prospective budgetingsystem for most hospitals, i.e., they determineahead of time how much money a hospital will getfor operations in the next year. One of the mostpervasive factors underlying reform in these coun-tries is the belief that, while prospectively fixedhospital budgets help promote overall expendi-ture constraint, at least for inpatient services, ex-plicit incentives and controls are needed to en-courage the efficient and equitable allocation offunds within individual hospitals or across hospi-tals. In simpler terms, where no appeal for moremoney is possible, a fixed budget can hold costsdown to an absolute level, but not necessarily im-prove the return on the money spent in terms of thequality or quantity of hospital services.

Traditionally, annual hospital budgets havebeen based largely on historical costs, adjusted forsuch factors as general inflation, service growth,new technologies, and wage and salary increases.

Page 23: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

14 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

A hospital budgeting system based on historicalcosts, however, may not encourage hospitals to tryto find cheaper ways to produce hospital servicesor to improve the quality of services to attract pa-tients. Hospitals only have to ensure that their ex-penditures stay within the amount provided fromthe government or insurance funds. Of course, ifannual budget determinations do not keep pacewith the demands placed on a hospital’s services,the overall budget restraint may require hospitalsto cut their costs. Historical cost budgeting mayalso lock in inequitable funding arrangements.Hospitals that have been historically underfundedor become underfunded because of changes in lo-cal population needs often remain underfundedwhile other hospitals may be inefficiently over-funded.

For these reasons, countries with prospectivelyfixed budgets have chosen to redesign hospital fi-nancing or payment mechanisms to better accountfor patient flows and patient needs, and to promotemore efficient use of resources. Cost containmenthas not been abandoned as a primary goal in hos-pital financing reforms, but this goal is increasing-ly accompanied by attempts to encourage moreefficient production of hospital services. Real-location of funds among hospitals is not alwaysdesigned to decrease aggregate hospital spending,but may be used to provide more money to hospi-tals where health care needs are greatest and lesswhere needs are lower in order to obtain better“value” for the same amount of resources spent.Different ways of paying individual hospitals(e.g., a fixed payment per hospital episode) havealso been adopted to a limited extent in somecountries to motivate hospitals to lower their pro-duction costs by reducing lengths of stay, usingless expensive labor, or using cheaper medicaltechnologies or settings where appropriate.

Financing reforms adopted by the six studiedcountries follow one or both of the followingbroad strategies:1. strategies that depend on greater internal or ex-

ternal market competition to reallocate fundsamong hospitals and within hospital depart-ments, and

2. strategies that depend on activity- or case-mixbased budget determinations.

The first strategy has recently been adopted bythe Netherlands, England, and some Swedishcounty councils. In these places, reforms have fo-cused on separating the purchasers of hospital ser-vices from service providers. Money is directed toindividual hospitals either through patient deci-sions to choose a specific hospital (i.e., “moneyfollows the patient”), through a purchasing orga-nization’s decision to contract with a hospital toprovide services to the organization’s members,or, as in some Swedish hospitals, hospital depart-ments “purchase” services from other depart-ments.

In Sweden, several county councils have estab-lished internal hospital markets under which somehospital departments (usually clinical depart-ments) are given budgets out of which they pur-chase services (e.g., diagnostic tests, food, andhousekeeping services) from other departments,encouraging scrutiny of the costs and benefits ofservices that patients get. Other Swedish countycouncils have established external markets by al-locating budgets to authorized purchasing orga-nizations that are responsible for buying all healthcare for a defined population through contractswith health care providers.

England and the Netherlands have adoptedmore decentralized, market-oriented mechanismsto pay for hospital (and other) services. Followingreforms in these two countries, a large part or all ofa hospital’s operating revenues are determinedlargely by the contracts it negotiates with purchas-ers for specific services. In England, purchasingorganizations (District Health Authorities or gen-eral practitioners who have become “fundhold-ers”) receive a budget from the government,which is proportional to the size of the populationfor whom they provide health services. The pur-chasing organizations are responsible for con-tracting with hospitals to provide inpatient ser-vices to their enrolled populations (a very smallnumber of British hospitals still operate on pro-spectively determined budgets).

Page 24: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 1 Summary and Lessons for the United States | 15

In the Netherlands, about half of a hospital’srevenue comes from a prospective budget basedon the size of the population it serves and on thenumber of authorized beds and medical specialistunits that it has. The other half is determined by“production contracts,” the result of annual ne-gotiations between hospitals and health insurers(both sickness funds and private insurers) over theprojected volume of hospital use by each insurer’sbeneficiaries. Health insurers agree to pay hospi-tals for a predetermined number of hospital ad-missions, inpatient days, outpatient visits, anddaycare visits, and for some specific high-costtreatments. Payment rates for hospital services aredetermined by a quasi-governmental agency. Pro-duction contracting acts as an instrument foradapting hospital budgets to changes in demandfor a hospital’s services, making the budgetingscheme more flexible. Production contracts havealso increased the role of health insurers in thebudgeting process and have tended to decentralizethe process.

The second broad strategy for financing re-forms moves from budgets based on historicalcosts to allocating money in ways that more accu-rately reflect each hospital’s patient load and ac-tivity. These methods use measures of the hospi-tal’s case mix or severity mix, often derived fromthe diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) used in U.S.Medicare’s prospective payment system, to deter-mine at least a portion of the budget. The Cana-dian provinces of British Columbia, Alberta, andManitoba have begun using various forms of pop-ulation- or case-mix based measures to set a per-centage of hospitals’ budgets to encourage hospi-tals to produce services more efficiently or to alignhospital funding more closely with populationneeds. France is also conducting limited experi-ments in a number of hospitals to test a case-mixbased approach to financing, with hospitalcharges based on homogeneous patient groupsthat are similar to DRGs. Germany has recentlyexpanded the use of special fees and case-basedpayments that are conceptually similar to U.S.Medicare’s DRGs with the goal of bringing mosthospital inpatient care under a more performance-related system.

Hospital Capital ExpendituresTrends toward greater hospital efficiency areechoed, but to a much lesser extent, in the sixcountries’ reforms of capital financing. Some re-forms have been aimed at requiring explicit con-sideration of the “opportunity costs” of makingspecific capital expenditures—i.e., what other op-portunities there are for investing the money thatwill be lost by spending it a certain way. Othershave changed the threshold for approving capitalexpenditures in countries where approval is re-quired and changing the way in which hospitalsare paid for capital expenditures.

In England, before recent National Health Ser-vice (NHS) reforms, depreciation and the oppor-tunity costs of using capital assets were not explic-itly separated out in NHS accounts because allhospitals were owned, operated, and funded bythe NHS. But since 1991 and the reforms that haveseparated purchasers and providers, charges forcapital have begun to be incorporated into con-tracted rates for hospital services. The reformsalso for the first time allow NHS Trusts to financetheir capital requirements from within their ownbudgets and by borrowing.

Until recently, private loans to hospitals in theNetherlands were guaranteed by the national gov-ernment, which is estimated to have decreased in-terest payments by about 1 percent. This arrange-ment was recently ended to encourage hospitals tobehave like private companies in obtaining loansfor capital investments. A general trend in Swe-den’s county councils is to allocate rents for hospi-tal buildings and investment costs directly to hos-pital departments to motivate them to moreefficiently use different kinds of hospital inputs(e.g., labor versus high-technology equipment) toprovide services. Although France has notchanged its policy of providing free state and localgovernment subsidies and interest-free loans fromsickness funds for public hospital investment,public hospitals are obtaining an increasing shareof their capital funds from internal sources and in-terest-bearing loans.

Because of the split between capital planningand budgeting and operating cost budgeting, theimpact that capital investments will have on future

Page 25: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

16 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

hospital operating costs often is not consideredwhen decisions about capital investments aremade, but this, too, is being addressed in somecountries. The Canadian provinces are increasing-ly requiring that requests for approval of hospitalcapital expenditures include an “economic case”that the capital purchase will either reduce operat-ing costs by improving technical efficiency or thatit will lead to improvements in patient outcomessufficient to justify the expenditures. In the prov-ince of Manitoba, getting approval for new equip-ment requires that the implications for future hos-pital operating costs be predicted before a decisionis made. If it is likely to significantly increase op-erating costs, e.g., require additional staff or main-tenance, it may be treated as a new program pro-posal, which is evaluated more rigorously. InGermany, with only some recent exceptions, thelaw has allowed the cost of capital investment tobe added directly to hospital charges only for proj-ects designed to reduce operating costs.

U.S. hospitals must raise their own funds, usu-ally through equity or borrowing, and therefore al-ready include the opportunity costs of capital in-vestment funds and possible impacts on futureoperating costs in their decisionmaking process.Individually, U.S. hospitals have incentives topurchase capital when the expected benefits of aninvestment project outweigh its cost, but the lackof overall planning and allocation of capitalamong regions and hospitals does not promotemaximization of the net benefits of capital invest-ments in the hospital industry or country as awhole.

Overall Hospital SpendingRecent and ongoing reforms are expected to in-crease hospital efficiency and patient satisfaction.However, unlike the United States, in all six com-parison countries there are still explicit limits onthe total amount of money available to pay forhospital services.

In Sweden, hospital funds are limited by thecounty councils, which determine hospital depart-ment budgets or the budgets of purchasing orga-nizations; beginning in 1991, the central govern-

ment restricted county councils’ ability to furtherincrease tax revenues. In England, the amount ofmoney flowing to District Health Authorities or togeneral practitioner fundholders to purchase hos-pital services is still cash-limited by their respec-tive Regional Health Authority, and, ultimately,by aggregate limits on National Health Servicefunding from general tax revenues.

French public (and affiliated private) hospitalbudgets are still largely constrained by prospec-tive budgets (called global allocations) that mustbe approved by government authorities. Negoti-ations between German sickness funds and Ger-man hospitals over a hospital’s prospective budgetare more constrained since that country’s most re-cent health reforms were adopted. The GermanHealth Sector Act of 1993 requires fixed prospec-tive hospital budgets from 1993 to 1995 that canno longer be adjusted for the difference betweenthe actual number of inpatient days delivered andthe predicted number. The Health Sector Act alsostrictly constrained growth in hospital budgetsduring that period, tying growth to increases insickness fund income.

The Canadian provinces have also becomemore forceful in the 1990s in developing institu-tional expectations that hospital budgets are bind-ing. The Netherlands’ hospital reforms provide apartial exception to this rule of aggregate limits onhospital spending. The new budgeting schemewith production contracts leaves one avenue forhospital spending open-ended, and the HealthMinistry may now only issue expenditure targetsfor any given year. However, the Ministry maymake up a cost overrun by reducing the next year’sbudget.

❚ Other Areas of Health Care and Hospital Reform

A trend in the six countries, though not as perva-sive as strategies to improve efficiency, is themovement toward allowing greater patient choiceof insurance organization, health care providers,or both. Strategies to achieve this goal often over-lap with schemes to promote greater efficiency.Greater choice may not only make consumers

Page 26: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 1 Summary and Lessons for the United States | 17

more satisfied with their health care system, but italso may encourage providers and insurers to tryto improve quality and lower costs to attract cus-tomers.

In 1997, blue-collar workers in Germany willfor the first time have the right to choose amongsickness funds.3 In Sweden’s traditional healthcare system, patients were assigned to a primaryhealth center and a hospital. However, the estab-lished, well-defined catchment areas of healthcenters and hospitals have been increasingly ques-tioned by the general public. In response, theSwedish Federation of County Councils adopted astatement in 1991 that calls for all Swedes to be al-lowed to choose their physician and hospital.

Under the Netherlands’ reformed system, pa-tients may choose their health insurer—either asickness fund or a private insurer—and insurerscompete to attract subscribers. A major element ofthe United Kingdom’s reforms was increased con-sumer choice of providers and services. Generalpractitioner fundholders will compete for patientenrollment, and public and private hospitals inturn are expected to compete for their patients. Ca-nadian citizens have always had free choice ofphysicians and hospitals under Canada’s Medi-care system. France’s 1991 health reform act reit-erated patients’ freedom to choose a physician orhospital.

Decentralization of decisionmaking is anothertrend in these countries. England’s purchaser-pro-vider split shifts hospital decisionmaking from lo-cal government entities to individual hospitalmanagers. Canada has always been decentralizedto the provincial level, which allows for exper-imentation and for funds to be more closelyaligned with local population needs. British Co-lumbia’s new restructuring initiatives attempt tocreate a more efficient and patient-friendly matchof needs and levels of care by downsizing large ur-ban hospitals, expanding community-based pro-

grams, and generally moving patients “closer tohome.” The Netherlands’ production contractshave decentralized the hospital budgeting proc-ess. Some Swedish county councils’ and Eng-land’s purchaser-provider splits have put morepower into the hands of health care purchasers. InSweden, the tax and planning powers of countycouncils allows different councils to experimentwith financing and payment arrangements.

CONCLUSIONSThe period since 1980 has seen constant change inthe role of hospitals all over the world, reflectingboth the dynamism of medicine and the tighteningfinancial climate. The countries studied by OTAall started from different places, but all haveshared the reform goals of greater cost contain-ment, efficiency, and health service coverage. Theprevailing approaches to hospital financing andthe recent reforms emerge from specific historical,cultural, political, and societal contexts that do notlend themselves to unidimensional categoriza-tion. Broadly, financing models are tax-based(Canada, Sweden, England) or insurance-based(France, Germany, the Netherlands, and theUnited States), but the mode of financing appearsto be neither a constraint against nor a requirementfor any particular type of hospital financing re-form.

The United States stands out among its interna-tional peers as having the highest level of hospitalcosts since 1980, but also for pioneering financingmechanisms—especially prospective paymentsystems—that have led hospitals to reduce thehospital resources used to care for individual pa-tients, including shifting the site of care awayfrom the inpatient setting for many patients. Thesemechanisms, especially the DRG systemintroduced in the mid-1980s in the United States,are now, in the 1990s being adopted by othercountries as ways to allocate funds among hospi-

3White-collar workers already have this right, and they can also choose to leave the statutory insurance system and go to a private insurer.German consumers have always been able to choose their physicians, but sickness fund patients usually have to go the nearest hospital withsuitable facilities.

Page 27: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

18 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

tals, most often within the constraints of prospec-tive budgets.

Other countries have had greater control overtotal hospital spending at a central level. To a largedegree, these countries’ reforms seek to integratethe advantages of spending controls that they havealready with more efficient and equitable produc-tion of hospital services. Decentralizing hospitalfinancing, creating incentives for competitionwithin the hospital system, and basing a greateramounts of a hospital’s revenues on the needs ofthe population it serves are the goals of reform,while also giving consumers more choice inwhere and from whom they get their health care.Basically, they are attempting to introduce se-lected market-type forces into their systems,choosing largely from mechanisms deemed suc-cessful in the U.S. system.

The United States is moving to a more forceful-ly market-driven health care system in which pricecompetition has become more important than ithas ever been. In the early 1980s, the Medicareprogram’s prospective payment system led to aslowdown in cost increases to the federal govern-ment, though not in national health care spending.In the 1990s, the private sector is applying thegreatest pressure to slow cost growth. Ratchetingdown by private insurers will also affect publiclyfunded health care by making it more difficult forhospitals to recoup their deficits from Medicareand Medicaid patients by shifting costs to the pri-vately insured. Ultimately, this will meanconstraining the growth of services, finding waysof providing the same services at lower cost, orboth. Advances in medical technology alreadyhave contributed to this effort and will probablycontinue to do so. Continuing to wring inefficien-cy out of the system—by eliminating unnecessarycare and by further streamlining the functions thatremain—also will contribute.

The Medicare program’s move to eliminate thehistorical separation of operating costs and capitalexpenditures is also a step toward increasing therationality of the system. Some other countriesalso are moving in this direction, a move thatshould place their health care systems—regard-less of how they are financed—in a more market-drive mode.

What can the United States learn from its in-ternational peers about the costs of hospital care?The way that other countries have kept spending ata lower level than the United States is no mystery:fixed (or relatively fixed) budgets have been set invirtually all these countries by some central au-thority. The U.S. system as it is today and is likelyto be in the foreseeable future does not allow forthis type of centralized decisionmaking. Fixed,prospective budgets have apparently not made theother countries’ systems more efficient, either; infact, they may have had the opposite effect.

There is intrinsic value in understanding moreabout how other countries function, and their sim-ilarities and differences with the United States.There may well be some important lessons to belearned at the operational level of hospitals frominternational comparisons, but at a national policylevel, the great efforts that have gone into interna-tional comparative studies over the past decade orso have produced relatively little practical returnfor the United States. They may be of greater valueamong countries with systems that are more simi-lar in their health care systems. The United Statesshould continue to be aware of and examine othercountries’ successes and failures in managinghealth care, but with limited expectations. TheU.S. health care system is peculiarly our own. Inthe 1990s, progress is more likely to come fromwithin than from imported solutions.

Page 28: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 1 Summary and Lessons for the United States | 19

REFERENCES1. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and

Development, The Reform of Health Care: AComparative Analysis of Seven OECD Coun-tries (Paris: OECD, 1992).

2. Organisation for Economic Cooperation andDevelopment, OECD Health Data (Paris:OECD, 1995).

3. Organisation for Economic Cooperation andDevelopment, OECD Health Systems, TheSocio-Economic Environment. StatisticalReferences, Volume II (Paris: OECD, 1993).

4. U.S. Department of Health and Human Ser-vices, Health Care Financing Administration,Office of Research and Demonstrations,Health Care Financing Review 16(1), fall1991.

Page 29: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

HospitalFinancingin Canada

by Morris L. Barer

anada is often described as having a national health insur-ance system; this is not entirely accurate, however, sinceeach of the 10 Canadian provinces (and two territories)administers its own health insurance plans. Although the

hospital and medical components of those plans are subject tofederal guidelines, the provincial governments make their owndecisions about health care financing and payment of providers,benefits other than hospital and medical care, and the organiza-tion of health services. Despite some heterogeneity among prov-inces, however, the provincial health systems have several fea-tures that are common across the provinces.

To qualify for federal contributions, provincial hospital andmedical insurance plans must fulfill federal eligibility and cover-age standards, which include public nonprofit administration,portability of benefits across provinces, comprehensive coveragedefined as “all medically necessary services,” accessibility, anduniversal coverage. All 27 million Canadian residents, regardlessof age or financial or health status, are entitled to participate intheir respective provincial plans. Provinces can insure benefits inaddition to hospital and physician services, but they are left toeach province’s discretion and vary among provinces.

Among the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and De-velopment (OECD) countries, Canada is unique in having no pri-vate-sector involvement in hospital and medical insurance. Pri-vate insurers cannot compete with the public medical and hospitalinsurance programs, but can only cover services not covered byprovincial plans (e.g., outpatient prescription drugs, dental care,cosmetic surgery, optometry, physiotherapy). A large percentageof the population has some private coverage, usually paid by em-ployers. Hospitals (and physicians) are largely prohibited from | 21

Page 30: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

22 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

treating both patients whose care is paid for byprovincial plans and patients who pay directly.The prohibition of private insurance for benefitscovered by the provinces virtually establishes pro-vincial governments as single payers of much ofthe health care received by Canadian residents.

Provincial health plans are financed almost en-tirely from general revenues (from provincialsources and federal transfers to provinces), raisedthrough personal, corporate, sales, payroll, andother broad-based taxes (residents of Alberta andBritish Columbia also pay monthly premiums). In1993, provinces funded approximately 70 percentof Canada’s total health expenditures (which in-cludes federal transfer payments) and paid for al-most 90 percent of all physician and hospitalcharges. The remaining 30 percent of nationalhealth spending came predominantly from privatepayments, mainly for the costs of long-term care,adult dental care, nonprescription drugs, and otheritems (27).

The simple story of Canadian hospital financ-ing—which might be summed up as single-sourcepublic funding allocated to hospitals via globalbudgets established by provincial Ministries ofHealth—offers a relatively accurate picture. How-ever, this general description masks both provin-cial/territorial variations in the details of hospitalfunding and the different ways in which hospitalcapital and operating costs are paid for and allo-cated. The objective of this chapter, therefore, is toclarify the general story, with particular emphasison recent new provincial funding initiatives forhospital operating costs and on the less well-un-derstood capital funding process.1 Approaches tofunding capital and operating costs are describedin more detail for several provinces to illustratethe general structure of the Canadian hospital fi-nancing system.

STRUCTURE OF THE HOSPITAL SECTORHospitals were brought into the Canadian healthcare system under the Hospital Insurance andDiagnostic Services Act (HIDS) of 1956 (41).(For the purposes of this chapter, “hospitals” areacute care and rehabilitation care facilities, someof which also contain extended care beds.)2 By1961, all provinces had met the terms and condi-tions required to receive federal funds for hospitalcost-sharing. Since that time, hospital care in Can-ada has been provided largely through publiclyowned and funded nonprofit institutions. There isvirtually no private acute care hospital sector inCanada, although an active private long-term caresector includes a variety of chronic care institu-tions. These institutions, even though privatelyowned, receive a significant amount of publicfunding. (The Canadian Hospital Directory listsover 50 private hospitals, but most are psychiatric,drug and alcohol rehabilitation, and long-termcare facilities.)

PHYSICIANSFor nearly all Canadian physicians, hospitalsserve as free workshops. General/family practitio-ners may admit patients directly to a hospital ormay refer their patients to specialists who maythen recommend hospitalization. In either case theprimary care practitioner or specialist can followthe patient into the hospital and bill the provincialmedical plan for hospital visits or for surgical pro-cedures or assists. Physicians are paid fees for in-patient services but are responsible for none of thehospital costs incurred.

Many specialists (particularly tertiary care sub-specialists) are hospital based; some have their of-fices within the physical confines of the hospital.Most hospital-based physicians, however, are

1This document reflects the situation in Canada as of the spring of 1993, and rapid changes occurring in the provinces may render it aninaccurate representation of hospital financing in 1995.

2For more detail on hospital classifications, see (13,40).

Page 31: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada | 23

paid fees for services from provincial medicalplans rather than from the hospital’s budget. Also,a sizable number of diagnostic physicians (e.g.,radiologists, pathologists) are in salaried hospitalpositions. Many of the services they provide arealso paid for on a fee-for-service basis to the hos-pital by the provincial medical plan.

A small (but growing) number of specialists isnegotiating alternative payment arrangementswith provincial medical plans. For example, ateaching hospital-based neonatology unit may ne-gotiate with the provincial ministry of health forsessional (half-day) payments to its practitionersor even for block operating funds. These fundsgenerally flow to the hospital separately from itsoperating budget; they derive from a differentbranch of the provincial ministry.

In general, like the United States but differentfrom most of the other five countries in this study,the only physician costs that appear in a hospital’soperating budget are for salaried medical staff,such as the heads of clinical departments or diag-nostic salaried positions, postgraduate medicalstudents (interns and residents), or physiciansserving in administrative posts (e.g., CEOs or vicepresidents). These costs represent only a verysmall fraction of the total cost of physicians’ ser-vices delivered in hospitals.

HOSPITAL OPERATING COSTS

❚ Financing Model

Historical Hospital Financing ApproachHospital funding in the early years of the publicprogram was characterized by either line-by-linebudgeting or per diem reimbursement. Underline-by-line budgeting, individual institutions ne-gotiated specific budgetary line items with pro-vincial ministries of health. The total budget al-location for an individual hospital was theaggregate of the line items. Reallocation of fundsbetween different line items was severely re-stricted, and the effort involved in scrutinizing the

line-by-line detail eventually persuaded minis-tries to move away from this approach.

Per diem reimbursement involved retrospec-tive adjustments to hospital operating budgetsbased on the actual number of inpatient days ofcare provided, leaving provincial ministries with alarge open-ended line in their budgets. (For exam-ple, a special request for additional funding inBritish Columbia in fiscal year 1980-81, amount-ing to almost 25 percent of hospital expenditureestimates, was required to cover actual per diemcosts that year [24]). Inflation-adjusted per capitahospital expenditures increased by 7.6 percentannually during the 1960s, in part because fund-ing increases were relatively generous and alsobecause ministries tended to cover year-end budg-et deficits.3

The line-by-line budgeting approach has large-ly disappeared (although about 20 percent of hos-pital budgets in Québec continue to be determinedon a line-by-line basis [14], and Alberta only re-cently moved away from this method [28]). Themove toward “global budgeting” began in Ontarioin the late 1960s (17). With this method, budgetnegotiations focused on the total budget ratherthan on individual activity or cost centers withinthe budget (and hospitals gained considerableflexibility in moving funds among operatinglines). Under the original global budgeting meth-od, the annual funding allocation was based on aseries of relatively mechanical adjustments to theprevious year’s hospital expenditures. Specialprovisions were made for new programs, unantici-pated and justifiable increases in service provi-sion, or other unforeseen circumstances. The ef-fort required of ministry staff in approvingbudgets was reduced significantly. Retrospectiveline-by-line review was invoked only in situationsin which hospitals exceeded their budgets.

For many years the change from open line-by-line budgets to the theoretically capped globalbudgets lacked “teeth” for controlling the growthof hospital expenditures because most expendi-

3 Per-capita hospital expenditure data are from Barer and Evans (6) and were deflated using a GDP implicit price index (16).

Page 32: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

24 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

ture overruns were ultimately covered by provin-cial health ministries. Québec tried to close offyear-end coverage of deficits, and several prov-inces, led by Québec, experimented with a varietyof incentive reimbursement schemes to motivatehospitals to use their funds more efficiently. Yetthis movement had a rather checkered history(14,21), in part because of glaring failures to un-derstand the motivations of key hospital stake-holders. For example, for some time in Ontario,hospitals could not run deficits but also could notretain the full amount of any surpluses. Not sur-prisingly, actual expenditures clustered tightlyaround approved budgets.

Only in the more fiscally constrained late1980s and especially in the early 1990s have min-istries of health become more forceful in develop-ing institutional expectations that budgets are notstarting points but rather binding constraints.Concurrent with this more hard-nosed approachhave come a number of attempts to refine the crite-ria used to allocate funds among hospitals. Theglobal budgeting approach remains a relativelyaccurate portrayal of the process today, however.In most provinces (Alberta being one exception,as will be seen later), the more recent funding in-novations are applied only to the portion of thefollowing year’s funding that represents an in-crease over hospital budgets in the current year. Toa large extent any relative inefficiencies and ineq-uities that existed in each province when itswitched to global budgeting have been fossil-ized. In many instances historical problems mayeven have been exacerbated by the current rela-tively ad hoc process of allocating new funds andcovering deficits (35).

Current Hospital Financing ApproachDetails of the current budget development, ap-proval, and allocation process vary among prov-inces, but a general picture can be sketched with-out straying too far from the specifics of any oneprovince. Despite some other minor sources, pro-vincial and federal general tax revenues constitutethe lion’s share of funds for hospitals in Canada.There are no tax revenues earmarked specifically

for hospitals. Although provinces receive federaltransfer funding for health care programs gov-erned by the Canada Health Act, these funds fallfar short of the total cost of the programs; there-fore, they are treated simply as part of general provincial tax and transfer revenues. Provincialministries of health must compete with other minis-tries in their provinces for a piece of the generalrevenue pie and must then allocate their shareamong hospitals, other health care institutions,health agencies and programs, private health careproviders (the majority of whom are physicians),and some health research agencies and programs.

Individual hospital budgets are based largelyon approved budgets from the previous year, withallowable adjustments depending on province-specific factors, such as new or expanded pro-grams, patient increases, anticipated wage settle-ments or other expected increases in productioncosts (e.g., the costs of pharmaceutical, surgical,and other supplies), or other policies expected toaffect the bed capacity of each hospital. This ap-proach might be labeled a service-based approachto budget estimation. Ministry staff are generallyresponsible for developing estimates of each hos-pital’s funding requirements. The amount of inter-action between ministry staff and individual insti-tutions during this phase of the budget devel-opment process varies considerably among prov-inces. Individual hospital budget estimates are ag-gregated to an overall hospitals line in each healthministry’s budget estimating process.

An alternative approach—adopted recently inBritish Columbia, for example—begins with totalhospital expenditures in the previous year and de-velops a rationale for adjusting the budget in thecurrent year based on changes in the characteris-tics of the population (e.g., size or age composi-tion) and information on alternative ways of pro-viding services to that population. This might belabeled a more “population-based” approach tobudget development.

The aggregate hospital budget line that emergesfrom either of these approaches is subject to modi-fication as a result of internal provincial govern-ment negotiations over the final request from the

Page 33: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada | 25

health ministry. Because hospital expendituresconstitute the single largest item within provincialministry of health budgets,4 they are subject tospecial scrutiny. A very small reduction in hospi-tal allocations will easily fund a variety of otherprograms—a fact that has escaped neither thoseprograms nor ministry staff.

Two factors characterizing the current situa-tion—one resulting from the current economic en-vironment and one the result of new policy direc-tions (which are themselves influenced, of course,by the economic setting)—ensure that hospitalfunding is even more carefully scrutinized than inthe past. First and most obvious is the current fis-cal crisis facing all provincial governments (andthe federal government). As a result of decliningfederal health care transfers to provinces, slow orno growth in provincial tax revenues, and increas-ing demands on social support programs becauseof slow economic growth, provincial govern-ments are finding themselves with very little roomto maneuver, and hospital funding makes a verylarge target. Second, various new and major pro-vincial restructuring initiatives are attempting tocreate a more efficient and patient-friendly matchof patient needs and levels of care by downsizinglarge urban hospitals, expanding community-basedprograms, and more generally moving patients“closer to home” (12,33). The consequent reductionin bed capacity has been matched by an expecta-tion that hospitals will require lower budgets.

At the conclusion of the internal ministry “esti-mates” process, the aggregate of all hospitals’budgets is presented to the provincial departmentof finance, or treasury board, as part of the healthministry’s request for funds. This request is scruti-nized by treasury board staff as part of the processof determining how the province’s aggregate

budget will be allocated across competing sectorsof the public economy (e.g., education, social ser-vices, justice, health, and housing). Finally, rec-ommendations are presented to the provincialcabinet (composed of the elected ministers foreach of these sectors) for approval.

The approved budget has to withstand debate ineach province’s House of Commons before itpasses into law. Until then, ministries do not knowwhat their allocations will be for the fiscal year.(Unfortunately, this stage is often reached wellinto the fiscal year for which estimates are beingdebated, so that hospitals must run on faith andhope during the early part of the fiscal year.) Insome provinces approval comes with very specif-ic directives as to the internal allocation of fundsamong health ministry programs, allowablesalary increases, and similar instructions. In otherprovinces the approved aggregate health budget isreturned to the ministry, at which point decisionson the allocation of funds to individual programareas within the ministry must be made if the ap-proved amount is different from the budget re-quest. In either case the allocation to individualhospitals and other institutions is still an internalministry responsibility. The budget estimationprocess will usually have generated the informa-tion necessary for this exercise. For example, inManitoba, where the hospital budget line is devel-oped by aggregating individual hospital estimatesafter adjustments for production cost increasesand new programs, the allocation of availablefunding across institutions mirrors closely the rel-ative size of individual hospital budgets devel-oped during the estimates process. Whatever thedetailed allocation process, hospital budget levelshave been and continue to be dominated by bud-geted amounts from the preceding year.5

4For example, in fiscal year 1991-92 total payments to hospitals in British Columbia were $2.2 billion for a population of about 3 million;this represented over 40 percent of the Ministry of Health’s aggregate budget in that year. Similarly, hospital expenditures represented about 42percent of public health care expenditures in Ontario in 1992, down sharply from about 50 percent in 1983. This reflects the overall trend shownin figure 2-1.

5In 1988, for example, the previous year’s funding accounted for 92 percent of the funding allocated to Ontario hospitals; the remainder wasmade up of a variety of adjustments for inflation, service increases, and new or expanded programs (31).

Page 34: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

26 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

New approaches for allocating hospital fundshave been adopted in recent years in several prov-inces. It is important to note, however, that theseinitiatives still leave the previous year’s basebudget for each institution largely intact. In someprovinces the new adjustments are applied only tothe annual increment in funding levels (i.e., newfunds for the current year are allocated on the basisof new rules, but base budgets remain largely un-changed); in Alberta the adjustments affect 5 per-cent of each hospital’s previous year’s budgetedamount.

These approaches indicate an increasing inter-est among ministries of health in making hospitalbudgets more sensitive to the relative efficiency ofdifferent institutions given the mix of patientsserved (e.g., in Alberta and Ontario) or to changesin population composition and patient flows (orthe needs of a hospital’s catchment area) (e.g., inBritish Columbia).6 Three provincial experiencesare described in more detail below to illustrate thetypes of changes occurring in the funding of Cana-dian hospital operating costs.

AlbertaThe Alberta Acute Care Funding Plan (ACFP) isdesigned to redistribute a component of the prov-ince’s inpatient operating budget from less tomore efficient institutions (1). It involves the es-timation of a hospital performance measure(HPM) for each hospital equal to the number ofcase- and severity-weighted days treated per dol-lar of inpatient expense (see box 2-1).7 The higherthe measure (i.e., the more adjusted inpatient daysa hospital has been able to provide for each dollar

it spent), the more efficient the hospital. An indi-vidual hospital’s budget adjustment is based on itsHPM relative to all other hospitals’ HPMs.

The Alberta system is a service-based approachfor adjusting hospital funding that takes as a given(and therefore as implicitly acceptable) the “effi-ciency” of the average hospital. It rewards orpenalizes institutions not on the basis of their des-ignated roles, the patient populations they serve,or the technical efficiency with which they meetspecific objectives, but rather on the basis of theirprior care-providing experience (as reported bythem) and the costs incurred as a result of that careprovision. A hospital that aggressively pursuescommunity-based partnerships that have the ef-fect of keeping patients out of the hospital couldeasily end up being penalized under such a sys-tem, whereas a hospital that uses clever account-ing practices to move inpatient costs out of the de-nominator of its HPM and creative patientclassifications to increase the value of the numera-tor would end up being rewarded.8

Another major problem with the use of thistype of funding system in a Canadian context isthat case weights are based on U.S. cost or chargedata.9 U.S. data are used because there are as yetno reliable patient-centered cost data systems inplace in Canadian hospitals, but the provinces thathave adopted case-mix adjustment of inpatientfunding have chosen to use costs as a key compo-nent of their weight calculations. There are otherapproaches to estimating the relative complexity/severity of cases (see, for example, Barer (4),Evans and Walker (19)), but these have receivedmuch less development and, perhaps more im-

6As with so many other health and social policy initiatives, Québec was ahead of the other provinces in experimenting with peer group-based incentive reimbursement programs (21) but appears to be doing relatively little on this front at present.

7The exchange rate in January 1994 was approximately $CAN1.00 to $U.S.0.75.8“Case mix creep” is no stranger to the United States, where such reimbursement systems have been in place for much longer. As Botz (9)

notes, no case weight system, no matter how carefully constructed, will be devoid of case-shifting incentives. The extent to which such caseshifting occurs depends on the degree of clinical flexibility in the patient classification system and how adept institutions become at ascertainingthe differences between the marginal revenues and costs associated with each case mix/severity category.

9Whether or not the data are adjusted for the relationship between costs and charges in New York State seems moot as the New York patternsof care are likely to be more service-intensive for comparable patients than those in Canada. Only if care were uniformly more service-intensiveacross all types of cases would such an adjustment be appropriate for application in a Canadian setting, but this is not likely to be true.

Page 35: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada 127

A detailed description of the methodology underlying Alberta’s approach to funding hospital inpa-

tient services is beyond the scope of this chapter, but more details are available elsewhere (1 ,23,28).

The hospital performance measure (HPM) method begins by estimating inpatient costs for eachhospital by netting out a variety of outpatient activities and a share of joint activities (e.g., diagnosticservices, administration) from the hospital’s total operating costs. (This process of inpatient cost estima-tion is a modified form of a methodology developed in the late 1970s to compare different hospitalsinpatient costs [3,5].) Second, each of the hospital’s inpatient cases is assigned to one of 1,100 refineddiagnosis-related groups (RDRGs) on the basis of the case’s diagnostic group, diagnostic or procedurecode, and level of co-morbidity or complications. Each RDRG is assigned a weight that measures therelative amount of resources used (i.e., the relative costs) to produce the services of that RDRG. Theweights are constructed by marrying per diem cost or charge information from New York State withRDRG average length-of-stay information based on recent historical experience in Alberta (after trim-ming outliers). Minor case weight adjustments are made for outlier cases on the grounds that these areof extraordinary severity that would not be adequately reflected in the RDRG weight.

This patient classification system, together with the case weight calculations for the province, pro-vides the means to calculate a measure of weighted cases for each hospital. The measure of weightedcases is then scaled up or down to take account of other factors alleged to influence inpatient costs percase--namely, the size of the institution (based on the number of inpatient beds) and the extent of itsteaching role. This latter adjustment is motivated by evidence from Canadian hospital cost analyses(e.g., 4) indicating that even after extracting the costs of direct teaching-related activity in estimating

inpatient costs, the teaching function continues to have indirect effects on those costs.

The adjusted weighted cases become the numerator of the HPM, and the denominator equals totalestimated inpatient costs for the institution. ’ The resulting HPM values for each hospital are convertedto index values, and each hospital’s index value determines its budget adjustment. For example, if ahospital has a value of 125, it would be eligible for a funding adjustment amounting to an increase of 25percent over its previous year’s approved budget In practice, however, adjustments have been appliedonly to a small fraction (about 5 percent) of the previous year’s budget. A 25-percent increase to thehospital’s total budget might be substantial, but a 25 percent increase to 5 percent of the budget usual-ly represents a relatively small increase in the amount of funds for the coming year. There are a numberof serious problems with this system. Some of those flaws are being actively worked on; others are ge-neric to any system of reimbursement tied to case/severity mix and case weights.

1 In fact, the official and published literature on the Acute Care Funding Plan generates an aura Of additional complexity that is

unnecessary (1,28). Specifically, it suggests that the measure of weight cases for each hospital is divided by actual cases to construct

something mislabeled the “severity predicted cost per case” (SPCC) (which does not, in fact, have anything to do with cost per case; itis a measure of the average case weight). Then this SPCC, after adjustment for size and teaching activity, is divided by the actual cost

per case. This amounts, of course, to dividing both the numerator and denominator by the unadjusted number of cases--a super-

fluous step that nevertheless makes the entire technical exercise seem more complex and less logical than it is.

portantly, much less marketing than the system The adjustment factors for hospital size andbased on diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) that teaching status have also come under attack forwas developed in the United States. (Much of the being arbitrary and not particularly sensitive to theliterature in this area simply assumes that cost data phenomena that they are supposed to capture. Ef-must be used to develop case weights; see, for forts are presently under way to alleviate some ofinstance, [31]). these problems, but they beg the larger question of

Page 36: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

28 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

whether such adjustments are appropriate at alland, if so, whether there are other similar types ofadjustments that ought to be considered as well.Inevitably, each hospital has an incentive to claimthat the key factors that make it unique have notbeen captured within the adjustment process. In-deed, it could be argued that no hospital would behappy unless and until sufficient adjustments hadbeen incorporated to ensure that some hospitalswere better off and none worse off than at pres-ent.10

OntarioThe recent patient case-mix-based adjustments tohospital budgets in Ontario are similar in many re-spects to Alberta’s methodology. The Ontariomethod also computes a measure of weightedcases using weights that measure resource intensi-ty for different cases, constructed as a hybrid ofNew York State hospital cost and charge data andCanadian length of stay data, and then constructsa measure of relative inpatient cost per weightedcase (the inverse of Alberta’s weighted units perinpatient cost) using a method similar to Alberta’sto estimate inpatient costs (31,32,35).

There are several differences, however, both inmethodology and in the way that the resultingmeasure of relative efficiency is applied in thefunding allocation process in Ontario as opposedto Alberta. For example, the Ontario processmakes no additional direct adjustments for hospi-tal size or teaching status, but instead creates hos-pital peer groups based on teaching status, size,and geographic location and makes allocation ad-justments within the context of those groups. Fur-thermore, the province uses patient case-mixgroups designed for Canadian use rather than theU.S.-based refined diagnosis-related groups.

The reallocation amounts for which a hospitalis eligible are limited both by the fact that thefunding adjustments are applied only to separatelydesignated pools of “equity” or “growth” fundsand by some predetermined percentage of the pre-

vious year’s budget (currently a maximum of 2percent for an individual hospital for the growthadjustment). “Equity” funding is intended to rec-ognize inter-hospital inequities that may havebeen locked into place when global budgeting be-came effective in 1982. Because the original glob-al budgets were based largely on previous fundinglevels, any such inequities that existed at the timebecame entrenched (and even exacerbated by thelargely across-the-board funding increases duringthe 1980s). This sort of problem becomes morevisible in times of financial restraints, which mayexplain the emergence of the equity funding con-cept in the early 1990s. “Growth” funding is in-tended to compensate hospitals for greater thananticipated patient volumes (35). The growth for-mula also incorporates weights for inpatient ser-vices and a variety of outpatient services (e.g., daysurgery and outpatient clinics). By adjusting the“price” weights attached to these different ser-vices, the Ontario Ministry of Health attempts tocreate incentives for hospitals to shift servicesfrom inpatient to outpatient settings.

A number of equity fund pools have been allo-cated, most recently in the fall of 1992 (35,36).However, these sums represent well under 1 per-cent of total hospital operating expenses. Fundsavailable for growth adjustments have also beenlimited to about 1 percent of aggregate hospitalbase budgets. In Ontario this process has not yetbeen used to reduce a hospital’s budget below theprevious year’s budget. Instead, it has replaced theold formula of providing general increases to allhospitals for inflation, service increases, and newor expanded programs.

The method is plagued by all of the problemsidentified for Alberta plus some of its own(31,32). (For example, the problems with adjust-ments for bed size and teaching status in Albertawere noted. In Ontario, the construction of peergroups has to date been relatively unsophisti-cated—although it has been improved from theoriginal seven groups—and so is equally subject

10Jacobs et al. (28) describe other problems with the Alberta system that are not noted here.

Page 37: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada 129

Like the Ontario and Alberta methods, British Columbia’s approach to allocating funds among hospi-tals relies heavily on the Hospital Medical Records Institute database, which contains detailed recordson each patient discharged from a Canadian hospital. These data are used to compute provincial age-and sex-specific utilization rates for each of five types of care: acute or rehabilitation days; long-term(chronic) care provided in acute care hospitals; intensive care; inpatient surgery; and day surgery. Re-cent historical utilization rates are then applied to age- and sex-specific changes in the provincial popu-lation to estimate aggregate changes in service use for each level of care for the province as a whole(e.g., the 1993-94 model used data from 1991-92).

Changes in service “needs” are next allocated to hospitals on the basis of where the populationchanges have occurred and on existing referral patterns for each type of care. Thus, if historical utiliza-tion patterns suggest that a specific large urban hospital provided 20 percent of inpatient surgery forthe residents of its own region plus 80 percent of inpatient surgery for residents of the rest of the prov-ince, then 20 percent of the population-based change in surgical utilization for that region plus 80 per-cent of the change for the rest of the province would be assigned to that hospital.

The result of this process is five separate measures of population-based utilization changes for eachhospital. These are aggregated to a single volume-change figure for each hospital using relative re-source weights developed by internal Ministry of Health staff. For example, a weight of 3.5 is assignedto an intensive care day, 1.65 to a day involving a surgical service (inpatient or outpatient), 1.0 to anacute/rehabilitation inpatient day, 0.45 for an extended or continuing care day, and 0.4 for a newbornpatient day. Using these weights, new weighted patient days (NWPD) can be computed for eachhospital,

The final technical step in the process is to compute a measure of cost per weighted patient day foreach institution by dividing the hospitals’s most recent year’s total operating costs by the total numberof weighted patient days. The relative value of this measure for each hospital is then used to adjust thathospital’s NWPD, on the assumption that higher costs per weighted patient day imply a more complexthan average mix of patients within the five service categories. The result of this exercise is adjustednew weighted patient days (ANWPD) for each hospital. The available incremental funding is then allo-cated on the basis of each hospital’s share of total provincial ANWPD.

to criticism by the hospitals themselves.) Addi- cate this incremental funding solely on the basistionally, the amounts reallocated through thebudget adjustment process may not be sufficientlylarge to effect the sorts of equity and efficiencyshifts sought by the province’s Ministry of Health.

British Columbia11

Like Ontario, British Columbia’s recent budgetallocation adjustments have been applied only tonew or incremental budgetary allocations to thehospital sector as a whole. Unlike Ontario and Al-berta, however, British Columbia does not allo-

of service volumes (although historical utilizationrates do play a role in determining estimated pop-ulation needs; see box 2-2). By adopting a popula-tion- rather than an institution-based focus, thisprovince attempts to ensure that new funds followprospective patients. The funding adjustments aresensitive to regional changes in populationgrowth and age structure and to changes in pat-terns of care-seeking. The adjustments appear tobe a serious attempt to begin aligning hospitalfunding more closely with underlying population

11 Much of the information on which this section is based is taken from Haazen (24).

Page 38: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

30 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

needs for institutional care, although to date theycan only be regarded as a tentative step in thatdirection. British Columbia’s approach is, how-ever, complemented by local initiatives to plan fu-ture bed capacity on the basis of an overall provin-cial bed-to-population target of 2.75 beds per1,000 population. Individual hospital capacitywould be determined by the projected relativegrowth in population in the region and by esti-mated patterns of referral or care-seeking.

On first blush British Columbia’s approachmay seem more need driven than the approachesbeing applied in Alberta or Ontario because it isless dependent on historical service patterns. Infact, though, this may be no more than an illusion.To begin with, historical patterns of utilization areused to estimate expected population-basedchanges in future utilization. This procedure locksin whatever service patterns are used to computethe age-specific provincial utilization rates.12

Furthermore, the two-part approach to weight-ing patient days is questionable on several counts.The differentiation of types of care is not likely tobe sufficiently discriminating to take account ofthe fact that different hospitals may treat quite dif-ferent segments of the case distribution (in termsof resource intensity) within any type of care (e.g.,only 10 different weights are used to distinguishamong inpatient days [10].) One hospital maytreat a higher proportion of severely ill patientswithin the intensive care category than another,but that would not be reflected by the former hos-pital’s receiving a greater weight. The adjustmenton the basis of cost per weighted patient day maysimply make matters worse. For example, if a hos-pital has below-average-severity patients in allfive levels of care but is an inefficient facility, itsnew weighted patient days (NWPD) value will bescaled up in computing the adjusted NWPD(ANWPD).

Thus, this approach draws on existing patternsof utilization and on the existing cost performanceof each institution in its computation of the rela-tive share of each hospital of new “population/demographic” funding. On the one hand, it is per-haps less subject to institutional manipulationthan the systems employed in Ontario and Alber-ta. On the other, it seems far less sophisticated indistinguishing the resource intensity of differenttypes of cases and currently offers little to com-pensate for that shortcoming in terms of popula-tion-based needs information.

Efforts are under way within the Ministry ofHealth to make some adjustments. First, factorsother than age and sex that may contribute to or becorrelated with individual variations in need arebeing incorporated within a more comprehensivemodel for computing NWPD. Second, efforts arebeing made to adjust each hospital’s NWPD notby its own cost per WPD experience but rather bya composite average cost experience based on peerhospitals. Although still imperfect, these wouldboth seem to be improvements.

Future Trends in FinancingIn future years one might anticipate some conver-gence of case-mix-based and population-basedapproaches to budget allocation along with in-creases in the shares of hospital budgets that aresubject to such reallocation criteria. A hybrid ap-proach might, for example, draw on the richnessof a case-mix groups (CMG)- or refined diagno-sis-related groups (RDRG)- type patient classifi-cation system to distinguish the resource require-ments of alternative types of patients, developcase weights based on real resource use in “effi-cient” Canadian hospitals, and use population-based methods and appropriateness evidence toestimate the expected volume of services within

12If the proportion of those rates that is inappropriate varies either by level of service or by age, then regions experiencing atypical changesin population age structure, and hospitals offering relatively more or less of particular types of services than average, may be differentially andinappropriately affected in terms of the attribution of new service “needs” to particular institutions.

Page 39: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada | 31

each patient category. Such an integrated systemis likely to be at least a decade away, however, inpart because the Canadian hospital sector lacks theinformation systems necessary to support thistype of approach. (On this point see, for instance,Auditor General of British Columbia [2].) In themeantime one can expect to see more technical ad-justments to methods in the provinces that havebeen involved in these new initiatives, involve-ment of additional provinces in similar efforts,and increasing proportions of hospital budgetssubjected to these types of reallocation proce-dures.

❚ Sources of FundingHospital operating costs are funded largely fromgeneral tax revenues made up of general provin-cial taxes and transfers of federal tax revenues tothe provinces.13 Yet funds available for annual op-erations are not restricted to the hospital alloca-tions that come from the provincial ministries ordepartments of health. Hospitals are able (indeed,increasingly encouraged) to call on a variety ofother potential sources of revenue to supplementministry budgets. Charges to patients for “luxury”accommodations (e.g., semi-private or privaterooms) when they are not medically necessaryprovide one such source of revenue for most insti-tutions.14

An equally important revenue source is the pro-vision of outpatient diagnostic services (e.g., lab-oratory tests, radiology and ultrasound exams,ECGs). If salaried medical staff provide the ser-

vice, the entire fee accrues to the hospital. Evenwhen these services are supervised by privatepractitioners with no employment status at thehospital, the hospital may charge the provincialmedical plan for the technical component of thefee.15 In British Columbia, for example, fees re-ceived from the provincial Medical Services Planfor outpatient diagnostic services accounted forjust under 5 percent of total hospital revenues in1993-94. This was the second-largest source ofrevenue, after the operating grants from the Minis-try of Health, which accounted for 85 percent ofhospital revenues. Private/semi-private roomcharges represented well under 1 percent of reve-nues. Some provinces, such as Ontario, restrict therange of ambulatory services provided by hospi-tals to avoid competition between publicly fundedhospitals and “private” diagnostic practices (35).(”Private” diagnostic practices are also publiclyfunded through the provincially funded fees paidfor these services.) Thus, hospitals in Ontario can-not charge the provincial medical plan (OHIP) forlaboratory tests to outpatients unless such tests areavailable only within the hospital sector. Theycan, however, charge for a variety of other diag-nostic services not available in the private sector(e.g., most scans and scopes).

Other sources of hospital funds include reve-nues from parking, cafeterias, gift shops, the pro-vision of uninsured patient services or services topatients from other provinces or countries and theprovision of specialized hospital consulting ser-vices (38). One particularly innovative and com-

13Although numerous provinces over the years have used premiums to raise a component of hospital funds, only Alberta does so now. Evenwhen premiums were used, hospital care could not legally be denied to Canadian residents even if premium payments were in arrears, becauseof the universality provisions in the federal HIDS Act.

14Many provinces in the past imposed a variety of other small hospital user fees for such things as emergency department visits. With thepassage of the Canada Health Act of 1984, federal transfers could be withheld on a dollar-for-dollar basis from any province continuing to allowuser fees for medically necessary services. By 1986 such fees had virtually disappeared from the Canadian landscape.

15The technical component of the fee is that part intended to cover the overhead cost of the equipment (usually diagnostic) used to providethe service. For example, an x-ray provided in the hospital for an outpatient would generate two separate charges: a technical fee would be billedby the hospital and a professional fee for reading the x-ray would be charged by the radiologist. However, if the x-ray was provided to an inpa-tient of the hospital, the hospital would be expected to provide this service from its global operating budget (although the nonhospital-staffphysician would still be entitled to bill a professional fee). For diagnostic services provided outside hospitals, the professional and technicalcomponent are billed together.

Page 40: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

32 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

prehensive approach to revenue generation wasthe establishment of the St. Michael’s HospitalHealth Centre in Toronto, a remarkable exampleof product line expansion (37). This free-standingbuilding was purchased by the hospital and at-tracted a variety of patient-service-related tenants(e.g., a family medical practice, a women’s healthclinic, a nutrition clinic).

❚ Allocation of Operating CostsThe largest single component of hospital operat-ing costs is salaries of hospital employees. For ex-ample, in Québec in 1991-92, employee salariesand benefits represented about 75 percent of totalhospital operating costs (30). Hospital employeesin most provinces are represented by a small num-ber of trade unions, and province-wide wages arenegotiated and often determined by arbitratorswho do not feel bound by hospitals’ ability to pay.Thus, for most Canadian hospitals, wage settle-ments are largely outside their control and must bedealt with in terms of staying within budget.Often, if a collective agreement runs over severalyears so that wage increases are known in ad-vance, ministries of health will make allowancefor at least part of this in their annual allotmentsto hospitals. For example, in a letter sent to allManitoba hospitals by that province’s responsibleassociate deputy minister in 1992 an explicit notewas made that the ministry’s allocations wouldfund salary increases in existing collective agree-ments (34). As discussed earlier, only hospital-based salaried physicians’ incomes are includedin hospital budgets.

Other major hospital cost items are pharmaceu-ticals and surgical supplies. In some provinces,bulk purchase arrangements are in place. Hospi-tals nationwide may enter into bulk purchasing ar-rangements and, in the past, have been able to takeadvantage of their purchasing power to negotiatereduced rates for pharmaceuticals. However, as aresult of recent federal legislation introduced in

response to pressure from the U.S. government(stimulated by U.S.-based multinational pharma-ceutical firms), the ability of such joint purchasearrangements to reduce pharmaceutical costs islikely to be severely undermined.

❚ Operating ExpendituresThe statistical picture of hospital expendituretrends in Canada mirrors the general evolutionarystory of hospital budgeting. In inflation-adjustedterms, hospital expenditures increased about 10percent annually during the 1960s under open-en-ded budgets; the rate of increase declined sharplyto just under 6 percent in the 1970s after the adop-tion of Canada’s universal medical care insuranceand the initiation of hospital global budgeting,and continued on down to an average of 4.6 per-cent annual growth in the more fiscally con-strained 1980s.16

As figure 2-1 shows, the effect of Canada’s in-creasingly constrained expenditure environmenthas been to stabilize and then reduce hospital out-lays as a share of national health expenditures(NHE). Although NHE has increased consider-ably as a share of gross domestic product (GDP)since 1956, much of this increase came in the peri-od prior to 1971, which was also characterized byrapid expansion in hospital capacity and generousline-by-line budgeting (6,18). Since then, how-ever, NHE as a share of GDP stabilized during the1970s and was stable again during the 1980s, fol-lowing a sharp increase early in that decade thatwas in part recession-induced. Hospital expendi-tures as a share of GDP reflect this overall pattern(figure 2-2).

The worsening economic situation in Canadain the early 1990s has placed hospital financingunder even greater strain. Although finalized na-tional data beyond 1991 were not yet available atthe time this chapter was written, they will almostcertainly show additional reductions in the rate ofhospital expenditure growth even while hospital

16 Hospital expenditure data for 1960 to 1970, 1970 to 1980, and 1980 to 1990 are from Health and Welfare Canada (25,26). The GDPimplicit price indexes used to construct real growth rates are from Department of Finance (16).

Page 41: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada 133

SOURCE: Health and Welfare Canada, National Health Expenditures inCanada (Ottawa: HWC, 1979; n.d., 1984); Health Canada, Policy andConsultation Branch, Health PoIicy Division, National Health Expendi-tures in Canada 1975-1993 (Ottawa: Health Canada, 1994).

expenditures as a share of GDP will have in-creased because of the severe effect of the reces-sion on Canada’s GDP growth. For example, infiscal year 1993-94, Ontario hospitals were told toexpect no increase in funding-a far cry from theheady 4-to 10-percent increases during the mid-1980s.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

■ Relationship of Operating and Capitalcosts

In general, equipment depreciation is handled inan ad hoc and relatively unsatisfactory manner inCanadian hospital accounts. Published depreci-ation expense figures are not reliable indicators ofthe underlying value of equipment or of the extentof consumption of the useful life of equipment inany year, and practices vary markedly amongprovinces. In many provinces capital depreciationis reimbursed through the operating side of hospi-tal accounts, but the actual funding that flows tohospitals for depreciation may have virtually

11

10” ‘ “ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -f9 ‘ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ” - - - - - - - -

National health expenditures8 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

4 -“ -- - - - - - - - - - - ” - - - - - - - - - -Hospital expenditures

1947 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 83 87 91

Year

SOURCE: R.D. Fraser, ‘(Vital Statistics and Health, ” Historical Statisticsof Canada, F.H. Leacy (cd.) (Ottawa: Statistics Canada with the SocialScience Federation of Canada, 1983),

nothing to do with either the useful life or the cur-rent replacement cost of the underlying equip-ment. For example, Manitoba “pays back” hospi-tals for equipment purchases over a 16-yearperiod, and this amount appears in the hospital’soperating budget. Yet the 16 years is an arbitrarypayback period unrelated to the useful life or re-placement cost of the equipment. No depreciationappears on the operating side of hospital accountsfor building depreciation. In some instances, theimpact of capital acquisitions on future operatingcosts is considered. For example, part of theequipment purchase approval process in Manito-ba involves seeking information from the hospitalon the predicted operating cost implications ofnew medical equipment. If the equipment is likelyto involve significant additional operating re-quirements, such as additional staff or mainte-nance contracts, it may be treated as a new pro-gram proposal and require more extensiveevaluation by Manitoba’s Ministry of Health.

There is an obvious reason for this seeminglack of any relationship between capital expendi-

Page 42: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

34 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

tures and operating costs. Because most capitalcosts and operating expenses are covered by thesame provincial Ministry and the replacement ofobsolete equipment is also largely covered by aseparate pool of Ministry funds, there is no com-pelling reason on the hospital side to expend anysignificant energy in depreciation expense estima-tion, or on the Ministry side to earmark depreci-ation funds for hospitals. This leads rather natural-ly to a more detailed consideration of the mannerin which provincial ministries of health controlthe process of allocating funds for medical equip-ment and buildings.

❚ Financing Model and DeterminingCapital Requirements

As with hospital operating cost financing andfunds allocation, the details of capital fundingvary considerably across provinces (8,15,39). Yeteven more so than on the operating side, wherethere are some relatively new approaches beingdeveloped in some provinces, provincial specificsconcerning capital financing are probably less im-portant than the general story.

The first and perhaps most important piece ofthe story is that the same provincial health minis-try from which hospitals derive most of their oper-ating funds is also the major source of funding andthe control point for capital equipment purchasesand building construction. Although in manyprovinces hospitals or their communities are re-sponsible for some component (usually less than50 percent) of the funding for new construction ormajor new equipment, the final decision as towhether to build (or, in the case of equipment, tobuy) almost always rests with the ministry ofhealth. (Exceptions to this rule tend to be pur-chases of major diagnostic equipment fundedfrom private philanthropic sources, often withoutthe approval of the provincial ministry and with-out any guarantee that associated operating costswill be covered in future years’ budgets.)

Health ministries’ control over approvalsmeans that funding for hospital capital follows thesame type of process described above for operat-ing funds. The provincial ministry develops a cap-ital funding budget that is scrutinized and usuallymodified by the provincial treasury board or de-partment of finance before being returned to theministry as part of its annual budget request. How-ever, the process differs in two key respects fromthat associated with operating budgets. First, min-istries of health generally do not come close tofunding 100 percent of capital expenditures. Sec-ond, the determination of how the ministry’s capi-tal funds are allocated across competing hospitalprojects bears no relation to the process of allocat-ing operating funds. In fact, because most minis-tries only partially fund capital projects, evenprojects formally approved by the ministry can beinitiated only if the hospital or the community canraise the remaining funds. This generally meansthat:

. . . by design or default,. . . capital equipmentacquisition is based, not on objectively definedneeds but on the success of fund raising cam-paigns. Not only the nature of the equipment be-ing sought but numerous other factors such ashospital prominence, location, and overall pro-gram appeal can affect a hospital’s ability to at-tract public funds (8).

As for replacement of existing capital, particu-larly hospital buildings, very few provinces haveany long-range plans in place. Many of the coun-try’s hospitals were built during the health careconstruction boom of the 1950s and 1960s,17 andsome of the key institutions are much older thanthat. Such facilities will eventually need at least tobe upgraded. Because this represents the majorcomponent of future capital requirements, minis-tries of health are likely to become increasinglystingy with respect to new facilities or equipmentas the need to upgrade or replace existing physicalstructures becomes more pressing (42). British

17Between 1951 and 1971, the bed capacity of Canada’s hospitals doubled (6).

Page 43: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada | 35

Columbia has recently attempted to amelioratethis situation by allowing hospitals with excessoperating funds to apply to the Ministry of Healthfor authorization to use such funds to purchaseequipment without invoking adjustments to theirbase operating budgets (24).

Most provinces have no formalized, long-termplan for the orderly replacement of capital, nor dothey appear to have any detailed and accurate ac-counting of capital inventory. Several provinceshave begun to move in this direction through theestablishment of multiyear planning and fundingapproval processes and by requiring that hospitalsreport regularly on all equipment purchased.Funding sources and approval processes vary con-siderably among provinces.

❚ Sources of Capital FundsFunding shares from ministries of health com-monly vary by the type of project (e.g., they areoften different for medical equipment and capitalconstruction) and by the type of hospital (e.g.,rates of ministry financing participation tend to behigher for provincial tertiary/teaching facilitiesthan for small community facilities). Yet althoughdescriptions can be found of the formal decision-making processes used by most provinces in de-termining levels of co-funding, there is much lessdocumentation on how decisions are reached as towhich projects receive ministry approval andwhich do not. A common allegation is that suchdecisions often have more to do with a communi-ty’s political persuasion or with the presence of aninfluential local politician or community memberthan with any provincial plan for capital replace-ment or expansion (see Smith [39]). Furthermore,the actual provincial level of cost sharing does notalways match the publicized formula. (Again, seeSmith [39], particularly for the description of theprocess in Ontario.)

Any equipment purchases in any province thatproceed without ministry approval (i.e., funds areraised privately) are not guaranteed the necessaryoperating funds. Provincial ministries frown onsuch purchases and may even penalize hospitalsthat proceed with them; nevertheless, they contin-

ue to occur. For example, Ontario hospitals tend topurchase equipment as part of the process of de-veloping claims for funding of new programs(31).

❚ Capital ExpendituresUnfortunately, published Canadian data do notprovide information on hospital capital expendi-tures. Although the official health expenditure sta-tistics (25) report a “capital” line item, it cannot beused reliably to ascertain hospital capital expendi-tures. To begin with, the capital expenditure dataare not restricted to hospitals. These figures in-clude construction, renovation, and equipmentcosts for all health care facilities. Because hospitalcapacity has grown at quite different rates andtimes than, for example, long-term care facilities,one cannot infer hospital capital expendituregrowth from aggregate capital expenditure in-creases. Furthermore, federal officials must esti-mate national hospital capital expenditures usingprovincial ministry expenditure data and the offi-cial provincial cost-sharing formulas. To the ex-tent that such formulas understate actual practice,the Health and Welfare Canada data understatecapital expenditures. Additionally, capital pur-chases made by hospitals without ministry ap-proval may not be included at all.

A sense of the relative importance of capitaland operating costs within provincial ministries’budgets can be gained by seeking such data direct-ly from each province, although these do not gen-erally distinguish between plant and equipment.For example, 1991-92 hospital capital expendi-tures by the British Columbia Ministry of Healthamounted to just under 4 percent of operatingcosts (before depreciation) (29). The equivalentfigure for Québec was slightly higher, between 5and 6 percent (30).

In general, provincial ministry expenditures oncapital are dwarfed by annual operating costs. Ofcourse, this does not mean that such expendituresare unimportant. Decisions on expenditures fornew capital create a stream of operating cost com-mitments that often last well beyond any account-ing evidence of the original capital purchase (7).

Page 44: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

36 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Ministries are increasingly requiring that requestsfor approval of capital expenditures make an “eco-nomic case,” especially for new capital purchases.That is, a case must be made that the new capitalwill either reduce operating costs by improvingtechnical efficiency or will lead to improvementsin patient outcomes sufficient to justify the expen-ditures. Yet there are very few situations in whichnew capital is expected to reduce operating costs,and even in cases where such cost reductions canbe identified, they rarely materialize in practice.As a result, ministries of health tend to be skepti-cal of such claims (2).

As for improving cost-effectiveness, hospitalequipment requests are often for “life-saving”equipment that has not been sufficiently evaluatedto make any such case (2). Provinces such as Qué-bec and British Columbia have recently estab-lished formal technology assessment capabilitiesto assist them in evaluating such requests. Mostprovinces rely on ad hoc technical advisory com-mittees to review the likely utilization of newequipment, the availability of clinical expertise,and where the most logical site(s) might be. Thenew technology assessment offices in Québec andBritish Columbia provide the means to bring ex-ternal evidence on effectiveness and efficiency tosuch internal committee processes.

❚ Provincial ExperiencesA more accurate account of capital financing re-quires a focus on specific provinces, as there isconsiderable variation in the mix of sources ofcapital funding and in the detailed processes fol-lowed for bringing capital projects on line. Ac-cordingly, the situations in British Columbia andManitoba are described in greater detail below.18

They are examples, respectively, of provinces inwhich ministry capital funding falls well short of100-percent financing, and provinces in which the

general rule is that capital projects (both equip-ment and capital construction or renovation) arefully funded by the provincial ministry of health.

British Columbia19

Hospital ConstructionHospital construction and renovation are guidedby a five-year rolling capital plan that must be ap-proved by the elected representatives responsiblefor the various provincial ministries (the Cabinet).This has several implications. It means that hospi-tal capital funding is approved by the highest pro-vincial government body, that capital expendi-tures are controlled by the same broad govern-mental process that dictates other budgetary al-locations to the Health Ministry, and thus that pro-vincial capital planning (such as it is) can be a vic-tim of political influence.

A hospital must submit a proposal to the HealthMinistry for consideration to have a project incor-porated within the five-year plan. In principle,hospitals are also required to gain the support oftheir regional hospital district before their propos-al can proceed. British Columbia is divided into29 official regional hospital districts (RHD),which are geographic areas used for a variety ofplanning purposes. The operating funds for theRHDs derive from local property taxation. Ap-proval of a project by a hospital’s RHD is particu-larly important in the largest urban district, wheremany institutions may concurrently be develop-ing major capital projects. (See Greater Vancouv-er Regional Hospital District [22] for more detailson the local approval process.) Regions complain,often bitterly, about the fact that they are expectedto contribute to projects financially, often quitesubstantially, yet at the same time do not havecommensurate influence or control over the proj-ect approval process, which is still dominated by

18Because decisions and sources of funds tend to vary at least with the value and type of equipment and the type of hospital, the interestedreader is encouraged to consult representatives of the individual provincial ministries for more detail. (For a relatively comprehensive picture ofthe situation in each province in 1987, see Smith [39]. However, capital funding is a dynamic process, and the details are constantly changing.)

19The material in this section borrows heavily from Barer and Evans (7).

Page 45: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada | 37

the Ministry of Health. The Ministry considerseach request against competing priorities for hos-pital and other health care facility construction re-quests, bearing in mind projected regional needsfor beds of various types. The current Ministry tar-get is 2.75 beds per thousand population. Recentprovincial planning initiatives are intended tobring beds closer to the population distribution inthe province and to move beds away from tertiarycare settings whenever possible (11).

A successful proposal is returned to the origi-nating hospital with “approval in principle,” atwhich point funds are made available in the pro-vincial hospitals’ capital budget for the planningphase of the project. Also, funds are tentativelyearmarked for subsequent phases in the remainingyears within the five-year plan. The hospital mustthen develop a more detailed functional programand various physical design proposals.

With Ministry approval comes a commitmentof 60 percent of the costs of the project, includingthe cost of the land and servicing to the site.20 Thehospital must find the remaining funds from itsRHD and/or from other private sources, increas-ingly including its own hospital foundation. (Forexample, all the major urban teaching hospitals inVancouver have their own hospital foundationswhich are actively involved in soliciting fundsfrom the business sector and from individual do-nors on a continuing basis. One enterprising hos-pital runs a local lottery twice a year, offering anupscale condominium apartment as the carrot; itraises in excess of $500,000 from each lottery.)The exception to this rule is full ministry fundingof provincial tertiary care facilities (e.g., theprovincial Cancer Agency, parts of Children’sHospital).

Capital EquipmentA similar process is in place for medical equip-ment requests. Hospitals must submit “annual rol-

ling five-year equipment plans, with fairly de-tailed specifications for the first year” (24). Theplans consist of two parts, part one containingequipment associated with new programs orequipment costing in excess of $100,000 and parttwo containing all remaining capital items. Theyare reviewed by the hospital’s RHD before beingsubmitted to the Ministry. Items in part one mustgo through much the same sort of internal approv-al process as capital construction projects and 60percent of approved purchases are funded by theMinistry.

Each hospital receives an approved fundinglevel for items on the second part of the list; if thelist is approved, it is approved in its entirety. Oncea hospital receives approval, it is free to purchaseany item on its part two list until it has exhaustedpart two funding. The funding level for each hos-pital is determined on the basis of the hospital’ssize, role, and mix of beds, but again the Ministryfunds only 60 percent of that level (including coststo replace equipment). Hospitals are thus forced topare their own lists to stay within the availablecost-shared funding limit. Although hospitals arefree to make purchases from within their sub-mitted lists, actual purchases are audited for con-sistency with the hospital’s rolling five-yearequipment plans. Furthermore, hospitals may stillrequire more detailed approval of specific items ifthey wish to receive RHD funds (e.g., see GreaterVancouver Regional Hospital District [22]).

If new equipment is associated with a new ser-vice or facility, the hospital must also submit a re-quest for adjustment to its base operating budgetto take account of the expanded services andassociated operating costs. A hospital cannot ex-pect to receive support for increased operatingcosts for an unapproved capital acquisition.

Thus, funding for hospital capital generallyderives from British Columbia’s Ministry ofHealth (at least 60 percent of all approved pur-

20In practice the RHD is responsible for raising 100 percent of the funds, usually through the issuing of debentures. The Ministry then coversits share by contributing 60 percent of the costs of carrying the debentures and by paying down 60 percent of the value of the debentures toretirement. This entire process is coordinated by the Ministry through the Regional Hospital District Financing Act.

Page 46: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

38 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

chases), regional hospital districts, or hospitals’own charitable foundations. There are rare occa-sions in which hospitals raise the funds for a majorequipment purchase and receive the required op-erating funds from the RHD. In an environment ofcontinued financial restraint, such innovativefunding arrangements may become more com-mon, as appears to be the case in Ontario (38). Al-though the Ministry is under no operating cost ob-ligation in such situations, it cannot prevent theprovision of services using the capital equipment.(If the operating funds are found within the hospi-tal’s approved operating budget, however, theMinistry can certainly scrutinize and adjust thebudget downward in future years.) Furthermore,private practitioners are allowed to bill the prov-ince’s medical services plan for the professionalcomponent of any fees (i.e., the physician’s por-tion of the charge) associated with the use of suchequipment as long as there is an appropriate feecode in the physicians’ fee schedule.

ManitobaThe capital financing processes in British Colum-bia and Manitoba are relatively similar, althoughthe financial involvement of the province in Man-itoba is far more substantial, and the dollar valueof equipment funding requiring detailed scrutinyin Manitoba is lower than in British Columbia.

Hospital ConstructionAs with British Columbia, the Manitoba Depart-ment of Health maintains a five-year capital planfor major construction or renovation projects, andprojects go through an approval process separatefrom the process of establishing annual operatingbudgets.21 In contrast to British Columbia, theprovince funds 100 percent of the costs of ap-proved projects. (However, the funding does notinclude the cost of serviced land, unapproved em-bellishments, space, or changes occurring afterproject tendering has been completed.) All capital

requirements for renovations, expansions, main-tenance, or fire and life safety upgrades are in-cluded in the five-year capital plan. The plan pro-vides borrowing authority and sets out repaymentrequirements and operating budget implicationsfor each capital project. Once a project is com-pleted, the approved operating costs are rolled intothe operating budget.

Each approved project receives separate fund-ing for design and construction. Larger hospitalshave planning departments that undertake the ear-ly design and planning work, and some projectsreceive some financial support from the Depart-ment of Health to support this early functionalplanning phase. The functional plan for each proj-ect arises from a “role statement” for the institu-tion. This statement is intended to ensure that cap-ital expenditure allocations are consistent with theoverarching strategic policy direction of the prov-ince’s health care system, which is currently at-tempting to align health care expenditures of alltypes more closely with health needs (33). Therole statement phase concludes with a project defi-nition that specifies the programs or services thatwill drive the remaining phases of the planningprocess for each capital project.

The phases of each approved project—func-tional planning, architectural design, and con-struction—each require approval, and the Depart-ment of Health is heavily involved in reviewingand approving the various stages within each ofthese phases. Once a functional program is ap-proved by the Department, the hospital is able toproceed with the design phase. At that point theDepartment provides interim borrowing author-ity, which the hospital can take to its chosen finan-cial institution. A “letter of comfort” can be pro-vided to a financial institution on request; itessentially assures the lending institution that theprovince stands behind the project.

Approval of architectural plans allows the hos-pital to seek competitive site preparation and

21In addition, the province can provide funding of up to $500,000 out of a contingency project fund. This fund is intended primarily forunanticipated major repairs or maintenance that the hospital is unable to cover from its operating funds.

Page 47: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada | 39

construction bids (at least five are required). Bidsare reviewed by the facility and Department ofHealth staff, the lowest appropriate bid is chosen,and a tender price is fixed. The hospital generallyborrows the necessary funds up front; once a proj-ect is completed, the hospital converts the loaninto some form of long-term debt that is paid backby the province through contributions of principaland interest included in the hospital’s operatingbudget.

Capital EquipmentMajor medical equipment purchases are alsofunded largely by the Department of Health. Hos-pitals can purchase equipment from depreciationaccounts, other internal hospital funds (e.g.,through donations or fundraising), or approvedequipment loans. They are also allowed to pur-chase equipment that is an approved element of acapital project from project funds.

Hospitals periodically purchase unapprovedequipment, but the Department not only feels noobligation to fund the operating costs associatedwith such equipment, it can actually reduce a hos-pital’s operating budget if unapproved equipmentis used.

Manitoba remains more involved than doesBritish Columbia’s Ministry of Health in approv-ing relatively small equipment purchases. Smallrural hospitals are free to proceed with purchasesup to $5,000 without prior approval. The equiva-lent amount for large urban hospitals is $20,000.Any other proposed purchases must go throughthe Department’s capital approval process. Onceapproved, a hospital may proceed to solicit com-petitive bids and, after final approval of one ofthem, to purchase the equipment. The Departmentcovers the cost of the equipment by way ofstraight-line contributions to the hospital’s de-preciation fund for 16 years (regardless of the val-ue of the equipment or its likely useful life).

Because many hospitals have insufficientfunds in their depreciation accounts to cover nec-essary equipment replacement (in part because ofslow payback for some types of equipment thatquickly become obsolete, and in part because of

rapidly increasing prices for such equipment),Manitoba has established a separate “capitalequipment approved borrowing fund.” It equaledslightly more than $9 million in fiscal year1992-93 for a population of slightly over 1 mil-lion. This fund is intended to augment resourcesavailable from depreciation accounts and to sup-port new program initiatives. All hospitals cansubmit wish lists that are reviewed and prioritizedby Department staff. Some Manitoba hospitals areable to supplement their depreciation fundthrough private donations. Hospitals are also ableto move up to 20 percent of revenues generatedfrom non-Department sources (e.g., private roomcharges and parking fees) to their depreciationfund. Although hospitals are not supposed to dis-pose of equipment without Department approval,in practice this happens frequently, and these pro-ceeds also find their way into the depreciation ac-counts. Nevertheless, all prospective purchasesexceeding the levels noted above require Depart-ment of Health approval. The private sources offunding provide an important means for hospitalsto cope with a funding mechanism that is insensi-tive to useful life, price changes, and other factorsthat may leave depreciation fund balances belownecessary levels of funding for approved equip-ment purchases.

In the case of major new imaging equipment,the province has established a tiered structure ofimaging advisory committees, one for each typeof major equipment (e.g., CT, MRI, ultrasound).Each committee obtains input from representa-tives in each region and is responsible for makingrecommendations to the Department for equip-ment diffusion that will best meet the overall“needs” of the province’s population. The recom-mendations of these committees play an impor-tant role in the process of evaluating and approv-ing purchase requests from individual hospitals.

FUTURE DIRECTIONSThe major features of hospital financing in Cana-da have not changed appreciably in the past 20years. During that time all provinces moved fromprospective line-by-line budgeting of operating

Page 48: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

40 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

costs to some form of prospective global budget-ing. Although efforts to improve the efficiency ofhospital operations and to make hospital capacitymore responsive to population health needs arebeginning to emerge, Canada has as yet seen onlyvery timid moves in these directions. For the mostpart, the allocation of operating funds amonginstitutions is dictated by historical happenstance,and more political energy is devoted to overall ex-penditure control than to attempts to realign theaggregate allocation of funds among provincialhospitals.

Hospital capital planning and funding still ap-pears quite chaotic in most provinces, being driv-en in large part not by an overall assessment ofneeds or the cost-effectiveness of alternative capi-tal configurations but rather by needs as definedby the staff and practitioners of institutions thatstand to be major beneficiaries of new capitalspending. Both British Columbia and Manitoba,however, are currently involved in major initia-tives to circumvent these past problems. In bothprovinces capital planning is now beginning to betied more closely to population movements, tak-ing into consideration alternative approaches todelivering services. This is expected to becomemore widespread over the next few years.

Despite relatively ad hoc capital and operatingcost financing, Canada has been fairly successfulin containing hospital expenditures over the past20 years, at least relative to the United States.Whether this relatively effective top-down bud-getary control can continue to survive is a largequestion. The race appears to be on, with prov-inces attempting to stay one step ahead of the pres-sures for rapid adoption of new, predominantlycost-expanding (and provider income-increasing)technological innovations. Provincial ministriesof health are developing new policies intended toresult in more appropriate placement of large seg-ments of traditional hospital populations. Theyshow every intention of becoming more ratherthan less stingy with hospital funding, even as thehospital sector raises alarm bells about waitinglists for high-technology interventions, decayingfacilities, and declining quality of care.

One outcome that seems relatively predictableis that private (and increasingly creative) sourcesof funding will become ever more important out-lets for hospitals, at least as means to raise fundsfor capital projects. Just how hospitals will fundassociated operating costs remains an interestingquestion. Yet human ingenuity knows no boundswhen there are incomes at stake, and the tempta-tion for ministries to cost-shift back to patients bygiving hospitals more rope may be overwhelming.Canada’s overall health care cost control recordwill stand or fall on the tenacity and perseveranceof its provincial ministries of health in dealingwith the issue of hospital financing.

REFERENCES1. Alberta Health, Acute Care Funding Plan

Newsletter, vols. 1 and 2 (Edmonton: AlbertaHealth, 1991).

2. Auditor General of British Columbia, Com-prehensive Audit of Hospital Programs (Vic-toria: Province of B.C. Legislative Assembly,1989).

3. Barer, M.L., Community Health Centres andHospital Costs in Ontario, Occasional Paper13 (Toronto: Ontario Economic Council,1981).

4. Barer, M.L., “Case Mix Adjustment in Hospi-tal Cost Analysis: Information Theory Revis-ited,” Journal of Health Economics 1:53-80,1982.

5. Barer, M.L. and Evans, R.G., “Hospital Costsover Time: Approaches to Price Deflation andOutput Standardization,” unpublished mi-meo, Vancouver, University of British Co-lumbia, Division of Health Services Researchand Development, 1980.

6. Barer, M.L. and Evans, R.G., “Riding Northon a South-Bound Horse? Expenditures,Prices, Utilization and Incomes in the Cana-dian Health Care System,” R.G. Evans andG.L. Stoddart (eds.) Medicare at Maturity:Achievements, Lessons and Challenges (Cal-gary: University of Calgary Press, 1986).

7. Barer, M.L. and Evans R.G., “Reflections onthe Financing of Hospital Capital: A Cana-

Page 49: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 2 Hospital Financing in Canada | 41

dian Perspective,” HPRU Paper 90:17D, Van-couver, Health Policy Research Unit, Divi-sion of Health Services Research and Devel-opment, University of British Columbia, 1990.

8. Bayne, L. and Walker, M., “Capital Equip-ment Acquisition: A Discussion Paper,” Van-couver, Stevenson Kellogg Ernst and Whin-ney, 1989.

9. Botz, C.K., “Principles for Funding on a CaseMix Basis: Construction of Case Weights(RIWs),” Healthcare Management Forum4(4):22-32, 1991.

10. British Columbia Ministry of Health, person-al communication, March 1993.

11. British Columbia, New Directions for aHealthy British Columbia, Ministry of Healthand Ministry Responsible for Seniors, 1993.

12. British Columbia Royal Commission onHealth Care and Costs, Closer to Home (Vic-toria: Crown Publications Inc., 1991).

13. Canadian Hospital Association, CanadianHospital Directory 1992-1993 (Ottawa: Ca-nadian Hospital Association, 1992).

14. Contandriopoulos, A.P., “Prospective Budg-eting of Hospital Costs and Related Mea-sures: the Evidence from the Canadian Prov-inces,” paper presented at InternationalSymposium 1988, controlling cost whilemaintaining health: the experience of Canada,the United States of America, and the FederalRepublic of Germany with alternate cost-con-tainment strategies, Bonn, June 27-28, 1988.

15. Deber, R.B., Thompson, G.G., and Leatt, P.,“Technology Acquisition in Canada: Controlin a Regulated Market,” International Jour-nal of Technology Assessment in Health Care4:185-206, 1988.

16. Department of Finance, Economic ReferenceTables (Ottawa, 1992).

17. Detsky, A.S., Stacey, S.R., and Bombardier,C., “The Effectiveness of a Regulatory Strate-gy in Containing Hospital Costs,” New Eng-land Journal of Medicine 309:151-159, 1983.

18. Evans, R.G., Strained Mercy: The Economicsof Canadian Health Care (Toronto: Butter-worths, 1984).

19. Evans, R.G. and Walker, H.D., “InformationTheory and the Analysis of Hospital CostStructure,” Canadian Journal of Economics5:398-418, 1972.

20. Fraser, R.D., “Vital Statistics and Health,”Historical Statistics of Canada, F.H. Leacy(ed.) (Ottawa: Statistics Canada with the So-cial Science Federation of Canada, 1983).

21. Glaser, W.A., Paying the Hospital: The Orga-nization, Dynamics, And Effects of DifferingFinancial Arrangements (San Francisco, CA:Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1987).

22. Greater Vancouver Regional Hospital Dis-trict, Fact Book 1993 (Vancouver: GVRHD,1993).

23. Greenaway-Coates, A., “Development of theHospital Performance Index,” technical briefprepared for the ACFP (Kingston: Case MixResearch, Queen’s University, 1990).

24. Haazen, D.S., “Redefining the Globe: RecentChanges in the Financing of British ColumbiaHospitals,” R. Deber and G. Thompson (eds.)Restructuring Canada’s Health Services Sys-tem: How Do We Get There from Here? (To-ronto: University of Toronto Press, 1992).

25. Health and Welfare Canada, National HealthExpenditures in Canada (Ottawa: HWC,1979; n.d., 1984).

26. Health and Welfare Canada, “Health Expen-ditures in Canada,” fact sheets, Ottawa,Policy, Planning and Information Branch,1992.

27. Health Canada, Policy and ConsultationBranch, Health Policy Division, NationalHealth Expenditures in Canada 1975-1993(Ottawa: Health Canada, 1994).

28. Jacobs, P., Hall, E.M., Lave, J.R., and Glen-dening, M., “Alberta’s Acute Care FundingProject,” Healthcare Management Forum5(3):4-11, 1992.

29. Kenny, S.R., personal communication, Jan.1993.

30. Lance, J.M., personal communication, Jan.1993.

31. Lave, J.R., Jacobs, P., and Markel, F., “Ontario’s Hospital Transitional Funding Ini-

Page 50: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

42 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

tiative: An Overview and Assessment,”Healthcare Management Forum 4(4):3-11,1991.

32. Lave, J.R., Jacobs, P., and Markel, F., “Transi-tional Funding: Changing Ontario’s GlobalBudgeting System,” Health Care FinancingReview 13(3):77-84, 1992.

33. Manitoba Health, Quality Health for Manito-bans: The Action Plan (Winnipeg: ManitobaHealth, 1992a).

34. Manitoba Health, Letter from F. DeCock toBoard Chairs of all hospitals and health carefacilities, May 20, 1992b.

35. Pink, G.H., “Hospital Operating Funding inOntario, Canada,” paper prepared for theSymposium on Global Budgeting and HealthCare Financing in New York State, Albany,N.Y., Jan. 13, 1993.

36. Pink, G.H., personal communication, March1993.

37. Pink, G.H., Deber, R.B., Lavoie, J.N., and

Aserlind, E., “Innovative Fund Raising: TheSt. Michael’s Hospital Health Centre,” finalreport, project no. 6606-3989-HT, NationalHealth Research and Development Program,Health and Welfare Canada, 1989.

38. Pink, G.H., Deber, R.B., Lavoie, J.N., andAserlind, E., “Innovative Revenue Genera-tion,” Health Management Forum 12:33-41,1991.

39. Smith, K., Capital Funding of Canada’s Hos-pitals (Ottawa: Canadian Hospital Associa-tion, 1990).

40. Statistics Canada, Hospital Annual Statistics,Publication number 82,-003S, suppl. #20(formerly publication number 82-232) (Otta-wa: Statistics Canada, various years).

41. Taylor, M., Health Insurance and CanadianPublic Policy (Montreal: McGill-Queen’sUniversity Press, 1978).

42. Thompson, C., “Hospital Capital Funding inCanada,” Dimensions 65(8):15-18, 1988.

Page 51: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

HospitalFinancing

in England 3by Alastair M. Gray and Charles Normand

ntroduced in 1948 by the Labor Party, Britain’s NationalHealth Service (NHS) is based on the principle that everyoneis entitled to any kind of medical treatment for any condition,free of charge. The NHS is not insurance-based but is funded

almost exclusively from general tax revenues. The aggregateNHS budget is fixed every year, based on the previous year’sbudget and adjusted for inflation estimates and the population’sestimated health care needs. The Department of Health allocatesthe aggregate NHS budget for hospital care to regional and dis-trict health authorities who, under the traditional system, were re-sponsible for providing and paying for hospital services; FamilyPractitioner Committees are responsible for providing primarycare for several district populations and receive funding directlyfrom the Department of Health. The third component of the NHSis the personal social services category. Local governments re-ceive payments from district health authorities to provide com-munity-based services, including nursing home care, home carefor the elderly, and other support services.

The United Kingdom’s centralized, mostly public, compre-hensive health care system was a pioneer of national health care.Currently, however, the NHS is undergoing an important programof reforms, principally announced in the government’s 1989White Paper entitled Working for Patients and enacted as legisla-tion in the NHS and Community Care Act of 1990 (7). The UnitedKingdom’s comprehensive health care reform program, based onconcepts of “managed competition,” will result in the most sig-nificant changes to the NHS since its creation more than 40 yearsago (10). The main elements of the reforms are as follows:■ the introduction of contractual funding designed to separate the

provider and purchasing roles for health services withinI 43

Page 52: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

44 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

NHS to encourage efficiency through “man-aged competition” among both public and pri-vate providers, and

■ increased consumer choice of providers andservices.

These changes, which became effective April1, 1991, will substantially affect the way that hos-pitals conduct their business. Although the Britishgovernment will continue to play a key role inhealth care planning, financing, management, andlimiting of the aggregate amount of funds avail-able for health services, the distribution of thesefunds among regions and among hospitals maychange dramatically. The locus of hospital deci-sionmaking will also shift from local governmententities to individual hospital managers.

The NHS is currently divided into three distinctcomponents: one for hospital care (which includesinpatient and hospital outpatient care), one for pri-mary care, and the third for community/social ser-vices and long-term care. In the hospital sector,there are 14 regional health authorities (RHAs)that are each responsible for four to five millionpeople. Every RHA is divided into approximately15 district health authorities (DHAs), which areeach responsible for around 260,000 people and 4to 5 hospitals. The aggregate hospital sector has acash-limited budget that (even under the reforms)is allocated to the RHAs according to a formulathat takes into account the age and mortality ratesof the particular population it is to cover. In turn,RHA budgets are allocated to DHAs.

Previously, the responsibility for both the fund-ing and provision of hospital services rested withthe approximately 190 DHAs. The responsibilityfor strategic management and coordination of ser-vices resided with the higher administrative layerof the RHAs. However, under the reformed sys-tem, DHAs now have the central functions ofassessing the health of their resident population,

determining the population’s health care needs,and purchasing services appropriate to thoseneeds. 1 Thus, DHAs now mainly fund hospitalservices, while the provision of services is com-petitively determined. The nature of the reformsas they affect the hospital sector are described inmore detail in the rest of this chapter.

STRUCTURE OF THE HOSPITAL SECTORThe public (NHS) and independent (private vol-untary and for-profit) hospital sectors coexist inEngland. In 1990, there were approximately115,000 acute care beds available in NHS publichospitals, comprising almost nine-tenths of allavailable acute care beds. Prior to the reforms,public hospitals were both owned and operated byDHAs; however, the structure of the public hospi-tal sector was changed substantially by the re-forms. DHAs may continue to manage hospitalsas directly managed units (DMUs), but NHS hos-pitals are encouraged to become self-managingNHS Trusts independent of the DHAs.

The first wave of NHS Trusts, involving 57hospitals and units, became operational on April1, 1991, and a further 99 hospitals and units be-came Trusts on April 1, 1992. Following the thirdwave, which became operational on April 1,1993,approximately two-thirds of NHS hospital pro-vider units in England are estimated to have Truststatus. 2

In the future, NHS Trusts will compete withprivate providers of hospital services by negotiat-ing contracts or service agreements with DHAs.(Currently, such contracts include both hospitaloutpatient and inpatient services; however, in thefuture, separate contracts for inpatient and ambu-latory care may be negotiated). DHAs will pur-chase care from NHS hospitals, private hospitals,or the self-governing Trusts. The Trusts will also

1 A number of DHAs have entered into formal or informal agreements with other DHAs to jointly negotiate contracts and purchase services,which has resulted in approximately 80 to 90 purchasers within the NHS.

2 As of April 1995, all but a few percent of hospital provider units have Trust status.

Page 53: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 3 Hospital Financing in England 145

be able to contract with general practitioners toprovide hospital services to their patients, as wellas with other self-governing hospitals and privateinsurers (10).

The entire population, both publicly and pri-vately insured, is entitled to treatment in NHShospitals. Inpatient access for nonemergency careis mainly through referral from a general practitio-ner. In principle, access is based on need and is ra-tioned in part through waiting lists for consulta-tions and treatment.

The independent sector plays a relatively smallrole in England’s hospital sector, with 10,906 bedsin acute care medical and surgical hospitals (8.7percent of total acute care beds). In addition,approximately 3,000 beds within NHS hospitalsare authorized as “pay beds” for the treatment ofprivate patients. (These beds have only about a 30percent average rate of occupancy by private pa-tients.) Private ownership of hospital facilities, al-though small now, is increasingly playing a largerpart in the British system. Between 1978 and1988, the number of beds in private hospitals in-creased by 50 percent ( 10). Traditionally, most in-dependent hospitals have been nonprofit. The re-cent expansion in private beds, however, has beenalmost entirely in for-profit hospitals, most ofwhich are subsidiaries of U.S. companies. Privatemedical care plays an essentially complementaryrole to NHS services, offering a choice of physi-cians, avoidance of waiting periods for electivesurgery, and higher standards of comfort and pri-vacy than the NHS (16).

Access to private hospitals depends on the pa-tient’s ability to pay through private insurance orout-of-pocket. Most of the private sector’s case-load is limited to elective surgery (e.g., hernia re-pair, varicose vein surgery). A 1986 survey indi-cated that private patients accounted for 16.7percent of elective surgery in England and Wales,with the proportion varying considerably amongregions.

The public and independent hospital sectors inEngland coexist and are also interrelated in sever-al ways:

Most private hospital services are delivered byNHS consultants, who are hospital-based se-nior specialists. All full-time NHS consultantsare permitted to earn up to 10 percent of theirgross income from private practice. Consul-tants can also enter into contracts with the NHSthat enable them to devote a greater proportionof their time to private practice. Approximately12,000 of the 15,170 consultant-grade staff inNHS hospitals undertake some private prac-tice.As noted previously, some private treatment iscarried out in NHS hospitals through NHS paybeds. In 1989, the NHS earned 99 million poundsfrom private treatment.3 This amount may in-crease in the future, since the requirement toobtain authorization from the Secretary of Statefor Health for pay beds was removed in the1990 health reform legislation.The NHS and private sectors are allowed to en-ter into partnerships. For example, a privatepartner might be given a lease on an NHS siteto undertake a capital investment or might begiven a contract to manage an NHS facility.Only a few such arrangements exist at present.NHS patients may be treated in private hospi-tals if their purchasing authority agrees to payfor treatment, although the volume of suchcases is currently low.

PHYSICIANSIn 1990 there were 15,170 senior hospital doctors(consultants) in England and 32,848 other hospi-tal medical staff. Hospital consultants have thechoice of taking a full-time or part-time positionwith the NHS. If they choose part-time, they areallowed to perform as many private sector ser-vices as they like. If they choose full-time, how-

3 The exchange rate in January 1994 was approximately $U.S. 1.48 to l.00 pound.

Page 54: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

46 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

ever, their private practice is limited to 10 percentof their NHS salary (10).

Hospital doctors are paid for the delivery ofhospital services through nationally negotiatedsalary scales. 4 Since 1960, salaries have beenbased on the annual report of the independent Re-view Body on Doctors’ and Dentists’ Remunera-tion, which takes evidence from medical and den-tal representatives, the Department of Health, andother interested parties. The Review Body’s rec-ommendations are subject to governmental ap-proval; they have never been rejected, althoughthey have been deferred or modified.

All consultants are also eligible to obtain dis-tinction awards that supplement their basic sala-ries. The number and value of awards is fixed bythe Review Body; recommendations concerningdistinction awards come primarily from the medi-cal profession. Approximately one-third of allhospital consultants hold a distinction award. Asnoted earlier, consultants may also obtain con-tracts that allow them to devote part of their timeto private practice.

Consultants’ contracts are held by regionalhealth authorities, which also administer the pay-ment of distinction awards. Other hospital medi-cal staff are employed by district health authoritiesor DMUs, or, if they work in an NHS Trust, by theTrust.

Following the NHS reforms, hospitals can alterthe pay and conditions of the staff they employ, in-cluding the medical staff. There is little evidenceso far, however, that hospitals have deviated toany great extent from national salary scales, al-though many Trust hospitals are currently makingplans to do so. Little change is expected before1995.

Very few medical staff work on a full-time basisin private hospitals. Most physicians are NHSconsultants who devote part of their time to pri-vate practice. Medical staff in the private sectorare predominantly paid on a fee-for-service basis.There are no statutory controls on fee levels, al-

though the British Medical Association recom-mends fee scales, and some insurers will reim-burse patients for fees only up to a certain amount.The basis for setting fees is the subject of a currentinvestigation by the Monopolies and MergersCommission, which is concerned that there is toolittle price competition for private medical ser-vices.

General practitioners (GPs) working in thecommunity are self-employed. They contract withthe NHS to provide services to NHS patients.Each British citizen enrolls with a GP, who is thepatient’s first point of contact with the health sys-tem. GPs determine when a patient will see a hos-pital-based consultant. They are paid under amixed payment system with four elements:

annual cavitation payments for each patient onthe GP’s list, weighted according to age;fees for some services (e.g., treating temporaryresidents or making night visits);a basic practice allowance to cover practice ex-penses; andpayments for attaining certain targets, such ascervical screening or infant immunization rates.

The recent health reforms also introduced somemajor changes to GP practices. Because generalpractitioners are the main source of nonemergen-cy referrals to NHS hospitals, reforms to theframework within which general practitionerswork also affect hospitals. Under the reforms,larger GP practices have been given the option tobecome “fundholding” practices. These practicesare allocated funds per enrolled citizen by their re-spective RHA to purchase nonemergency hospitalservices and community health services for theirpatients. They can purchase hospital services frompublic or private hospitals, which compete for thepatients of these GPs. In theory, money followspatients to the most efficient providers of care.

In turn, because GPs receive more money foreach additional patient they sign up, they will be

4 The pay of junior hospital doctors is determined primarily by national salary scales, supplemented in most posts by payments related to

their hours of employment above a standard working week.

Page 55: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 3 Hospital Financing in England 147

encouraged to compete for patients. GP fundhold-ing aims to bring the purchasing of health servicescloser to the patient, with the GP negotiating con-tracts with providers based on the needs of pa-tients. GP fundholding also aims to make GPsmore conscious of the cost of services and to putpressure on providers to increase efficiency. It isalso hoped that GPs will provide more servicesthemselves, better coordinate services provided topatients, and reduce referrals of straightforwardcases to hospitals.

The first wave of 306 GP fundholding prac-tices, covering approximately 7.5 percent of thepopulation, became operational on April 1, 1991.The number of GPs choosing to become fund-holders has increased steadily, and perhaps 40 per-cent of England’s population is now enrolled (1 1).Yet because only a limited range of treatments isfinanced through the fundholding scheme, mostservices are still purchased by DHAs, even for thepatients of fundholding GPs.

HM Treasury

Department of Health

Regional Health Authority

District Health Authority

I Hospital IHOSPITAL OPERATING COSTS

SOURCE: A. Gray and C. Normand, 1994

❚ Financing ModelThe prevailing approach to financing hospital op-erating expenses in England has been via the Na-tional Health Service. The NHS is funded primari-ly through general tax revenues allocated to it aspart of the central government’s expenditure plansfor its entire budget. NHS-owned (public) hospi-tals are funded mainly through NHS payments.The recent reforms make no changes to the basicflow of funds from the central government to hos-pitals, which follows the route shown in figure3-1. However, the reforms affect the relationshipbetween the NHS and hospitals. Following there-forms, funds move from a district health authorityto a hospital on the basis of contracts for servicesrather than as direct funding. This process is de-scribed in further detail below.

Nationally, the Department of Health repre-sents the NHS in an annual process by which thecentral government makes its expenditure plansfor the following three years. All major spendingdepartments and the Treasury are involved.

Spending plans are published each January in agovernment White Paper on public expendituresentitled The Government’s Expenditure Plans.The plans set forth total cash limits for each mainspending program. For the NHS, the main pro-grams are hospital and community health services(HCHS) and Family Health Services, which in-clude primary care provided by general practitio-ners, dentists, opticians, and pharmacists. (Hospi-tal and community health services include homenursing and ambulance services [16]). Separatecash limits are established for operating expendi-tures and capital expenditures.

The Department of Health divides its cash al-location among the 14 RHAs on the basis of an al-location formula. The formula is based on eachRHA’s population, weighted for age and morbid-ity, measured in terms of standardized mortalityratios. An RHA’s block allocation covers mostareas of service provision, but some specific ser-vices (e.g., research, teaching, the prevention and

Page 56: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

48 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

treatment of HIV and AIDS) are funded separatelyby means of other allocation formulas. RHAs thendistribute most of their allocations to the 190DHAs, retaining a small proportion for spendingat the regional level. Prior to the reforms, DHAswere allocated resources primarily on the basis ofthe hospital services they provided, with some ad-justments to allow for flows of patients acrossDHA boundaries. Following the reforms, DHAshave been funded on the basis of their population,similar to the RHA formula, weighted for age dis-tributions and morbidity patterns.

Although the initial allocation to the Depart-ment of Health limits the aggregate amount ofmoney available to fund hospital and communityhealth services, there is no formal guidance as tothe exact proportion that each RHA should devoteto hospital services from its cash allocation. Simi-larly, DHAs have freedom in dividing their blockallocation among different types of health ser-vices. This process determines an aggregateamount available for hospital services, and pur-chasers (e.g., DHAs) are constrained to stay with-in their total allocation. The cash-limited systemat the national level ensures that it is not possibleto exceed aggregate expenditure limits.

Prior to the United Kingdom’s recent health re-forms, hospitals received global budgets basedmainly on historical costs (16). Following the re-forms, however, the operating costs of an individ-ual NHS hospital—be it a Trust or a directly man-aged unit—have been determined by the contractsit negotiates with purchasers for specific services.In other words, there are no longer prospectivelyfixed budgets for individual hospitals. Under thereformed system, it is anticipated that hospitalsthat are successful in making contracts with pur-chasers will expand and that hospitals that fail to

make or maintain contracts with purchasers willreduce their capacity or close.

Private hospitals, consisting of independenthospitals and hospitals owned by private healthinsurers, are currently funded primarily throughprivate health insurance payments. The NHS re-forms envisage that the NHS and private sectorswill become more interrelated, with private hospi-tals competing with NHS Trusts and directly man-aged NHS hospitals for contracts from purchasers.

❚ Sources of FundingNHS hospital services are financed mainlythrough general tax revenues and through a por-tion of national insurance contributions. In the1990-91 fiscal year, 94.1 percent of total revenuescame from those sources, with general taxation(from the Consolidated Fund) contributing 79.2percent and the NHS element of national insur-ance contributions accounting for 14.9 percent.The remaining 5.9 percent of NHS hospital reve-nues came from charges to patients for specificcourses of treatment, appliances, amenity beds,and other private charges (4.2 percent), along withmiscellaneous income (1.7 percent) mainly fromthe sale of capital assets (e.g., land).

Prior to the reforms, hospitals funded their op-erating costs through prospectively determinedbudgets established by their respective DHA. Un-der the reformed health system, the operatingcosts of NHS Trusts and DMUs are financed viacontracts with public and private purchasers.Trust hospitals have a statutory duty to operatewithin the income they obtain from these con-tracts; DHAs have the same duty with respect toother NHS hospitals.5 Contracts may be of threedifferent types: block, cost and volume, and costper case, as described below:

5 A system of financial audit ensures that expenditures accord with contracts and rules. Trusts are obliged to submit audited accounts annual-ly at a public meeting. External audit of NHS expenditures is the responsibility of the Audit Commission, an independent body funded by auditfees, which appoints auditors to examine the accounts and financial systems of purchaser and provider units in the NHS. In extreme circum-stances the Secretary of State for Health has the authority to appoint commissioners to take over the running of any unit within the NHS that is inbreach of cash limits or contracts, but there are no recorded instances of this.

Page 57: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 3 Hospital Financing in England 149

With block contracts, the purchasing health au-thority pays an annual amount in installmentsto the providing hospital unit for access to aspecified set and volume of services, especiallyfor urgent and emergency cases requiring im-mediate treatment.With cost and volume contracts, purchasers paya providing hospital a fixed sum for a baselinenumber of treatment episodes or cases, thusgiving the purchaser some security; any addi-tional cases treated are paid for on a cost-per-case basis.With cost-per-case contracts, purchasers pay aspecified price for a particular case. These con-tracts occur most frequently when a purchaserdoes not have routine contact with a particularhospital; such cases are called extra contractualreferrals (ECRs).

Approximately 80 percent of private revenuesfor acute care hospital services comes from pri-vate insurance, mainly through fee-for-servicepayments. Private insurers covered about 12.5percent of the United Kingdom’s population in1991; the remaining 20 percent of revenues comesfrom direct patient payments. (Private hospitalrevenues from contracts to treat NHS patients areat present very small.)

❚ Bulk Purchases of Pharmaceuticals andSupplies

Before the NHS reforms, most regional health au-thorities had established regional distribution cen-ters that purchased pharmaceuticals and supplieson behalf of district health authorities. In October1991, a new NHS Supplies Agency was estab-lished that assumed national responsibility forNHS supplies. All regional supplies staff havebeen transferred to this agency, which is struc-tured around six geographical divisions. Purchas-ing is intended to occur through the best priced lo-cal source except where bulk purchasing has thepotential to realize major savings. (The previousmore centralized system was criticized becauseroutine items were often available locally at lowerprices, but hospitals could not take advantage of

the lower prices because they were required to buyfrom the regionally centralized system.)

A national purchasing unit within the NHSSupplies Agency is responsible for developingand maintaining a limited list of products thatshould be purchased only via national NHS con-tracts. Typical products covered by national con-tracts include surgical gloves, batteries, and medi-cal gases. The NHS Supplies Agency oftennegotiates a national unit price for such products,and the provider units draw off supplies under thiscentral contract rather than receiving them via theAgency; therefore, it is not possible to estimate ac-curately the volume of pharmaceuticals and othersupplies covered by bulk contracts.

❚ Operating ExpendituresThe 1989-90 fiscal year is the most recent year forwhich accurate data on NHS acute care hospitaloperating expenditures are available. Operatingexpenditures for NHS acute hospital services to-taled S6,112 million in that year(8). This is equiv-alent to 42.8 percent of the NHS’s operating ex-penditures for all hospital care, 28.9 percent oftotal NHS expenditures (which equaled 21,102million pounds in the 1989-90 year), and 1.2 percent ofGDP (which equaled 511,413 million pounds in currentmarket prices in calendar year 1989) (l). Hospitalexpenditures rose by about 19 percent between the1989-90 and 1991-92 periods in nominal terms(i.e., not adjusted for general inflation), and by 2.5percent in real terms (i.e., after adjustment forinflation) (15).

Expenditures for private sector, acute care hos-pital services in the United Kingdom were esti-mated at l,217 million pounds in 1989 (12). This figureincludes expenditures for independent, psychiat-ric, and substance dependency hospitals. Exclud-ing the latter group, this is equivalent to approxi-mately 90 percent of all private sector hospitalexpenditures, 45.6 percent of all private sectorhospital and residential home expenditures, and18.6 percent of total private sector health expendi-tures using abroad definition that includes privatehospital and residential care, clinics, alternative

Page 58: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

50 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

medicine, and nonprescription medicines. Privatesector, acute care hospital expenditures in 1989were equivalent to 0.2 percent of GDP.

Hospital-based doctors’ remuneration is in-cluded in estimates of U.K. hospital expenditures.In the 1989-90 fiscal year, the salaries and wagesof all medical staff employed by regional and dis-trict health authorities (in NHS hospitals of alltypes) was 1,437 million pounds. (No breakdown of ex-penditures for medical staff is available by type ofhospital.) This equaled 11.3 percent of hospitalexpenditures, 6.8 percent of total health expendi-tures, and 0.28 percent of GDP.

HOSPITAL CAPITAL COSTS

❚ Relationship of Operating and Capitalcosts

Prior to the recent NHS reforms, depreciation andthe opportunity costs of using capital assets werenot explicitly accounted for in NHS accounts.Most of the facilities used to provide hospital ser-vices were owned and operated by the NHS. Norent for the use of facilities or capital was paid, andthe opportunity costs of using the capital were notcalculated. Capital was considered an expenseonly in terms of the costs initially incurred to buythe capital; the NHS’s cost of using its money topurchase hospital capital instead of paying forother services or supplies was not considered. Inplanning health services, there was no incentiveeither to use existing capital resources efficientlyor to dispose of the surplus. The goal of reformingcapital financing was to introduce such incentives.

Beginning on April 1,1991, schemes for charg-ing for hospitals’ use of capital assets are beingintroduced gradually.6 In the early stages theintroduction of capital charges has been simply abookkeeping exercise. Contracts with purchasersof hospital services include a charge for the use ofcapital, which is taken from the hospital. Real in-centives to use capital efficiently are likely to be

introduced shortly; hospitals using buildings andequipment more efficiently will be able to chargelower prices to purchasers of hospital services andobtain more contracts.

Directly managed units must reflect the cost ofusing assets in capital charges, which consist ofdepreciation and an interest charge representing arate of return on the current value of assets. De-preciation is not provided for land assets. The rateof return on the value of assets is set by the Trea-sury, currently at 6 percent. Interest charges areapplied to land and other assets used to providehealth care services.

NHS Trusts do not pay capital charges as such;however, they are required to provide for depreci-ation on the same basis as DMUs. They must alsosatisfy an annual target rate of return on the currentvalue of their assets, which is set at 6 percent sothat contract prices for the purchase of hospitalservices are not distorted between Trusts andDMUs.

The cash flows generated by capital chargesand Trust capital provisions typically do not leavethe NHS. The goal is to levy from hospitals de-preciation costs and the opportunity cost of fundstied up in hospital capital stock so that more accu-rate price signals are conveyed to purchasers andproviders. The rather complicated accountingmechanism also aims to create a level playingfield for providers within the public sector and be-tween the public and private sectors, giving equalopportunities for all types of hospitals to win con-tracts.

❚ Financing Model and Source of FundingNHS hospital capital expenditures are currentlyfunded in the same way as NHS operating expen-ditures: from general tax revenues, the NHS com-ponent of national insurance contributions, andincome from NHS service charges and other mis-cellaneous sources. Aggregate capital and operat-ing budgets are subject to separate negotiations in

6 Capital assets are defined as buildings, land, or equipment valued in excess of l ,000 pounds. Beginning on April 1, 1993, this threshold wasraised to 5,000 pounds.

Page 59: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

9a&Mm

Chapter 3 Hospital Financing in England 151

the annual public expenditure system. The De-partment of Health and the Treasury are the mainparties to the negotiations.

Once an aggregate capital expenditure limit hasbeen agreed upon, the Department of Health allo-cates it to the RHAs according to a formula similarto that governing allocations of operating funds,based on the size, age, and health distributions ofthe resident population. RHAs then allocate capi-tal resources to the DHAs. DHAs directly controlcapital expenditures associated with minor build-ing projects, but RHAs control major capitalschemes, such as the construction of new hospitals.

As the NHS reforms are implemented, how-ever, hospitals will increasingly be allowed togenerate their own capital funds, which will thenaccount for a larger proportion of total capitalspending. Hospitals will also have more controlover their capital investment plans. Purchaserswill not influence the pattern of capital investmentdirectly but rather indirectly through the servicesfor which they contract.

❚ Determining Capital RequirementsThe process of capital investment is detailed in thecodes of practice prepared by the Department ofHealth. These codes specify procedures for plan-ning, option appraisal, tendering, project manage-ment, and financial control. They also specify pro-cedures for the sale and resale of plant, equipment,and other capital assets. Policies for projects car-ried out over several years are no different in prin-ciple from those governing single-year projects.Once an investment appraisal has been undertakenand a capital expenditure plan is produced by thehospital, and once any necessary authorizationfrom the RHA, NHS management executive, and/or Treasury has been obtained, the capital require-ments of the project are incorporated into the hos-pital’s current and future plans. In the case ofmultiyear projects, it is likely that capital require-ments will have first claim on the capital budgetonce the project is under way.

DMUs are not allowed to raise private funds forthe purchase of building capital or equipment, al-

though they may accept donations of equipment(e.g., equipment purchased by a charity). Charit-ably donated assets need not be included in thecapital charging procedure.

NHS Trusts are allowed to finance their capitalrequirements from internally generated income,including contract income and income from thesales of assets, and from external borrowing. Ex-ternal borrowing is subject to external financinglimits (EFLs), which are cash limits set by the De-partment of Health following negotiations withthe Treasury. An EFL is set globally and for eachTrust and may be positive (i.e., the allowable capi-tal spending limit is in excess of the Trust’s inter-nally generated capital funds), neutral, or negative(i.e., the allowable agreed capital spending limit isless than internally generated capital funds). Trusthospitals are required to provide evidence thatthey are likely to win enough purchasing contractsto cover the costs of major capital schemes.

All capital investment projects by NHS Trustsor DMUs will continue to require external autho-rization under the reformed health system if theyexceed certain limits. At present, a Trust must ob-tain approval from a regional office of the NHSmanagement executive for any capital project inexcess of 1 million pounds, approval from the nationaloffice of the NHS management executive for anycapital project in excess of 10 million pounds, and ap-proval from the Treasury for any project in excessof 15 million pounds. In addition, RHAs have their ownlimits above which national authorization is re-quired, varying from approximately pounds 1 to 5 mil-lion.

Private sector hospital investment in land,buildings, or equipment is not subject to govern-ment control. No mechanism exists to preventreplications of the provision of services or equip-ment by the public and private sectors. Contract-ing between these sectors for services is encour-aged by the purchaser/provider split introduced inthe NHS reforms. In addition, public and privatesectors may enter into formal partnerships involv-ing capital schemes, leases, or shared access tocapital.

Page 60: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

52 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

❚ Capital ExpendituresIn the 1989-90 fiscal year, total capital expendi-tures for all hospital and community health ser-vices equaled l,299 million pounds.7 The Department ofHealth suggests that it would not be unreasonableto assume that this was apportioned roughly inline with the breakdown of operating expendi-tures. This would suggest that acute care hospitalcapital expenditures totaled 556 million pounds, equiva-lent to 4.28 percent of total hospital expenditures,2.6 percent of national health expenditures, and0.11 percent of GDP.

Of the aggregate capital expenditures for hospi-tal and community health services in 1989-90,58percent was for buildings and engineering works,2.5 percent for vehicles, 12.1 percent for equipmentand furniture, and 27.4 percent for other items.

Aggregate capital spending is controlled by thenationally cash-limited system and by internaland external auditing, similar to operating expen-ditures. Historically, capital funds have been par-ticularly subject to modification in light of pre-vailing macroeconomic and political factors. Forinstance, capital funds ran at very low levels in the1950s and fell substantially during the later 1970s,causing the House of Commons Public Expendi-ture Committee to express concern at the overallbalance between capital and operating funds.

HOSPITAL INDICATORS AND TRENDSIn fiscal year 1990-91 there were approximately115,000 acute care beds available in the NHS pro-viding 5.8 million inpatient episodes. The averagelength of stay was 6.3 days, lower than in theUnited States, and the average occupancy rate ofhospitals was quite high (at least as compared withthe United States) at 87 percent. NHS acute carehospitals dealt with 1.2 million day cases, 7.5 mil-lion new outpatient visits, and 11.2 million acci-dent and emergency visits.

In the private sector, there was a total of 10,906beds in acute care medical and surgical hospitalsin 1990. The average occupancy rate was lower

than in NHS hospitals and more closely matchedthe average occupancy rate of U.S. hospitals atapproximately 60 percent. The average rate of oc-cupancy of the 3,000 pay beds within NHS hospi-tals by private patients is about 30 percent.

FUTURE DIRECTIONSThe greatest achievement of the NHS has prob-ably been to provide universal access to medicalcare, mainly based on need, at a low cost ascompared with other OECD countries. This hasbeen achieved at a price, however, in terms ofsome poor facilities, delay in obtaining access tononemergency care, and some political unpopu-larity.

Control over health service expenditurescomes from the nearly complete cash limitationsof the system and various controls on access (inparticular, gatekeeping practices by general prac-titioners). The NHS experience suggests thatavoidance of rapid growth in health care costs re-quires overall control of budgets. It also may helpto have a large share of services provided by pro-fessionals paid salaries or via cavitation. It is inter-esting that the NHS reforms did not change thesefeatures, which are often associated with effectivecost containment. Competition between providersmay lead to greater efficiency and lower costs, butthere is no evidence yet that this has occurred.

The extensive review of Britain’s NationalHealth Service and the resulting reforms followeda heated public debate about the level of fundingfor health care. No significant change was made,however, to the main source of funds, and no addi-tional spending was introduced as a direct result ofthe reforms. Instead, the reforms primarily re-structured the internal configuration of the Britishhealth system by introducing “internal markets”for health care services.

The main elements of these reforms affectinghospitals include the following:

■ the introduction of contractual funding thatseparated the provider and purchasing roles for

7 No information on capital expenditures is available by type of hospital.

Page 61: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 3 Hospital Financing in England 153

health services within the NHS, designed to en-courage efficiency through “managed competi-tion” among providers;the introduction of GP fundholding practicesdesigned to increase the efficiency and qualityof care;the ability of purchasers, especially DHAs, tochoose from a wide range of providers, therebyenhancing competition and consumer choice;anda broader accounting of capital costs to encour-age hospitals to use capital more efficiently.

It is difficult at this early stage to evaluate thechanges in detail, as many are in the early stages ofimplementation and data are scarce. In addition,the government has done little to encourage sys-tematic evaluation of the reforms. There are rea-sons to expect some important benefits from thechanges, however. Introducing an awareness ofcapital costs is likely to improve the efficiencywith which assets are used. Separating purchasersfrom providers potentially allows health authori-ties to concentrate on the health care needs of theirpopulations instead of simply on running facili-ties. However, the small amount of available evi-dence shows little progress in purchasing forhealth gain (i.e., purchasing packages of healthservices that have been or can be shown to maxi-mize effects on the population’s health), and pat-terns of service delivery still largely reflect histor-ical patterns.

The early experience with Trust hospitals hasbeen mixed. Financial controls have sometimesbeen inadequate, and it is not yet clear what willhappen if Trusts fail to generate sufficient incometo stay in business. There is some evidence of im-proved efficiency in the provision of services byTrust hospitals, but also some evidence that mea-sured improvements largely reflect changes in therecording of work rather than in the actual vol-umes of services delivered. The need for a goodsystem of workload classification of has becomeapparent.

The health reforms appear to have led to an in-crease in the costs of managing the NHS, althoughno accurate data on this phenomenon exist. It canbe argued that the pre-reform NHS devoted inade-quate resources to management and that possibleincreases can be justified on the grounds of moreefficient services. It is not yet clear, however,whether the additional costs of administration canbe justified.

The reforms have re-ignited the debate on equi-ty and access to care. Patients whose GP is a fund-holder have apparently been able to obtain morerapid access to services at the expense of other pa-tients. There is little doubt that some unequal ac-cess has resulted. Yet the move to funding popula-tions according to their size, age, sex distributions,and morbidity patterns is moving resources awayfrom historically overfunded regions and districtsand toward those that have been underfunded.

The process of setting priorities for access tohealth care is increasingly visible following thereforms. Purchasers have a duty to buy services tomeet the needs of their communities to the great-est extent possible. This has helped reveal the pau-city of evidence available on health care needs,and some of the more visible signs of rationinghave been controversial. Any system of healthcare that gives access to all, free or nearly free atthe point of use, and that aims to control overallexpenditures, needs explicit rationing for someservices.

Overall, the NHS reforms attempt to increaseaccountability, introduce certain market incen-tives, and increase efficiency and patient choice. Itis perhaps more interesting to note the features ofthe former system that have not been changed thanthose that have been reformed. General revenue fi-nancing of health care, free and universal access toservices, and a range of cost-controlling featureshave been maintained in the United Kingdom’scurrent health care system.

Page 62: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

54 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

REFERENCES1. Central Statistical Office, Annual Abstract

of Statistics (London: HMSO, 1992).2. Department of Health, NHS Consultants:

Appointments, Contracts and DistinctionAwards, Working Paper No. 7, Working forPatients (London: HMSO, 1989).

3. Department of Health, Capital Charges,Working Paper No. 5, Working for Pa-tients (London: HMSO, 1989).

4. Department of Health, Funding and Con-tracts for Hospital Service, Working Pa-per No. 2, Working for Patients (London:HMSO, 1989).

5. Department of Health, Practice Budgetsfor General Medical Practitioners, Work-ing Paper No. 3, Working for Patients(London: HMSO, 1989).

6. Department of Health, Self-GoverningHospitals, Working Paper No. 1, Workingfor Patients (London: HMSO, 1989).

7. Department of Health, Working for Pa-tients, Cm 555 (London: HMSO, 1989).

8. Department of Health, The Government’sExpenditure Plans, 1992-93 to 1994-95,Cm 1913 (London: HMSO, 1992).

9. Department of Health, Health and Per-sonal Social Service Statistics (London:HMSO, 1992).

10. Graig, L.A., Health of Nations: An In-ternational Perspective on U.S. HealthCare Reform (Washington, DC: WyattCo., 1991).

11. James, J.H., “Reforming the British Na-tional Health Service: ImplementationProblems in London,” Journal of HealthPolitics, Policy and Law 20(1):191-210,1995.

12. Laing’s Review of Private Health Care(London: Laing and Buisson 1991).

13. National Association of Health Authori-ties and Trusts, NHS Handbook, 7th ed.(London: NAHAT/Macmillan, 1991).

14. National Health Service, ManagementExecutive Health Service Indicators, July1992.

15. Office of Health Economics, Compen-dium of Health Statistics (London: OHE,1992).

16. Organisation for Economic Cooperationand Development, The Reform of HealthCare: A Comparative Analysis of SevenOECD Countries (Paris: OECD, 1992).

Page 63: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

HospitalFinancingin France

by Marie-José Sourty-Le Guellec

he French health care system is arguably the most compli-cated of the European (and Canadian) systems describedin this report. Its system includes universal, compulsorysocial insurance, significant patient cost-sharing, and sup-

plementary insurance on the financing side, and public providerscombined with a sizable number of private providers on the sup-ply side. Overlaying both the public and private sectors are stronggovernmental controls at all levels of government (11).

Almost the entire population (99 percent) is covered by thestatutory health insurance scheme, which is part of France’s so-cial security system. Statutory health insurance expenditures ac-count for over 70 percent of national health expenditures inFrance. The scheme is administered by social security sicknessfunds (Assurance Maladie de la Sécurité Sociale). A person’s oc-cupation generally determines membership in a particular fund.There is one large fund for salaried workers (CNAMTS), whichaccounts for nearly 80 percent of the compulsorily insured andabout 15 smaller funds cover other workers. The government pro-vides insurance for low income people. Contributions for sick-ness fund insurance are income-related and shared by employersand employees or paid directly to the relevant fund by nonsalariedor self-employed individuals (11).

Social insurance provides both cash benefits (e.g., sick pay)and benefits in kind (e.g., ambulatory care, hospital care). De-pending on the patient’s financial circumstances, the patient maybe required to pay coinsurance or copayment amounts; forinstance, patients may have to pay 20 percent of the cost of hospi-tal services (the ticket modérateur) and a daily flat rate contribu-

| 55

Page 64: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

56 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

tion that is currently 50 francs.1 Employers some-times provide supplementary insurance for theiremployees through mutual fund organizations(mutuelles) to cover patient cost-sharing amountsand a few benefits not covered by the social insur-ance scheme. Individuals may also purchase pri-vate supplementary insurance. Mutuelles and pri-vate insurance payments account for about 8percent of national health expenditures.

France’s sickness funds are quasi-autonomous,non-governmental organizations; there are na-tional, regional, and local organizations of thesefunds. They are subject to national and local man-agement by employer associations and tradeunions. They are also closely regulated by the cen-tral government; in particular, contribution rates,fee schedules, and pharmaceutical prices are con-trolled by the central government (11).

Patients can consult any medical practitionerfor primary care, and can choose to go to either apublic or private hospital. Money follows the pa-tient in the case of private hospitals, but publichospitals are subject to prospectively fixed budg-ets. Compared with the other European countriesin this study and Canada, French patients have rel-atively large cost-sharing requirements. Patientout-of-pocket payments currently account forabout 17 percent of national health expenditures;however, cost-sharing for hospital services is fair-ly small with only about 4 percent of hospital ex-penditures financed directly by patients (1 1).

Similar to many other countries, the contain-ment of health expenditures is a major concern inFrance. Hospital care represents half of nationalhealth expenditures, making the hospital sector aprimary target of France’s cost-containment ef-forts. Recent reforms have concentrated on effec-tively controlling sickness fund insurance pay-ments to private hospitals by extendinggovernmental regulation over that sector, and bycreating a new balance between the private andpublic sectors to harmonize their development

within an overall program designed to controlhealth spending. Also similar to many other coun-tries, France’s health reforms are moving in thedirection of making individual hospital budgetsbased more on each hospital’s level of activity andless on historical costs.

STRUCTURE OF THE HOSPITAL SECTORFrance has a mixture of public, private nonprofit,and private for-profit hospitals. Public hospitalstend to be large and well equipped; private hospi-tals tend to be smaller and to specialize in electivesurgery, obstetrics, or long-term care. In 1990there were 1,072 public institutions; they consti-tuted only 28 percent of all French hospitals, butprovided almost two-thirds of total hospital beds,hospital days, and inpatient admissions (tables4-1 and 4-2). By law, a public institution is a cor-porate body governed by public law and is respon-sible for providing a specific public service. Pub-lic institutions have full legal status, their ownassets and resources, and full legal autonomy.They are, however, subject to various forms ofpublic supervision and financial control. Publichospitals cannot waive their obligations, definedin the Act of December 31, 1970, to:

provide diagnosis, treatment, and (in particu-lar) emergency care to their patients and thosereferred to them, including necessary inpatientcare;contribute to the training of medical and para-medical (nonmedical) staff; andparticipate in medical and pharmaceutical re-search and health education.

In 1989 the private hospital sector included2,721 institutions, constituting 72 percent of allhospitals but accounting for only one-third of thetotal hospital beds, patient days, and inpatient ad-missions in France in that year (tables 4-1 and4-2). The private sector is divided into a privatefor-profit or commercial sector with 1,515 institu-

1The exchange rate in January 1994 was approximately $USO.17 to F1 .00.

Page 65: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France I 57

Category of hospital Percent of total hospitals Percent of beds

Public 28 65Nonprofit, PSPH 12 11Private nonprofit, non-PSPH 19 5Private for-c) refit 40 19a Data for public hospitals are for 1990; data for private hospitals are for 1989.

SOURCES: Documents Statistiques, “Les Etablissements d’Hospitalisation Privee en 1989,” Enquete EHP 1989, SESI no. 121,Juillet 1991, Documents Statistiques, “Les Hopitaux Publics en 1990, Resuitats H80, ” SESI no. 154, Septembre 1992

tions and a private nonprofit sector with 1,206institutions. For-profit hospitals are privatelyfunded and subject to the rules of commercial andcivil law. Private nonprofit hospitals are run byvoluntary organizations, religious orders, em-ployee representatives, mutual fund associations,and social security funds. They are similar to pub-lic institutions in that they do not attempt to maxi-mize profits, and their surplus revenues are in-vested to further their health care objectives.

Private institutions are managed by individualsor a legal entity. They make many of their ownmanagement and investment decisions, and theirservices are governed mainly by market forces, al-though they are subject to certain governmentconstraints. Fees charged by private institutionsare controlled and subject to formal agreements.Increases in the number of beds and high-costequipment are controlled by the health map (cartesanitaire), described later, and require formal au-

Public PSPH Public and PSPH

Hospital days Hospital days Hospital daysBeds (in 1,000s) Beds (in 1,000s) Beds (in 1,000s)

Medicine 105,393 29,243 13,879 3,918 119,272 33,161Surgery 61,282 14,827 8,986 2,315 70,268 17,142Obstetrics/gynecology 17,337 4,101 1,393 356 18,730 4,458Medium-stay 42,127 11,943 19,921 5,386 62,048 17,329Long-stay 63,711 22,289 1,877 638 65,588 22,927Psychiatry 68,600 18,669 12,733 3,921 81,333 22,590

Total 358,450 101,071 58,789 16,535 417,239 117,607

Private for-profit Private nonprofit Total private

Hospital days Hospital days Hospital daysBeds (in 1,000s) Beds (in 1,000s) Beds (in 1 ,000s)

Medicine 14,753 2,039 3,943 1,242 18,696 3,282Surgery 50,820 17,123 4,675 1,484 55,495 18,607Obstetrics/gynecology 10,083 3,084 882 254 10,965 3,338Medium-stay 18,123 5,646 15,672 4,525 33,795 10,171Long-stay 436 140 2,037 722 2,473 862Psychiatry 13,405 4$767 1,960 637 15,365 5,404

Total 107,620 32,800 29,169 8,865 136,789 41,664a Data for public hospitals are for 1990; data for private hospitals are for 1989.

SOURCES: Documents Statistiques, “Les Etablissements d’Hospitalisation Privee en 1989, ” Enquete EHP 1989, SESI no 121, Juillet 1991, Docu-ments Statistiques, “Les Hopitaux Publics en 1990, Resultats H80, ” SESI no. 154, Septembre 1992.

Page 66: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

58 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

theorization. Additionally, the medical activities ofprivate hospitals are supervised by the sickness in-surance funds’ medical officers.

Private institutions are allowed to participate inthe public sector, although to date only some ofFrance’s private nonprofit hospitals (467 in 1988)have asked to be incorporated into the public hos-pital service. These hospitals, called PSPH hospi-tals, are governed by rules similar to those for pub-lic hospitals. There are thus two general categoriesof hospitals in France: public and PSPH hospitals,and private institutions that do not participate inthe public hospital sector.

Financing methods and operating arrange-ments vary greatly between the public and privatehospital sectors. Public and PSPH hospitals aregoverned by the principles of public accounting,whereas private for-profit hospitals are commer-cial undertakings that attempt to maximize theirsurplus revenues. Reform legislation passed inJuly 1991 and currently being implemented is de-signed to create a new balance between the privateand public sectors and to harmonize their develop-ment within an overall program to control healthexpenditures. The reforms formally recognizethat public and private hospitals perform the samebasic functions. In the future, the two categories ofhospitals will share equal responsibility for ensur-ing public health through common provisions thataffect all types of hospitals. Furthermore, the re-forms seek to strengthen and encourage coopera-tion between public and private hospitals (5).

At present, a statutorily insured patient inFrance can go to either a public or private hospital,although in practice the decision is usually madeby the patient’s physician. When the choice is apersonal one, it tends to reflect the hospital’s geo-graphical proximity, its reputation, or other per-sonal preferences. Under the 1991 reforms, pa-tients’ freedom to choose a physician or hospitalbecame an even more integral part of the healthcare system in France than it was under previoushealth care legislation.

Many hospitals in France have short-, me-dium-, and long-stay beds as well as psychiatricbeds. It is difficult, if not impossible, to determinethe proportion of hospital care in France that is de-voted to short-term acute care treatment; there-fore, this chapter deals with the French hospitalsector as a whole. Purely residential institutions,such as nursing homes, are excluded from datacited herein, however.

PHYSICIANSIn public and PSPH hospitals, the medical staff in-cludes residents or interns, who are physicians intraining, and hospital practitioners, who are full-time or part-time with a salaried established post(titulaire) or a salaried, nonestablished post (non-titulaire). Table 4-3 provides a breakdown of hos-pital physicians in private and public hospitals in1989 and 1990. The central government controlsthe growth of salaries and the number of hospitalstaff in public hospitals.

Public PSPH Private for-profit Private nonprofit Total

Salaried practitioners Full-timePart-time

Nonsalaried practitioners Full-timePart-timeOccasional

Salaried residents Full-timePart-time

Nonsalaried residents Full-timePart-time

27,913 2,61439,962 4,250

32762590

22,019 1,655233

22

596851

8,88322,15112,976

248328

15164

5252,047

4951,9121,496

2369011

8

31,67547,1109,410

24,82515,06224,158

65148

172a Data for public hospitals are for 1990; data for private hospitals are for 1989.SOURCES: Documents Statistiques, “Les Etablissements d’Hospitalisation Privee en 1989,” Enquete EHP 1989, SESI no. 121, Juillet 1991; Docu-ments Statistiques, “Les Hopitaux Publics en 1990, Resultats H80,” SESI no. 154, Septembre 1992.

Page 67: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 59

In certain circumstances hospital physiciansare authorized to treat private patients in publichospitals through consultations or the use of pub-lic service beds for private patients. In such casesthe physician receives a fee from the patient,which may be reimbursed by the patient’s insur-ance company. Income from private fees may notexceed 30 percent of a physician’s total incomeand the number of beds that can be used for privatepatients may not exceed 8 percent of all public ser-vice beds.

Public hospital physicians often confer with of-fice-based private practice physicians (médecinslibérals). Whether or not payment for the con-sultation is included in the hospital’s global al-location of funds (discussed further below) de-pends on the regularity of the consults. Anyphysician in an office-based practice may be con-sulted on an occasional basis by a hospital physi-cian. Payment is rendered according to the serviceor consultation performed and falls outside thehospital’s global allocation. Hospitals regularlycall on some physicians in private practice (calledaffiliated practice physicians) who are paid a feeper service provided. These fees are included inthe hospital global allocation.

There are no salaried physicians in rural hospi-tals and any private physician may consult theresubject to authorization. In these cases the physi-cian may ask patients who are not covered by sick-ness funds to pay an agreed-upon fee. For patientswith sickness fund coverage, the physician mayclaim 85 percent of the local daily charge per day;for patients qualifying for social assistance, thephysician is paid 50 percent of the departmentalmedical assistance charge. In these two cases thehospital retains 10 percent of fees received.

In certain circumstances nonsalaried physi-cians operate clinics in public institutions. Theyare paid on a fee-for-service basis; the level of feesis agreed upon directly with the patient. Physi-cians pay 10 percent of their fee income to the hos-pital, which uses the proceeds for improving theirstock of medical equipment.

Thus, in public or PSPH hospitals, most pay-ments to medical staff are included in the operat-ing section of the budget and are taken into ac-

count in determining the hospital’s globalallocation. Exceptions to this are fees paid to phy-sicians practicing in rural hospitals and in hospitalclinics, and fees received by hospital physicians aspart of their private practice.

In private for-profit hospitals, physicians arenearly always paid on a fee-for-service basis andpatients are reimbursed by their insurance compa-nies. Nevertheless, an increasing number of pri-vate institutions are taking the opportunity to in-vest in staff (particularly medical staff) by offeringthe best-trained personnel attractive remunerationpackages, particularly in comparison with whatthe public sector can offer. Physicians’ fees in pri-vate hospitals are set according to a national feeschedule, but their incomes, other staff incomes,and the number of staff hired are not regulated bygovernment.

HOSPITAL OPERATING COSTS

❚ Financing ModelThere are two distinct methods of financing hospi-tal operating costs in France. Public and PSPHhospitals are paid largely through a prospectivelyfixed budget. Private non-PSPH institutions arepaid a daily (per diem) rate for their services; inpa-tient physician and ancillary services are paid foron a fee-for-service basis.

Public HospitalsSince 1984-85, public and PSPH hospitals havebeen subject to a global allocation scheme estab-lished by the prefect of the district in which theyare located and determined within the frameworkof federal guidelines. The global allocationscheme replaced a system of controlled rates of in-crease in per diem prices for public and PSPH hos-pitals (11). Under the new scheme each hospitalreceives an annual global allocation to cover theportion of its costs that is paid for by the sicknessfunds. Hospitals also charge daily rates (tarifsjournaliers de présentations) to cover that part ofa hospital stay not provided for in the global al-location. Daily charges are established for severalpurposes. Federal and local governments pay adaily charge for patients on social assistance. The

Page 68: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

60 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

daily charge is also used to determine patient cost-sharing amounts for patient copayments (ticketmoderateur) and daily flat-rate payments (paid ei-ther by the patient or by a supplementary insur-ance company), and it constitutes the charge forpatients who have no insurance coverage.

Hospital BudgetsThe hospital budget sets forth estimated expendi-tures and revenues for the coming year. This budg-et, like that of any public administrative institu-tion, must conform to certain public accountingprinciples. It has two sections, as described below:

The operating section deals with current activi-ties, including the day-to-day running of thehospital and financial management.The investment section deals with operationsleading to an increase in durable capital assetsrequiring depreciation (other than stocks), suchas permanent capital, real estate and tangibleproperty, stocks and securities, deposits andsureties, and physical supplies.

Expenditures that require authorizations for theoperating section of the budget are divided intothree groups:

1.

2.3.

is

1.2.

3.

4.

5.6.

7.

expenditures relating to the external purchaseof goods and services,staff or personnel-related expenditures, andall other types of expenditures.

A public or PSPH hospital’s operating revenuederived from the following sources:

the global allocation described below;income from services (e.g., via daily ratecharges or fees);grants, donations, and legacies to be used foroperating purposes;other surplus income unrelated to operationalactivities;income from reserves;the value of liabilities reduced by expire orlapse; andthe value of any repairs undertaken or surplusproduced by the institution itself (e.g., pharma-ceutical products made by the hospital’s labora-tory).

Appended BudgetsCurrent expenditures on certain activities and ser-vices (e.g., blood transfusion centers, mobileemergency services, data processing centers)must be included in appended budgets. Operatingcosts are funded from both general and appendedbudgets.

Authorized expenditures for the coming yearmust take into consideration the average rate-of-increase guidelines established by the central gov-ernment’s ministries of the economy, budget,health, and social security. The average rate of in-crease for hospital expenditures is based on gener-al economic trends—in particular, forecastedchanges in prices and wages—and on nationalhealth and social policies. The guideline rate was4.2 percent in 1990.

Determination of the Global AllocationAlthough a hospital receives a small amount ofrevenues in addition to the global allocation anddaily charges, these two elements are essential toa hospital’s ability to provide services. The globalallocation is designed to provide enough funds tocover that part of the hospital’s expenses that willbe paid for by the sickness insurance funds. It rep-resents the difference between total operatingcosts as set forth in the authorized general and ap-pended budgets and expected hospital revenuesother than the global allocation itself, so as to en-sure that the hospital’s budget will be balanced af-ter taking into account surpluses or deficits fromprevious years. Annual increases in a hospital’sglobal allocation are based on the federal guide-line rate of increase and the hospital’s forecastedlevel of activity.

Patient copayment and daily flat-rate contribu-tions, repayments by mutual fund associationsand private insurance companies for their mem-bers’ expenses, and payments for patients coveredby medical or social assistance are not included inthe global allocation; they are billed according tothe daily service charges established for individu-al patients.

The global allocation covers costs relating toinpatient care, day and night care in the hospital,

Page 69: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 61

outpatient care,2 psychiatric care, legal abortions,mobile emergency care units, and long-term careinstitutions for the elderly.

Determination of Daily ChargesThe partial nature of the global allocation makesit necessary to establish a system of charges (tar-iffs) to recover expenses not paid for through theglobal allocation. Daily service charges determinethe amounts to be paid by federal or local govern-ments, patients, or any organization providingsupplementary coverage. Daily service chargesare calculated for different types of services by di-viding the estimated total costs of each type of ser-vice by the estimated number of patient days foreach type, after adjusting costs for offsetting re-ceipts and for any previous year’s surplus or defi-cit that has been carried forward.3

Service charges are calculated for inpatient care(including specialist and nonspecialist services,services relating to expensive specialties, and me-dium- and long-term services), day and night care,and home care services. There are also three pos-sible short-term charges for medicine, surgery,and expensive specialties. Because individualhospitals have different budget levels and esti-mated numbers of patient days for various types ofservices, daily service charges vary by hospital. Incontrast, flat-rate charges for outpatient care andfor legal abortions apply uniformly throughoutFrance. Box 4-1 describes the different parties in-volved in hospital management and supervision,and offers more details on the determination ofglobal allocations and daily rates.

Budget AdjustmentsExcept in the case of a budget revision, the globalallocation is paid on the basis of the amount ini-tially provided for, regardless of the hospital’s ac-tual level of activity. If the number of patient daysis lower than estimated, the hospital’s income (in-sofar as it relates to its global allocation) remainsunaltered.

If a hospital can show that there has been a sig-nificant and unforeseen change in its financial cir-cumstances or medical activity leading to a sub-stantial increase in the hospital’s costs during thecurrent year, changes to the budget (e.g., an in-crease in authorized revenues to meet higher-than-anticipated expenses) may be approved. Addi-tionally, in urgent cases the hospital’s directormay transfer appropriations between the first twogroups of authorized expenditures in the generalbudget and the appended budgets during a finan-cial year. These transfers may not, however, in-crease or reduce authorized expenditures withinthese groups by more than 10 percent, reduce ap-propriations designed to cover unavoidable costs(e.g., social security contributions or taxes), orcommit the institution to expenditures beyond thecurrent financial year.

End-of-year surpluses in the hospital’s admin-istrative account resulting from more efficientmanagement (e.g., expenses are less than fore-casted for the same or higher level of service deliv-ery) are assigned to a compensation reserve ac-count. Such reserves may be used to coversubsequent years’ deficits or assigned to anotherreserve account that can be used to finance opera-tions or investments that do not increase operating

2Actually, only part of the cost of outpatient care is taken into account in calculating the global allocation. In particular, the allocation relat-ing to this area covers the cost of supplying drugs for which the sickness insurance funds are statutorily responsible. It is estimated that on aver-age, 50 percent of outpatient costs are covered by the global allocation. The remainder has to be covered by the patient through a copayment orby a third-party payer other than the patient’s sickness fund.

3An excerpt from the decree of Aug. 11, 1983, section 32, states specifically that “[t]he estimated cost price shall be equal to total operatingexpenditures, comprising:

a) direct costs, that is the costs of services belonging to a particular category of charges, excluding the cost of medical treatment, goodsand other medical services;

b) the cost of medical treatment, goods and services on the basis of their purchase price or, failing that, of their cost price;c) other costs included in the operating section of the general budget which are not covered by their own resources, divided among the

different categories of charges in proportion to the estimated number of days for each category;d) where appropriate, that part of the previous financial year’s deficit which has been carried forward.”

Page 70: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

62 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Hospitals are managed by a board made up of locally elected representatives (of which the mayor of

the municipality concerned is the chairperson), representatives of the social security system, represen-tatives of the hospital’s medical and nonmedical staff, and a director who is responsible for implement-ing the policies developed by the board and approved by representatives of the State. The board’s

director also authorizes expenditures and issues revenue orders, appoints nonmedical staff, and is thehospital’s legal representative.

The supervisory role exercised by public authorities in the budget-making process places strict lim-its on the degree of managerial autonomy enjoyed by public and affiliated hospitals. Administrative su-

pervision of public and PSPH hospitals operates at every level:■ at the national level through the Hospital Department of the Ministry of Health;■ at the regional level through the prefect of the region (appointed by the government), assisted by the

regional Department for Health and Social Services (DRASS); and■ at the district level through the prefect of the district (also appointed), assisted by the district Depart-

ment for Health and Social Services (DDASS).

The social security system, which is the principal source of funds for hospitals, has no formal super-visory responsibilities but only the right of oversight. Its role has been strengthened over time, however.Social security sickness funds have contributed to the development of hospital policy at the nationaland local levels through representation on various associations and through their significant oversightrights for financial and medical matters. Additionally, supervisory authorities must consult representa-tives of sickness funds when drawing up hospital budgets. Furthermore, at the request of the sicknessfunds, hospital directors must submit quarterly expenditure commitment statements and provide in-formation on staffing. The sickness funds also partially supervise medical decisions, which can meanthat a sickness fund would refuse to pay the cost of treatment or would modify the financial terms of ahospital admission that it deemed unjustified or inappropriate. The sickness funds monitor all hospitalmedical activities but (except with regard to nonpayment of services) exercise a passive form of super-vision, as the funds’ concerns are not backed up by any sanctions (3).

Financial monitoring of hospitals is the responsibility of the district Department for Health and SocialServices; the social security funds, which receive the quarterly expenditure statements; and the hospitalaccountant (an official of the public treasury service) who ensures that spending commitments complywith relevant legislation and regulations and that the necessary appropriations have been made.

costs in subsequent years. Priority is given to fi- account. If the reserve is not sufficient, the deficitnancing services that have contributed to the sur-plus. Surpluses that do not result from improvedmanagement (e.g., if services are lower than fore-casted levels or the surplus arises from dailycharges or outpatient care) are transferred to acompensation reserve account to cover operatingcosts in future years.

Any deficits in the administrative account arecovered by drawing on the compensation reserve

amount is figured into the budget of two years lat-er or can be spread over the following two finan-cial years by adding it to the hospital’s operatingcosts.

Sickness Fund PaymentsEach sickness insurance fund in a given hospital’scatchment area pays the so-called pivot fund (ormain fund in the area) its share of the hospital’s

Page 71: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France 163

The budgetary process is relatively long, reflecting the desires of various categories of hospital staff

to be involved in the hospital’s planning and the strict supervision exercised by external authorities. Thedirector or director-general of the hospital is responsible for preparing and submitting budget propos-als, taking account of the previous and current years’ activities. Assisted by hospital departments, thedirector determines the level of expenditure that is essential for the hospital’s operations. The draftbudget is then submitted to a joint consultative committee and a medical staff committee for comment.Budget proposals are adopted by the hospital’s board (conseil d’administration), which must express aformal opinion on the director’s figures. Budget proposals are then sent to administrative authorities andthe regional sickness insurance fund for salaried employees, where they are available for comment.

Hospital budgets, global allocations, and daily service charges are determined by administrative

supervisory authorities by January 1 of the relevant year. With the exception of the Paris hospital service(responsibility for which devolves on the Minister of Health), the prefect of the district is responsible forestablishing global allocations for the district’s public hospitals. This responsibility also involves a criti-cal response to hospitals’ budget proposals to ensure that each institution can meet its obligations. Theprefect is empowered to increase income and expenditure estimates for hospitals whose estimates itconsiders too low and to remove or reduce items that it considers unnecessary or too high—taking ac-count of local heath care needs and the federal guideline rate for average increases in hospital expen-ditures (4). Prefects’ decisions are made only after consultations with the social security funds. Theopinions of the social security funds and the medical supervisory bodies are recorded by the regionalsickness insurance fund.

The district prefect notifies the hospital, the regional sickness fund for salaried employees, and thefund responsible for paying the global allocation (the “pivot” fund) or main sickness insurance fund inthe area) regarding the final determination of daily service charges and the global allocation, togetherwith the hospital’s approved budget.

The hospital’s director is the principal authorizing officer for the budget and maintains a formal re-

cord of expenditures. The director submits quarterly accounts (upon request) to the prefect. At the endof each quarter, the director also submits a chart a to the prefect showing the current number of hospi-tal staff.

global allocation.4 At the end of the financial year, locations must reach a unanimous decision on thethe national sickness insurance fund for salariedemployees draws up a statement of contributionsrequired from each fund based on the number ofdays provided to the fund’s members (weightedaccording to coefficients that account for the dif-ferent daily costs of hospital care provided, whichare determined by a joint ministerial order). Be-fore June 1 of the following budget year, a com-mittee for the apportionment of hospital global al-

final contribution from each sickness fund, takinginto account the statement drawn up by the nation-al sickness insurance fund (8).

Recent ReformsAlthough the 1991 health reforms did not alter thebasic method of global allocations, major changesto the budgetary process were introduced. Underthis legislation (whose implementing regulations

4 Under the 1991 reform legislation, the pivot sickness fund makes an initial payment of 60 percent of the global allocation to the hospital on

the twenty-fifth day of the month, then 15 percent on the fifth of the following month, and the balance on the fifteenth day of the followingmonth.

Page 72: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

64 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

were unpublished as of this writing), the budget-ary process will start earlier in the year, budget ne-gotiations will be faster and more streamlined,management will be more flexible, and the hospi-tal board will have more autonomy particularlywith regard to day-to-day matters (e.g., staffing,loans, internal organization), which will no longerbe subject to the district prefect’s prior approval.There will be closer cooperation between the au-thorizing officer and the accounting officer. Newprovisions will also be made for the investment ofand return on funds. Moreover, it will be possibleto revise a hospital’s global allocation in thecourse of a financial year to reflect changes in thecurrent volume of services provided as long as itis related to greater patient needs.

Another important innovation included in the1991 reforms and currently being experimentedwith in several hospitals is the determination ofcharges based on the identification of homoge-neous patient groups (groupes homogénes de mal-ades), which are in turn based on U.S. diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) (5).

Private HospitalsPrivate for-profit and nonprofit institutions thatdo not participate in the public hospital sector op-erate on a fee-for-service basis, although fees areusually regulated by the central government’shealth ministry. An agreement between hospitalsand their regional sickness funds fixes the amountof money that the funds will reimburse patients inthe coming year. Private hospitals accept a certainnumber of service obligations (inpatient days andhospital admissions) to sickness fund patients inexchange for guaranteed reimbursement from thefunds. If a private hospital has a surplus when itcloses its accounts, it is free to distribute that sur-plus to shareholders or to reinvest the surplusfunds. If it has an operating loss, the social securi-ty fund does not become involved in any way tocover the deficit.5

Daily Rates and FeesPrivate hospitals’ payments are based on nego-tiated daily rates that comprise a charge for hotel-type services and nonmedical personnel services(e.g., nurses, social workers, therapists), fees foroperating and delivery room services, pharmaceu-tical fees, and fees for physician services. Patientsusually pay physicians’ fees directly and are thenpartially reimbursed by their sickness fund. In thepast physicians have been paid separately from thehospital’s charges, but physician payment is in-creasingly being included in the same schedule asthe costs for a hospital stay. One advantage offolding in physician payments is that all paymentsmade by the sickness fund for a patient’s hospitalstay are included in a single document that pro-vides the fund with an overview of total hospitalcosts.

Physicians’ services are reimbursed accordingto a national fee schedule classified as K, Kc, B,and Z (for diagnostic activities, surgery, biologi-cal analyses, and imaging, respectively). One K isworth approximately 12 francs, and one Kc isworth about 13 francs. Reimbursement for physi-cian or surgeon services is supplemented by an op-erating or delivery room fee (FSO) paid to the hos-pital. The FSO varies according to region andcategory of hospital and by levels of K.

Private hospital per diem rates for hotel-typeand non-medical staff services are based on a clas-sification of the hospital’s specialty and qualityranking. Since 1973 the classification system hasassigned points to an individual hospital for eachof the following five areas (in order of signifi-cance for rate setting):

1. medical services,2. nonmedical staffing,3. technical equipment,4. hotel facilities, or5. a combination thereof.

Depending on the total number of points ob-tained, a hospital is classified as A, B, C, D, or E,

5 The agreement setting forth the responsibilities of all the parties concerned was drawn up by the Ministry of Health between 1975 and 1978and approved by the Ministry in 1978.

Page 73: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 65

each of which has a particular set of rates per spe-cialty. The classification is decided by the regionalprefect after consultation with a joint committeethat includes representatives of sickness funds andhealth care providers.

A total of 800 points is required for category Aclassification, which indicates consistently highperformance; rates fall as a hospital’s classifica-tion moves from category A to E. Hospitals andclinics classified within each category have thesame level of rates wherever they are located in theregion. Hospitals have an incentive to invest intechnologies, equipment, and staff to improvetheir ranking to receive higher per diem rates. Theprocess of ranking hospitals is fairly rapid, and ahospital may even have its ranking changed retro-spectively. For several years, per diem rates havebeen regulated and subject to authorized annualincreases, expressed in either absolute amounts orpercentage terms.

Operating room fees are directly linked to ahospital’s rate category. Similarly, the pharmaceu-tical fee, formerly based on actual costs, is nowbecoming more uniform. Charges and fees arethus subject to limits and linked to the number ofinpatient days delivered by the hospital. There arealso government controls on the number of admis-sions and on the number of authorized beds in pri-vate hospitals.

Despite these measures to limit private hospitalrates and the number of services, the total volumeof medical services provided by private hospitalshas not been brought under control. In response,the regional sickness funds require private hospi-tals to supply information on their activities fromwhich averages and comparisons among hospitalsare made. Hospital profiles are also drawn up toidentify potential abuses. These profiles serveonly as indicators of service provision, however,and are not used as instruments for setting limitsor preventing abuses.

As an additional monitoring tool, regularchecks of hospital practices are conducted to pre-vent bad practices. If any are identified, a prelimi-nary letter is sent to the director of the hospitalasking for remedial action. If the problem is seri-ous or has occurred before, the hospital’s manager

is required to make the hospital’s case before acommittee of administrators of the regional sick-ness funds. A warning or reprimand may be sentor, after a complex review procedure, the hospi-tal’s classification may be downgraded. The ulti-mate sanction (for which there must be seriousgrounds) is abrogation of the sickness funds’agreement; costs are no longer paid in advance,and the daily charge is paid at three-quarters of theprevious level. Although not applied frequently,these sanctions have had some effect (17).

SupervisionA group of sickness fund physicians supervisesagreements between private hospitals and sick-ness funds that pertain to private hospital staffinglevels, current pharmaceutical regulations, stan-dards for operating rooms, and standards regard-ing the size of patient rooms. A compulsory annu-al statistical survey of private hospitals must alsobe provided to regional sickness fund organiza-tions, making it possible to identify any possibleproblems in a range of areas. The standards andadherence to them have a direct effect on chargesfor services.

Health ReformsAlthough the 1991 health reform act initially re-tains the principle of fees and rates for private hos-pital services, the legal framework and the finan-cial basis of for-profit institutions have beenaltered. The tripartite system, involving the state,sickness funds, and hospitals, may gradually be-come the norm in the private sector as it has al-ready been for some time in the public sector. Thestate could become involved in contractual rela-tions regarding the volume of services that havehitherto been the concern only of hospitals andsickness funds.

There are no plans at this time to introduce aglobal allocation scheme for the private sector.Instead, there is a global ceiling on private hospi-tal expenditures by the sickness funds, subject to aguideline rate of annual increase in this ceilingagreed on between the state and the other twotraditional partners in the private hospital sector.

Page 74: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

66 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Public and PSPH Private Total

Percentage of Percentage oftotal public total private Percentageand PSPH hospital of total

Million operating Million operating Million operatingSource francs expenses francs expenses francs expenses

Sickness insurance funds 179,778 90.0 52,886 83.4 232,664 88,5Individuals and private insurance 13,116 6.6 7,848 12.4 20,964 8.0Mutual fund associations 3,023 1.5 2,329 3.7 5,352 2.0Federal or local authorities 3,508 1.8 342 0.5 3,850 1.5

Total expenses 199,425 63,405 262,830

SOURCE: Centre de Recherche d’Etude et de Documentation en Economic de la Sante (CREDES) Programme Eco-Sante, 1990 and 1991.

This ceiling is allocated among regions and bymonth and may not be exceeded.

The 1991 legislation requires that private insti-tutions analyze their activities, develop an assess-ment policy, and implement information systems(similar to programmed medical des systemesd’Information, or PMSI). It also makes the sub-mission of annual forecasts of activity to the sick-ness funds a precondition for setting rates or forconcluding rate agreements. The implementationof a cost accounting system and a medical in-formation system were intended to lead to a DRG-type of charge system by the end of 1993. An ex-periment using this new approach was introducedin obstetrics-gynecology units and in volunteerinstitutions for other specialties beginning on July1, 1992 (5).

❚ Sources of FundsThe social security sickness funds pay for thelion’s share of hospital care in France; they funded90 percent of public and PSPH hospital operatingexpenses and over 83 percent of private hospitaloperating costs in 1991 (table 4-4). Private insur-ance, mutual fund associations, and individualout-of-pocket payments accounted for a fairlysmall share of hospital costs ( 10 percent), even forprivate hospitals (16.1 percent). These figuresreflect sickness fund patients’ freedom to choose

either a public or a private hospital, and private in-surers’ and mutual fund associations’ minor rolesin the French health care system of mainly provid-ing supplementary insurance.

The relatively small part that private hospitalshave in France’s system is reflected by their shareof total hospital expenditures. In 1991, three-fourths of all hospital spending was for care pro-vided in public and PSPH hospitals; the otherfourth was for private hospital care (table 4-4).

Federal and local authorities pay hospitaliza-tion costs for patients who receive state medical orsocial assistance. These payments, financedthrough general revenues, funded 1.5 percent ofhospital expenses in 1991 (table 4-4). (Foreign pa-tients who are not residents of France must paytheir own hospital bills although there are interna-tional agreements between France and certaincountries allowing payments to be made throughofficial channels.)

❚ Allocation of Operating Funds

Public HospitalsPublic hospital operating costs were F139 billionin 1988, representing 87.8 percent of aggregatehospital expenditures (which includes capital ex-penditures) (table 4-5). The largest single item(F90.1 billion, or 65 percent of operating costs)

Page 75: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France 67

Million Percentage Million PercentageOperating costs francs of total Operating revenues francs of total

StaffPharmaceuticals, medical

servicesHotel facilitiesRepairs, maintenanceGeneral managementMortgagesOther

Total

90,14012,792

8,4733,7533,4902,737

17,451

138,836

64.9 Global allocation9.2 Service charges

6.1 Daily flat rate contributions2,7 Outpatient care2.5 Donations, contributions2.0 Sales of products

12,6 Other

Total

118,074 81.09,631 6.6

1,877 1.32,543 1.7

219 0.2469 0.3

13,121 9.0

145,934

SOURCES: Ministere de l’Economie des Finances et du Budqet, Direction de la Comptabilite Publique, Les Finances du Secteur Public Local, Hopi-taux Publics 1983-1988.

was for hospital staffing costs. (It is not possibleto distinguish between medical and nonmedicalpersonnel costs.) Expenses for pharmaceuticalsand medical services accounted for 9 percent ofhospital operating costs in 1988; hotel-type ser-vices made up 6.1 percent, repairs and mainte-nance 2.7 percent, and management and transport2.5 percent (table 4-5).

Public hospital operating revenues were nearlyF146 billion in 1988, of which the global alloca-tion represented 81 percent, total daily servicecharges accounted for 6.6 percent, total daily flat-rate contributions were 1.3 percent, and outpatientcare charges accounted for 1.7 percent of hospitaloperating income (table 4-5) (10).

Private HospitalsIn contrast to public and PSPH hospitals, there areno systematic statistics on the revenues or costs ofprivate institutions. A 1985 study by the Centred’Etudes des Couts et des Revenus (CERC) esti-mated the operating costs of private hospitals andclinics in 1980 at F11.7 billion. Fifty-five percentof this was spent on staff; 17.4 percent on pur-chases; 17.2 percent on repairs, supplies, and ex-ternal services; 4 percent on depreciation and pro-visions; 2.3 percent and 6.4 percent on other costs(l).

❚ Operating ExpendituresTotal hospital operating expenditures (which in-clude both operating and capital spending) wereF263 billion in 1991, equaling 3.9 percent of thegross domestic product (GDP) and 40.7 percent ofnational health expenditures (NHE). Hospitals’share of NHE has fallen over the past decade,which was 44.9 percent in 1980, but hospital ex-penditures as a share of GDP have increased, start-ing at 3.6 percent in 1980. These trends indicatethat health care spending in France has comman-ded a greater share of the country’s financial re-sources over the past decade, although the hospitalsector has contributed less to this trend than haveother sectors of France’s health care system.

Approximately three-fourths of aggregate hos-pital outlays went to public and PSPH hospitals in1991—slightly less than in 1980, when the publicsector accounted for 78 percent of hospital spend-ing (2).

HOSPITAL CAPITAL COSTSLocated as they are in a rapidly changing sectorthat is strongly affected by technological progress,and faced with growing patient demands for thelatest technology and more patient amenities, allhospitals are increasingly sensitive to competitionand have strong incentives to invest. In contrast to

Page 76: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

68 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

the private sector, public and PSPH hospital in-vestments are subject to certain financialconstraints, although they also benefit from spe-cial public assistance.

The private sector is facing increasing competi-tion, and its level of required investment is be-coming more and more onerous; thus hospitals inthis sector find it necessary to seek new investors.Few figures are available on private sector hospi-tal investment, and most of the information in thissection relates only to the capital investments ofpublic and PSPH hospitals. Where appropriate,legislation concerning the investment process andcurrent trends are discussed.

❚ Relationship of Capital and Operatingcosts

In 1988 the aggregate budget for French publichospitals was approximately Fbillion158, whichrepresented the purchase of goods and services.These costs may be either operating or investmentcosts, as follows:

The operating section of the budget includes allconsumable goods and services that are short-term; such expenditures relate to day-to-daysupplies and to upkeep and maintenance.The investment section includes expendituresthat are intended either to maintain a capitalgood beyond its budgeted life or to purchasenew capital (3).

The investment section regularly receivestransfers from the operating budget through provi-sions and depreciation accounts. Such accountsrepresent the depreciation of assets with a view toreplacing them; depreciation is recorded as an in-come item in the investment section and as a costitem in the operating section. Depreciation costsare taken into account in determining the globalallocation and daily service charges.

Private for-profit hospitals and certain privatenonprofit institutions, even if they participate inthe public hospital service, are not entitled to di-rect reimbursement of depreciation costs becausethe government is concerned about preventing theaccumulation of private wealth at the expense of

the sick. Such institutions may, however, receive aremuneration equivalent to 3 percent of their capi-tal (based on the nonamortized value of their as-sets, where necessary after revaluation). In addi-tion, fixed assets in such institutions are almostnever the property of the hospital but are rented.The depreciation of these assets is included in therent, which is an operating cost.

Hospitals that receive a global allocation are al-lowed to include interest payments on investmentloans as part of their operating costs. This optiondoes not extend to the repayment of loan princi-pals, which are included in the investment sectionof their budgets.

Another way in which operating and capitalcosts are related in French public and PSPH hospi-tals is through the allocation of operating fund sur-pluses. Under certain circumstances (discussedabove), surpluses in the operating section can beused to finance investments that are not expectedto increase operating costs in ensuing years.Moreover, any surplus in the appended budget isallocated to the purchase of equipment for hospi-tals (e.g., blood transfusion centers or computercenters), to other hospital capital investment, or toreduce operating costs in succeeding years.

The impact of capital costs on future operatingcosts is determined informally. Some hospitalboards draw up program budgets as a means of im-proving quality of forecasting and planning, andassisting management by highlighting the overallimpact of an activity in operational and invest-ment terms. Activities examined may cover ener-gy saving programs, computerization and majorequipment, or hospital buildings.

❚ Capital Financing ModeIInvestments in new construction, new major med-ical equipment, or replacement equipment in thepublic sector can be financed by depreciation (ap-plied to tangible assets such as hospital plant andequipment) or amortization (applied to intangibleassets such as insurance policies). In the hospitalsector, however, this is inadequate due to the rateof technological innovation, and other fundingsources are often required.

Page 77: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France 169

Expenditures 1975 1986 1988 Percentage of 1988 total

Direct expenditures 3,722 8,842 13,456 69.9Tangible assets 812 4,059 5,723 29.7Real estate investments 169 434 3,171 16,5Construction 2,741 4,349 4,562 23.7

Indirect expenditures 884 3,464 5,801 30.1

Total expenditures 4,606 12,306 19,257 100.0

Income 1975 1986 1988 Percentage of 1988 total

Subsidies, grants 985 1,707 1,583 7.6Loans 2,533 3,521 4,545 21.8Depreciation 1,513 6,989 7,702 36.9Fixed assets 4,181 20.0Other income 244 946 2,845 13.6

Total income 5,275 13,163 20,856 100.0

SOURCES: Ministere de l’Economie des Finances et du Budget, Direction de la Comptabilite Publique, Les Finances du Secteur Public Local, Hopi-taux Publics 1983-1988.

Self-FinancingHospitals obtain some of their funds from internalsources, such as the sale of real estate and tangibleassets (a fairly unimportant source) and depreci-ation, which accounted for 37 percent of hospi-tals’ investment funds in 1988 (table 4-6). Sincethe mid- 1980s, depreciation funds have increasedin importance because of trends in the structure ofinvestments and thus their patterns of depreci-ation. The decline in the acquisition of land andbuildings and of repairs with a long (often 30years) depreciation period and the increase in tan-gible acquisitions with a short (around 5 years) de-preciation life has significantly increased depreci-ation income and thus the level of self-financing.

SubsidiesHospitals obtain a portion of their investmentfunds from several external sources that may befree or may incur a cost. State subsidies—whichnormally vary between 5 and 40 percent of a hos-pital’s investment funds, depending on the institu-tion’s capacity for self-financing-and subsidiesfrom local authorities are free. More than half thesubsidies received by hospitals come from the

state. Of local authority funding, the regions arethe most important source of assistance, followedby the districts and municipalities (communes). In1988, subsidies accounted for 7.6 percent of ag-gregate investment income (table 4-6).

LoansThe sickness funds have been authorized to make

interest-free loans to hospitals, which are requiredto repay only the principal amount. For loans thatincur a cost, hospitals normally call on banks forpublic authorities (Caisse des Depots et Con-signations and the Caisse d’Aide a l’Equipementdes Collectivites Locales). Hospitals may alsoborrow from other banks or even, with ministerialapproval, from the financial market (i.e., deben-ture loans). Such loans represented 21.8 percent ofaggregate investment income in 1988 (table 4-6)(3).

Today, state subsidies and sickness insurancefund loans play less of a role in hospital invest-ment financing than they have in the past. Hospi-tals’ own resources now constitute a key elementof their capital finances. They even appear to begaining in importance, given a slight trend toward

Page 78: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

70 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

a reduced level of debt and a refocusing of invest-ment; that is, investment now seems to be gearedtoward the acquisition of biomedical equipment,which in turn generates a higher level of depreci-ation. If sufficiently short periods of depreciationare allowed, a high level of debt generates consid-erable resources for investment. In fact, hospitalsthat have borrowed at high rates have not beenpenalized at all; rather, they have benefited from abudgetary bonus, as the financial costs associatedwith a high level of depreciation form part of thebase from which the initial budget is calculated(9).

Financing from loans is restricted to 60 percentof the estimated cost of an investment. Institutionsare required to meet the other 40 percent of thecost (as well as any associated additional operat-ing costs) from their own financial resources. Tohelp cover such costs, hospitals sometimes re-ceive an additional allocation over and above thefederal guideline rate for updates to global alloca-tions, although experience shows that this doesnot occur often. Other internal sources include theuse of surpluses arising from improved manage-ment. In contrast to the private sector, such deci-sions are subject to the approval of supervisory au-thorities (17).

Private HospitalsPrivate hospitals (often called clinics) are free touse their profits for investment or to redistributethem to shareholders. Private for-profit clinicshave traditionally been owned by physicians. Ithas become increasingly difficult, however, forclinics to finance investments in new major equip-ment from their own resources, which they needto keep up with technological progress and the de-mands of competition (14). Clinics face a difficultproblem of finding outside investors mainly be-cause in most cases there is no guarantee that theinvestment will be profitable. In recent years this“crisis” in the private sector has resulted in a trans-formation of the structure of such hospitals, whichare increasingly passing from the status of a fami-ly business to that of a limited company belongingto a major financial group. Large French compa-

nies (e.g., Paribas, Suez, Lyonnaise des Eaux) andforeign companies have invested in chains of clin-ics in search of profits (17).

Determining Capital RequirementsThe entire French health care system (both publicand private health institutions) is subject to formalhealth sector planning (15). In general, public hos-pitals are subject to the provision of public lawthat governs public works and the placing of pub-lic work contracts. Commercial institutions mustoperating according to private law, which allowsthem to determine their own investment proce-dures within the limits of the law. Health care leg-islation in 1970, however, stipulated that repairprograms and projects relating to the creation, ex-tension, or transformation of public and privatehospitals would be subject to authorization ar-rangements. Authorization is forthcoming only ifa scheme complies with the health map (carte sa-nitaire).

Health MapsThe foundation for health sector planning inFrance is the health map. The health map formsthe reference point for public authorities in all de-cisions relating to the level of public and privatehospital construction of new buildings, additionsof hospital beds, or the acquisition of major medi-cal equipment (15). It is based on a recognitionthat the private sector must operate alongside thepublic sector, as the latter is unable to meet allpublic health care needs. The aim is to meet thoseneeds satisfactorily at the lowest cost by a rationalallocation of capital resources.

The health map, drawn up by the Ministry ofHealth after consultation with regional and na-tional health resources committees (12) was de-signed to meet three objectives: 1) to control therapid growth of the hospital sector, 2) to correct re-gional disparities, and 3) to coordinate public andprivate sector development. To accomplish theseaims, the health map establishes the boundaries ofhealth sectors and regions. Each health sector is ageographical area of about 30,000 to 40,000 in-habitants centered on a hospital with a certain

Page 79: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 71

minimum level of technical facilities. There arecurrently 21 regions divided into 284 health sec-tors. The health map also establishes the nature,extent, and location of health facilities of nationalimportance or designed to serve several health re-gions. For each type of facility, the health map forthe particular sector or region concerned specifiesthe buildings and major items of required equip-ment. Plans are detailed after an analysis of localand regional needs. The health map also includesan inventory of existing or authorized buildingsand a continuously updated record of major itemsof medical equipment.

Each region draws up its health map in light ofdirectives issued by the Ministry of Health. Thework is then submitted for review to sector and re-gional hospital groups and the regional committeefor health and social resources. This is followedby an examination of the health map at the federallevel. The Ministry then adopts the provisions ofeach map after seeking the opinion of the nationalcommittee for health and social resources.

This approach, it should be noted, is very broadand general with indicators of need established formajor areas of activity (e.g., medicine, surgery,obstetrics-gynecology, medium stays). It is notbased on epidemiological or population-baseddata (2,4).

The Act of December 31, 1970, requires allpublic and private institutions to secure authoriza-tion from the administrative authorities for newbuildings or extensions of existing ones with com-pulsory reference to the health map. (The map’sindicators of beds per specialty represent ceilingsthat may not be exceeded.) The Act also makes itobligatory to obtain prior approval for conver-sions of hospital facilities, the merging of hospi-tals, or the installation of major medical equip-ment.

The prefect is responsible for issuing authoriza-tions after consulting the Regional Health and So-cial Resources Committee, except in the case ofdecisions of national importance; these are the re-sponsibility of the Health Minister of the centralgovernment after consultation with the NationalHealth and Social Resources Committee.

ReformsThe reforms initiated by the 1991 legislationmaintain the health map but substantially broadenits scope with the addition of a new document: thehealth organization scheme. Both the maps andthe schemes are to be drawn up on the basis of themeasurement of needs in the population and theirchanges, with regard to demographic data andtechnical progress in medicine, following a quan-titative and qualitative analysis of existing careprovision.

In carrying out this task, the ministers responsi-ble for health and social security (in the case of na-tional and inter-regional maps and schemes) andthe regional prefects (in the case of their regionaland sub-regional equivalents) will be assisted byhealth organization committees at national and re-gional levels. To reflect the need for assessment,each regional health organization committee willhave a committee on regional medical assess-ments of hospitals.

The scope of health planning has been broad-ened by the health organization scheme to gradu-ally break down the boundaries between inpatienthospital care and outpatient ambulatory care andto develop plans to rationally diffuse particularlyexpensive or sensitive medical activities associatedwith ambulatory care. The legislation is con-cerned with the type of care provided, not with thephysical structure of the buildings or the legalcontext in which the care takes place. Alternativesto hospitals are taken into account (particularlyambulatory surgery) by establishing an equiva-lence between hospital beds and the number ofplaces providing alternatives to hospital care.

Under the new legislation, public hospitals arealso authorized to collaborate with public and pri-vate legal bodies, including those at the interna-tional level. In connection with these activities,they may sign agreements and participate in inter-hospital syndicates and public and financial con-sortia. The creation of such consortia enableshealth institutions to pool their operational or in-vestment resources to undertake activities thattheir individual resources would not allow. To

Page 80: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

72 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

achieve greater uniformity of the two hospital sec-tors, the new legislation also provides for all careinstitutions and providers to be subject to the sameauthorization arrangements. The overall aim is tosimplify and decentralize the administrative pro-cedures for securing capital investment authoriza-tions.

The reforms also introduce a hospital planwhich sets out (particularly in the context of themedical plan) each institution’s objectives withregard to medical and nursing atmospheres, socialpolicy, training, management, and informationsystems. The plan, which must be compatiblewith the objectives of the health organizationscheme, identifies all the resources in terms ofbuildings, staff, and equipment that the hospitalrequires to achieve its objectives. It is developedfor a period of up to five years (5).

Traditional Public Hospital Investments (16)In any major hospital and even those of averagesize, new buildings and expansion of existing fa-cilities form part of an overall medium-term (10-to 15-year) program. Three types of projects maybe identified: 1) those of national significance, forwhich the ministry is responsible; 2) capital proj-ects that are unique to a region and for which theregional prefect is responsible; and 3) capital proj-ects that are the responsibility of the district pre-fect, who gives approval in view of the overall re-sources allocated to each district.

Because most investments are carried out withstate assistance, investment priorities are spelledout in the national economic and social develop-ment plans, which effectively determine the al-location of financial resources set aside for the dif-ferent sectors of public investment. Receipt ofstate subsidies for new capital investment is con-tingent on the proposed investments’ inclusion inthe plan.

Any building and major medical equipment in-vestment project must pass through several stages(e.g., purchase of a site, initial preliminary design,final proposal) each of which must be approved bythe hospital board after they have been consideredby the hospital’s medical staff committee and the

joint technical committee. Each stage is subject tofinal approval by the supervisory authority.

The financial appraisal of the project is accom-panied by a financing scheme. The financingrules are as follows:When state funding is provided, it is alwaysequal to 40 percent of the capital expenditurequalifying for subsidy.Local authorities may also contribute to this as-sistance, bringing the rate of subsidy above 40percent.The balance is met by the hospital from its ownresources, by loans from the Caisse des Depotset Consignations or the Caisse ‘Aide a l’Equip -ment des Collectives Locales. In the case of in-vestments that do not receive state funding, theproportion of the cost met from borrowing maynot exceed 60 percent.

The different categories of equipment and ma-terials subject to approval are care units equip-ment, ancillary care and technical medical equip-ment, and equipment for general services.

In 1974 a national center for hospital equip-ment (CNEH) was established that reports to theMinistry of Health. It has responsibility for con-sidering problems associated with the functioningof hospitals. The rules governing the financing ofthe provision of medical equipment are the sameas those relating to the building process.

Under the new legislation the supervisory au-thority will monitor only the legality of contractsentered into by hospital directors. Such contractswill come into force as soon as they are receivedby the prefect’s office.

Private Hospital InvestmentOnce a private hospital decides to adopt newtechnologies, provide new services, or expand itshospital beds, it can acquire the necessary physi-cal and staff resources and place them at their pa-tient’s disposal, thus putting them to profitableuse more quickly than the public sector. Privatehospitals can also more quickly provide the re-sources required to meet an existing need. If an in-vestment turns out to be profitable after the facili-

Page 81: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 73

ties are in place, they can be adjusted to a certainextent by the constant redeployment of resources(particularly of staff), as there are few statutoryconstraints. Private hospitals face no major im-pediments to increasing and modernizing their fa-cilities as soon as a decision has been made (17).

❚ Capital ExpendituresCapital expenditures do not correspond to a singleyear’s costs and may figure into the calculation ofmore than just one year’s global allocation andcharges. In 1988, capital expenditures of publichospitals equaled F19.3 billion, or 12.2 percent ofaggregate hospital expenditures. This represents amore than threefold increase over 1975. (Expendi-tures for different capital investments are given intable 4-6.) Since 1975 the structure of direct in-vestment expenditure has changed, with the pro-portion funding real estate investments (e.g.,construction of new hospital wings) falling from78.2 percent in 1975 to 57.5 percent in 1988.There has been an equivalent rise in investment inother capital assets.

Total investment income in 1988 was F20.9billion (shown by funding source in table 4-6).This amount represents a corresponding threefoldincrease in investment income over 1975. Overthe last decade, the proportion of capital expendi-tures paid for from internal funds has tended to in-crease, while the proportion met by grants, and es-pecially by loans, has declined (table 4-6) (13).

FUTURE DIRECTIONSThe containment of health expenditures is a majorconcern in France. The costs of hospital care rep-resent half of national health expenditures, mak-ing the hospital sector a primary target of France’scost containment efforts. The hospital sector hasalways expanded without much control, and itsevolution has been marked by the constant needfor an urgent response to perpetually growing de-mand. The urgent nature of hospital care has oftentaken precedence over economic rules of efficien-cy and better management. Prior to 1971, hospi-tals would present their bills to the sickness insur-ance funds after having satisfactorily treated

patients. The funds would not hesitate to pay theirshare of expenses, and little attention was given todetailed analyses of hospital bills. Only in the1970s did national economic conditions demandcloser scrutiny of the economics of hospital care.By the end of the 1970s, containment of hospitalcosts had become a high-priority issue and the pri-mary goal of all reforms aimed at reducing healthexpenditures since then.

Understandably, it is the public hospital sectorthat has been most influenced by cost-contain-ment reforms. In 1983, prospective budgeting be-came the standard in this sector. Its purpose was tocontrol spending by imposing guideline growthrates for hospital spending. However, the deter-mination of budgets across hospitals takes no con-sideration of changes in activity or volume of ser-vices demanded from individual hospitals butmerely applies a predetermined increase rate (thefederal guideline rate) to the previous year’s budg-et. Budgets are based on historical levels of expen-diture, and rates of increase are determined cen-trally, with little scope for local deviation (11).

The medical program information system(PMSI) was created to achieve a financing systemmore reflective of an individual hospital’s activityand to encourage continuous evaluation. This pro-gram systematically produces a standardized dis-charge form at the completion of each patient’shospital stay and enters the form’s data into a pa-tient database. The system allows for detailedanalysis of hospital activity to enable compari-sons of patient volume among departments or hos-pitals and to detect morbidity trends. The PMSIwas implemented as an initial move toward devel-oping a DRG-type system of homogeneous pa-tient groups and incorporating this classificationsystem into the hospital financing scheme. Imple-mentation of the PMSI is proving to be complexand involved, however, and the full achievementof a DRG-based system in France remains a long-term objective.

A large gap still exists between the public andprivate hospital sectors in France. The allocationof funds to each sector is based on different mech-anisms, and despite the sickness insurance funds’increasing control over the private sector, cost

Page 82: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

74 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

containment efforts for this sector have not beenvery successful. A serious shortcoming of thepresent financing scheme is that private institu-tions have an incentive to increase the number ofmedical procedures to compensate for rigidly im-posed fees and daily rates.

The 1991 health reform legislation in France isdesigned to extend government control over theprivate sector and to narrow the gap between thepublic and private sectors. The legislation rede-fines hospitals according to general guidelines,thus providing the private sector with the same“public interest” mission as the public sector. Thereform also emphasizes the complementary roleof the public and private sectors. Private hospitalsare not yet paid through a global allocationscheme, but growth in expenditures for privatehospital services are capped under the reforms.Additionally, the PMSI is planned to be extendedto the private sector, and current experimentationwith a DRG-type system is in place for some spe-cial services. Now that the philosophy underlyingthe DRG system is being tested in the public hos-pital sector, a relatively smoother implementationof the DRG system in the private sector is likely.

Implementation of the necessary structural ar-rangements to achieve the objectives of recent re-forms will be a long-term task. Both private andpublic hospitals face new obligations, includingmaintaining medical records that are readily avail-able for consultation by the patient or the patient’sphysician, evaluating professional practice, reor-ganizing health care, analyzing service activity,and implementing information systems that docu-ment different conditions and modes of care andtreatment (5).

REFERENCES1. Centre d’Etudes des Coûts et des Revenus

(CERC), “L’Hospitalisation en France, 3èmepartie,” Hospitalisation Nouvelle, No. 137,Février 1985.

2. Centre de Recherche d’Etude et de Documen-tation en Economie de la Santé (CREDES),Programme Eco-Santé, 1990 and 1991.

3. Clément, J.M., Memento de Droit Hospitali-er, 3e édition (Paris: Berger-Levrault, 1992).

4. Coudurier, P., Dotation Globale et Prix deJourneé (Paris: Berger-Levrault, 1988).

5. Couty, E., Hôpitaux et Cliniques: Les Ré-formes Hospitalières (Paris: Berger-Levrault,1993).

6. Documents Statistiques, “Les Etablissementsd’Hospitalisation Privée en 1989,” EnquêteEHP 1989, SESI no. 121, Juillet 1991.

7. Documents Statistiques, “Les Hôpitaux Pub-lics en 1990, Résultats H80,” SESI no. 154,Septembre 1992.

8. Dusart, E., Le Budget Global à l’Hôpital (Par-is: Editions ESF, 1987).

9. “Investissement Hospitalier,” InformationsHospitalières No. 30- 31, Avril-Mai 1991.

10. Ministère de l’Economie des Finances et duBudget, Direction de la Comptabilité Publi-que, Les Finances du Secteur Public Local,Hôpitaux Publics 1983-1988.

11. Organisation for Economic Cooperation andDevelopment, The Reform of Health Care: AComparative Analysis of Seven OECD Coun-tries (Paris: OECD, 1992).

12. Peigné, F., Notre Système Hospitalier et SonAvenir, ENSP éditeur, 1991.

13. Pizzo-Ferrato, C., “L’Évolution des Inves-tissements Hospitaliers,” Gestions Hospital-ières 307, Juin-Juillet 1991.

14. Poindron, P.Y., “Qu’est-ce qui fait courir lesinvestisseurs?,” Espace Social Européen10-26:20-24, 1990.

15. Reinhardt, U.E., “Financing the Hospital:The Experience Abroad,” contractor reportprepared for the Office of the Assistant Secre-tary for Planning and Evaluation, Departmentof Health and Human Services, Washington,DC, July, 1984.

16. Tordeux, “Législation Hospitalère, tomes 1 et2,” Rennes, ENSP, Juillet 1986.

17. Toullalan, M., “Analyse Comparative desModalités de Fonctionnement des Établisse-ments Sanitaires Publics et Privés à but Lu-cratif,” Revue Hospitalière de France3:328-351, Mai-Juin 1991.

Page 83: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

HospitalFinancingin France

by Marie-José Sourty-Le Guellec

he French health care system is arguably the most compli-cated of the European (and Canadian) systems describedin this report. Its system includes universal, compulsorysocial insurance, significant patient cost-sharing, and sup-

plementary insurance on the financing side, and public providerscombined with a sizable number of private providers on the sup-ply side. Overlaying both the public and private sectors are stronggovernmental controls at all levels of government (11).

Almost the entire population (99 percent) is covered by thestatutory health insurance scheme, which is part of France’s so-cial security system. Statutory health insurance expenditures ac-count for over 70 percent of national health expenditures inFrance. The scheme is administered by social security sicknessfunds (Assurance Maladie de la Sécurité Sociale). A person’s oc-cupation generally determines membership in a particular fund.There is one large fund for salaried workers (CNAMTS), whichaccounts for nearly 80 percent of the compulsorily insured andabout 15 smaller funds cover other workers. The government pro-vides insurance for low income people. Contributions for sick-ness fund insurance are income-related and shared by employersand employees or paid directly to the relevant fund by nonsalariedor self-employed individuals (11).

Social insurance provides both cash benefits (e.g., sick pay)and benefits in kind (e.g., ambulatory care, hospital care). De-pending on the patient’s financial circumstances, the patient maybe required to pay coinsurance or copayment amounts; forinstance, patients may have to pay 20 percent of the cost of hospi-tal services (the ticket modérateur) and a daily flat rate contribu-

| 55

Page 84: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

56 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

tion that is currently 50 francs.1 Employers some-times provide supplementary insurance for theiremployees through mutual fund organizations(mutuelles) to cover patient cost-sharing amountsand a few benefits not covered by the social insur-ance scheme. Individuals may also purchase pri-vate supplementary insurance. Mutuelles and pri-vate insurance payments account for about 8percent of national health expenditures.

France’s sickness funds are quasi-autonomous,non-governmental organizations; there are na-tional, regional, and local organizations of thesefunds. They are subject to national and local man-agement by employer associations and tradeunions. They are also closely regulated by the cen-tral government; in particular, contribution rates,fee schedules, and pharmaceutical prices are con-trolled by the central government (11).

Patients can consult any medical practitionerfor primary care, and can choose to go to either apublic or private hospital. Money follows the pa-tient in the case of private hospitals, but publichospitals are subject to prospectively fixed budg-ets. Compared with the other European countriesin this study and Canada, French patients have rel-atively large cost-sharing requirements. Patientout-of-pocket payments currently account forabout 17 percent of national health expenditures;however, cost-sharing for hospital services is fair-ly small with only about 4 percent of hospital ex-penditures financed directly by patients (1 1).

Similar to many other countries, the contain-ment of health expenditures is a major concern inFrance. Hospital care represents half of nationalhealth expenditures, making the hospital sector aprimary target of France’s cost-containment ef-forts. Recent reforms have concentrated on effec-tively controlling sickness fund insurance pay-ments to private hospitals by extendinggovernmental regulation over that sector, and bycreating a new balance between the private andpublic sectors to harmonize their development

within an overall program designed to controlhealth spending. Also similar to many other coun-tries, France’s health reforms are moving in thedirection of making individual hospital budgetsbased more on each hospital’s level of activity andless on historical costs.

STRUCTURE OF THE HOSPITAL SECTORFrance has a mixture of public, private nonprofit,and private for-profit hospitals. Public hospitalstend to be large and well equipped; private hospi-tals tend to be smaller and to specialize in electivesurgery, obstetrics, or long-term care. In 1990there were 1,072 public institutions; they consti-tuted only 28 percent of all French hospitals, butprovided almost two-thirds of total hospital beds,hospital days, and inpatient admissions (tables4-1 and 4-2). By law, a public institution is a cor-porate body governed by public law and is respon-sible for providing a specific public service. Pub-lic institutions have full legal status, their ownassets and resources, and full legal autonomy.They are, however, subject to various forms ofpublic supervision and financial control. Publichospitals cannot waive their obligations, definedin the Act of December 31, 1970, to:

provide diagnosis, treatment, and (in particu-lar) emergency care to their patients and thosereferred to them, including necessary inpatientcare;contribute to the training of medical and para-medical (nonmedical) staff; andparticipate in medical and pharmaceutical re-search and health education.

In 1989 the private hospital sector included2,721 institutions, constituting 72 percent of allhospitals but accounting for only one-third of thetotal hospital beds, patient days, and inpatient ad-missions in France in that year (tables 4-1 and4-2). The private sector is divided into a privatefor-profit or commercial sector with 1,515 institu-

1The exchange rate in January 1994 was approximately $USO.17 to F1 .00.

Page 85: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France I 57

Category of hospital Percent of total hospitals Percent of beds

Public 28 65Nonprofit, PSPH 12 11Private nonprofit, non-PSPH 19 5Private for-c) refit 40 19a Data for public hospitals are for 1990; data for private hospitals are for 1989.

SOURCES: Documents Statistiques, “Les Etablissements d’Hospitalisation Privee en 1989,” Enquete EHP 1989, SESI no. 121,Juillet 1991, Documents Statistiques, “Les Hopitaux Publics en 1990, Resuitats H80, ” SESI no. 154, Septembre 1992

tions and a private nonprofit sector with 1,206institutions. For-profit hospitals are privatelyfunded and subject to the rules of commercial andcivil law. Private nonprofit hospitals are run byvoluntary organizations, religious orders, em-ployee representatives, mutual fund associations,and social security funds. They are similar to pub-lic institutions in that they do not attempt to maxi-mize profits, and their surplus revenues are in-vested to further their health care objectives.

Private institutions are managed by individualsor a legal entity. They make many of their ownmanagement and investment decisions, and theirservices are governed mainly by market forces, al-though they are subject to certain governmentconstraints. Fees charged by private institutionsare controlled and subject to formal agreements.Increases in the number of beds and high-costequipment are controlled by the health map (cartesanitaire), described later, and require formal au-

Public PSPH Public and PSPH

Hospital days Hospital days Hospital daysBeds (in 1,000s) Beds (in 1,000s) Beds (in 1,000s)

Medicine 105,393 29,243 13,879 3,918 119,272 33,161Surgery 61,282 14,827 8,986 2,315 70,268 17,142Obstetrics/gynecology 17,337 4,101 1,393 356 18,730 4,458Medium-stay 42,127 11,943 19,921 5,386 62,048 17,329Long-stay 63,711 22,289 1,877 638 65,588 22,927Psychiatry 68,600 18,669 12,733 3,921 81,333 22,590

Total 358,450 101,071 58,789 16,535 417,239 117,607

Private for-profit Private nonprofit Total private

Hospital days Hospital days Hospital daysBeds (in 1,000s) Beds (in 1,000s) Beds (in 1 ,000s)

Medicine 14,753 2,039 3,943 1,242 18,696 3,282Surgery 50,820 17,123 4,675 1,484 55,495 18,607Obstetrics/gynecology 10,083 3,084 882 254 10,965 3,338Medium-stay 18,123 5,646 15,672 4,525 33,795 10,171Long-stay 436 140 2,037 722 2,473 862Psychiatry 13,405 4$767 1,960 637 15,365 5,404

Total 107,620 32,800 29,169 8,865 136,789 41,664a Data for public hospitals are for 1990; data for private hospitals are for 1989.

SOURCES: Documents Statistiques, “Les Etablissements d’Hospitalisation Privee en 1989, ” Enquete EHP 1989, SESI no 121, Juillet 1991, Docu-ments Statistiques, “Les Hopitaux Publics en 1990, Resultats H80, ” SESI no. 154, Septembre 1992.

Page 86: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

58 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

theorization. Additionally, the medical activities ofprivate hospitals are supervised by the sickness in-surance funds’ medical officers.

Private institutions are allowed to participate inthe public sector, although to date only some ofFrance’s private nonprofit hospitals (467 in 1988)have asked to be incorporated into the public hos-pital service. These hospitals, called PSPH hospi-tals, are governed by rules similar to those for pub-lic hospitals. There are thus two general categoriesof hospitals in France: public and PSPH hospitals,and private institutions that do not participate inthe public hospital sector.

Financing methods and operating arrange-ments vary greatly between the public and privatehospital sectors. Public and PSPH hospitals aregoverned by the principles of public accounting,whereas private for-profit hospitals are commer-cial undertakings that attempt to maximize theirsurplus revenues. Reform legislation passed inJuly 1991 and currently being implemented is de-signed to create a new balance between the privateand public sectors and to harmonize their develop-ment within an overall program to control healthexpenditures. The reforms formally recognizethat public and private hospitals perform the samebasic functions. In the future, the two categories ofhospitals will share equal responsibility for ensur-ing public health through common provisions thataffect all types of hospitals. Furthermore, the re-forms seek to strengthen and encourage coopera-tion between public and private hospitals (5).

At present, a statutorily insured patient inFrance can go to either a public or private hospital,although in practice the decision is usually madeby the patient’s physician. When the choice is apersonal one, it tends to reflect the hospital’s geo-graphical proximity, its reputation, or other per-sonal preferences. Under the 1991 reforms, pa-tients’ freedom to choose a physician or hospitalbecame an even more integral part of the healthcare system in France than it was under previoushealth care legislation.

Many hospitals in France have short-, me-dium-, and long-stay beds as well as psychiatricbeds. It is difficult, if not impossible, to determinethe proportion of hospital care in France that is de-voted to short-term acute care treatment; there-fore, this chapter deals with the French hospitalsector as a whole. Purely residential institutions,such as nursing homes, are excluded from datacited herein, however.

PHYSICIANSIn public and PSPH hospitals, the medical staff in-cludes residents or interns, who are physicians intraining, and hospital practitioners, who are full-time or part-time with a salaried established post(titulaire) or a salaried, nonestablished post (non-titulaire). Table 4-3 provides a breakdown of hos-pital physicians in private and public hospitals in1989 and 1990. The central government controlsthe growth of salaries and the number of hospitalstaff in public hospitals.

Public PSPH Private for-profit Private nonprofit Total

Salaried practitioners Full-timePart-time

Nonsalaried practitioners Full-timePart-timeOccasional

Salaried residents Full-timePart-time

Nonsalaried residents Full-timePart-time

27,913 2,61439,962 4,250

32762590

22,019 1,655233

22

596851

8,88322,15112,976

248328

15164

5252,047

4951,9121,496

2369011

8

31,67547,1109,410

24,82515,06224,158

65148

172a Data for public hospitals are for 1990; data for private hospitals are for 1989.SOURCES: Documents Statistiques, “Les Etablissements d’Hospitalisation Privee en 1989,” Enquete EHP 1989, SESI no. 121, Juillet 1991; Docu-ments Statistiques, “Les Hopitaux Publics en 1990, Resultats H80,” SESI no. 154, Septembre 1992.

Page 87: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 59

In certain circumstances hospital physiciansare authorized to treat private patients in publichospitals through consultations or the use of pub-lic service beds for private patients. In such casesthe physician receives a fee from the patient,which may be reimbursed by the patient’s insur-ance company. Income from private fees may notexceed 30 percent of a physician’s total incomeand the number of beds that can be used for privatepatients may not exceed 8 percent of all public ser-vice beds.

Public hospital physicians often confer with of-fice-based private practice physicians (médecinslibérals). Whether or not payment for the con-sultation is included in the hospital’s global al-location of funds (discussed further below) de-pends on the regularity of the consults. Anyphysician in an office-based practice may be con-sulted on an occasional basis by a hospital physi-cian. Payment is rendered according to the serviceor consultation performed and falls outside thehospital’s global allocation. Hospitals regularlycall on some physicians in private practice (calledaffiliated practice physicians) who are paid a feeper service provided. These fees are included inthe hospital global allocation.

There are no salaried physicians in rural hospi-tals and any private physician may consult theresubject to authorization. In these cases the physi-cian may ask patients who are not covered by sick-ness funds to pay an agreed-upon fee. For patientswith sickness fund coverage, the physician mayclaim 85 percent of the local daily charge per day;for patients qualifying for social assistance, thephysician is paid 50 percent of the departmentalmedical assistance charge. In these two cases thehospital retains 10 percent of fees received.

In certain circumstances nonsalaried physi-cians operate clinics in public institutions. Theyare paid on a fee-for-service basis; the level of feesis agreed upon directly with the patient. Physi-cians pay 10 percent of their fee income to the hos-pital, which uses the proceeds for improving theirstock of medical equipment.

Thus, in public or PSPH hospitals, most pay-ments to medical staff are included in the operat-ing section of the budget and are taken into ac-

count in determining the hospital’s globalallocation. Exceptions to this are fees paid to phy-sicians practicing in rural hospitals and in hospitalclinics, and fees received by hospital physicians aspart of their private practice.

In private for-profit hospitals, physicians arenearly always paid on a fee-for-service basis andpatients are reimbursed by their insurance compa-nies. Nevertheless, an increasing number of pri-vate institutions are taking the opportunity to in-vest in staff (particularly medical staff) by offeringthe best-trained personnel attractive remunerationpackages, particularly in comparison with whatthe public sector can offer. Physicians’ fees in pri-vate hospitals are set according to a national feeschedule, but their incomes, other staff incomes,and the number of staff hired are not regulated bygovernment.

HOSPITAL OPERATING COSTS

❚ Financing ModelThere are two distinct methods of financing hospi-tal operating costs in France. Public and PSPHhospitals are paid largely through a prospectivelyfixed budget. Private non-PSPH institutions arepaid a daily (per diem) rate for their services; inpa-tient physician and ancillary services are paid foron a fee-for-service basis.

Public HospitalsSince 1984-85, public and PSPH hospitals havebeen subject to a global allocation scheme estab-lished by the prefect of the district in which theyare located and determined within the frameworkof federal guidelines. The global allocationscheme replaced a system of controlled rates of in-crease in per diem prices for public and PSPH hos-pitals (11). Under the new scheme each hospitalreceives an annual global allocation to cover theportion of its costs that is paid for by the sicknessfunds. Hospitals also charge daily rates (tarifsjournaliers de présentations) to cover that part ofa hospital stay not provided for in the global al-location. Daily charges are established for severalpurposes. Federal and local governments pay adaily charge for patients on social assistance. The

Page 88: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

60 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

daily charge is also used to determine patient cost-sharing amounts for patient copayments (ticketmoderateur) and daily flat-rate payments (paid ei-ther by the patient or by a supplementary insur-ance company), and it constitutes the charge forpatients who have no insurance coverage.

Hospital BudgetsThe hospital budget sets forth estimated expendi-tures and revenues for the coming year. This budg-et, like that of any public administrative institu-tion, must conform to certain public accountingprinciples. It has two sections, as described below:

The operating section deals with current activi-ties, including the day-to-day running of thehospital and financial management.The investment section deals with operationsleading to an increase in durable capital assetsrequiring depreciation (other than stocks), suchas permanent capital, real estate and tangibleproperty, stocks and securities, deposits andsureties, and physical supplies.

Expenditures that require authorizations for theoperating section of the budget are divided intothree groups:

1.

2.3.

is

1.2.

3.

4.

5.6.

7.

expenditures relating to the external purchaseof goods and services,staff or personnel-related expenditures, andall other types of expenditures.

A public or PSPH hospital’s operating revenuederived from the following sources:

the global allocation described below;income from services (e.g., via daily ratecharges or fees);grants, donations, and legacies to be used foroperating purposes;other surplus income unrelated to operationalactivities;income from reserves;the value of liabilities reduced by expire orlapse; andthe value of any repairs undertaken or surplusproduced by the institution itself (e.g., pharma-ceutical products made by the hospital’s labora-tory).

Appended BudgetsCurrent expenditures on certain activities and ser-vices (e.g., blood transfusion centers, mobileemergency services, data processing centers)must be included in appended budgets. Operatingcosts are funded from both general and appendedbudgets.

Authorized expenditures for the coming yearmust take into consideration the average rate-of-increase guidelines established by the central gov-ernment’s ministries of the economy, budget,health, and social security. The average rate of in-crease for hospital expenditures is based on gener-al economic trends—in particular, forecastedchanges in prices and wages—and on nationalhealth and social policies. The guideline rate was4.2 percent in 1990.

Determination of the Global AllocationAlthough a hospital receives a small amount ofrevenues in addition to the global allocation anddaily charges, these two elements are essential toa hospital’s ability to provide services. The globalallocation is designed to provide enough funds tocover that part of the hospital’s expenses that willbe paid for by the sickness insurance funds. It rep-resents the difference between total operatingcosts as set forth in the authorized general and ap-pended budgets and expected hospital revenuesother than the global allocation itself, so as to en-sure that the hospital’s budget will be balanced af-ter taking into account surpluses or deficits fromprevious years. Annual increases in a hospital’sglobal allocation are based on the federal guide-line rate of increase and the hospital’s forecastedlevel of activity.

Patient copayment and daily flat-rate contribu-tions, repayments by mutual fund associationsand private insurance companies for their mem-bers’ expenses, and payments for patients coveredby medical or social assistance are not included inthe global allocation; they are billed according tothe daily service charges established for individu-al patients.

The global allocation covers costs relating toinpatient care, day and night care in the hospital,

Page 89: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 61

outpatient care,2 psychiatric care, legal abortions,mobile emergency care units, and long-term careinstitutions for the elderly.

Determination of Daily ChargesThe partial nature of the global allocation makesit necessary to establish a system of charges (tar-iffs) to recover expenses not paid for through theglobal allocation. Daily service charges determinethe amounts to be paid by federal or local govern-ments, patients, or any organization providingsupplementary coverage. Daily service chargesare calculated for different types of services by di-viding the estimated total costs of each type of ser-vice by the estimated number of patient days foreach type, after adjusting costs for offsetting re-ceipts and for any previous year’s surplus or defi-cit that has been carried forward.3

Service charges are calculated for inpatient care(including specialist and nonspecialist services,services relating to expensive specialties, and me-dium- and long-term services), day and night care,and home care services. There are also three pos-sible short-term charges for medicine, surgery,and expensive specialties. Because individualhospitals have different budget levels and esti-mated numbers of patient days for various types ofservices, daily service charges vary by hospital. Incontrast, flat-rate charges for outpatient care andfor legal abortions apply uniformly throughoutFrance. Box 4-1 describes the different parties in-volved in hospital management and supervision,and offers more details on the determination ofglobal allocations and daily rates.

Budget AdjustmentsExcept in the case of a budget revision, the globalallocation is paid on the basis of the amount ini-tially provided for, regardless of the hospital’s ac-tual level of activity. If the number of patient daysis lower than estimated, the hospital’s income (in-sofar as it relates to its global allocation) remainsunaltered.

If a hospital can show that there has been a sig-nificant and unforeseen change in its financial cir-cumstances or medical activity leading to a sub-stantial increase in the hospital’s costs during thecurrent year, changes to the budget (e.g., an in-crease in authorized revenues to meet higher-than-anticipated expenses) may be approved. Addi-tionally, in urgent cases the hospital’s directormay transfer appropriations between the first twogroups of authorized expenditures in the generalbudget and the appended budgets during a finan-cial year. These transfers may not, however, in-crease or reduce authorized expenditures withinthese groups by more than 10 percent, reduce ap-propriations designed to cover unavoidable costs(e.g., social security contributions or taxes), orcommit the institution to expenditures beyond thecurrent financial year.

End-of-year surpluses in the hospital’s admin-istrative account resulting from more efficientmanagement (e.g., expenses are less than fore-casted for the same or higher level of service deliv-ery) are assigned to a compensation reserve ac-count. Such reserves may be used to coversubsequent years’ deficits or assigned to anotherreserve account that can be used to finance opera-tions or investments that do not increase operating

2Actually, only part of the cost of outpatient care is taken into account in calculating the global allocation. In particular, the allocation relat-ing to this area covers the cost of supplying drugs for which the sickness insurance funds are statutorily responsible. It is estimated that on aver-age, 50 percent of outpatient costs are covered by the global allocation. The remainder has to be covered by the patient through a copayment orby a third-party payer other than the patient’s sickness fund.

3An excerpt from the decree of Aug. 11, 1983, section 32, states specifically that “[t]he estimated cost price shall be equal to total operatingexpenditures, comprising:

a) direct costs, that is the costs of services belonging to a particular category of charges, excluding the cost of medical treatment, goodsand other medical services;

b) the cost of medical treatment, goods and services on the basis of their purchase price or, failing that, of their cost price;c) other costs included in the operating section of the general budget which are not covered by their own resources, divided among the

different categories of charges in proportion to the estimated number of days for each category;d) where appropriate, that part of the previous financial year’s deficit which has been carried forward.”

Page 90: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

62 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Hospitals are managed by a board made up of locally elected representatives (of which the mayor of

the municipality concerned is the chairperson), representatives of the social security system, represen-tatives of the hospital’s medical and nonmedical staff, and a director who is responsible for implement-ing the policies developed by the board and approved by representatives of the State. The board’s

director also authorizes expenditures and issues revenue orders, appoints nonmedical staff, and is thehospital’s legal representative.

The supervisory role exercised by public authorities in the budget-making process places strict lim-its on the degree of managerial autonomy enjoyed by public and affiliated hospitals. Administrative su-

pervision of public and PSPH hospitals operates at every level:■ at the national level through the Hospital Department of the Ministry of Health;■ at the regional level through the prefect of the region (appointed by the government), assisted by the

regional Department for Health and Social Services (DRASS); and■ at the district level through the prefect of the district (also appointed), assisted by the district Depart-

ment for Health and Social Services (DDASS).

The social security system, which is the principal source of funds for hospitals, has no formal super-visory responsibilities but only the right of oversight. Its role has been strengthened over time, however.Social security sickness funds have contributed to the development of hospital policy at the nationaland local levels through representation on various associations and through their significant oversightrights for financial and medical matters. Additionally, supervisory authorities must consult representa-tives of sickness funds when drawing up hospital budgets. Furthermore, at the request of the sicknessfunds, hospital directors must submit quarterly expenditure commitment statements and provide in-formation on staffing. The sickness funds also partially supervise medical decisions, which can meanthat a sickness fund would refuse to pay the cost of treatment or would modify the financial terms of ahospital admission that it deemed unjustified or inappropriate. The sickness funds monitor all hospitalmedical activities but (except with regard to nonpayment of services) exercise a passive form of super-vision, as the funds’ concerns are not backed up by any sanctions (3).

Financial monitoring of hospitals is the responsibility of the district Department for Health and SocialServices; the social security funds, which receive the quarterly expenditure statements; and the hospitalaccountant (an official of the public treasury service) who ensures that spending commitments complywith relevant legislation and regulations and that the necessary appropriations have been made.

costs in subsequent years. Priority is given to fi- account. If the reserve is not sufficient, the deficitnancing services that have contributed to the sur-plus. Surpluses that do not result from improvedmanagement (e.g., if services are lower than fore-casted levels or the surplus arises from dailycharges or outpatient care) are transferred to acompensation reserve account to cover operatingcosts in future years.

Any deficits in the administrative account arecovered by drawing on the compensation reserve

amount is figured into the budget of two years lat-er or can be spread over the following two finan-cial years by adding it to the hospital’s operatingcosts.

Sickness Fund PaymentsEach sickness insurance fund in a given hospital’scatchment area pays the so-called pivot fund (ormain fund in the area) its share of the hospital’s

Page 91: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France 163

The budgetary process is relatively long, reflecting the desires of various categories of hospital staff

to be involved in the hospital’s planning and the strict supervision exercised by external authorities. Thedirector or director-general of the hospital is responsible for preparing and submitting budget propos-als, taking account of the previous and current years’ activities. Assisted by hospital departments, thedirector determines the level of expenditure that is essential for the hospital’s operations. The draftbudget is then submitted to a joint consultative committee and a medical staff committee for comment.Budget proposals are adopted by the hospital’s board (conseil d’administration), which must express aformal opinion on the director’s figures. Budget proposals are then sent to administrative authorities andthe regional sickness insurance fund for salaried employees, where they are available for comment.

Hospital budgets, global allocations, and daily service charges are determined by administrative

supervisory authorities by January 1 of the relevant year. With the exception of the Paris hospital service(responsibility for which devolves on the Minister of Health), the prefect of the district is responsible forestablishing global allocations for the district’s public hospitals. This responsibility also involves a criti-cal response to hospitals’ budget proposals to ensure that each institution can meet its obligations. Theprefect is empowered to increase income and expenditure estimates for hospitals whose estimates itconsiders too low and to remove or reduce items that it considers unnecessary or too high—taking ac-count of local heath care needs and the federal guideline rate for average increases in hospital expen-ditures (4). Prefects’ decisions are made only after consultations with the social security funds. Theopinions of the social security funds and the medical supervisory bodies are recorded by the regionalsickness insurance fund.

The district prefect notifies the hospital, the regional sickness fund for salaried employees, and thefund responsible for paying the global allocation (the “pivot” fund) or main sickness insurance fund inthe area) regarding the final determination of daily service charges and the global allocation, togetherwith the hospital’s approved budget.

The hospital’s director is the principal authorizing officer for the budget and maintains a formal re-

cord of expenditures. The director submits quarterly accounts (upon request) to the prefect. At the endof each quarter, the director also submits a chart a to the prefect showing the current number of hospi-tal staff.

global allocation.4 At the end of the financial year, locations must reach a unanimous decision on thethe national sickness insurance fund for salariedemployees draws up a statement of contributionsrequired from each fund based on the number ofdays provided to the fund’s members (weightedaccording to coefficients that account for the dif-ferent daily costs of hospital care provided, whichare determined by a joint ministerial order). Be-fore June 1 of the following budget year, a com-mittee for the apportionment of hospital global al-

final contribution from each sickness fund, takinginto account the statement drawn up by the nation-al sickness insurance fund (8).

Recent ReformsAlthough the 1991 health reforms did not alter thebasic method of global allocations, major changesto the budgetary process were introduced. Underthis legislation (whose implementing regulations

4 Under the 1991 reform legislation, the pivot sickness fund makes an initial payment of 60 percent of the global allocation to the hospital on

the twenty-fifth day of the month, then 15 percent on the fifth of the following month, and the balance on the fifteenth day of the followingmonth.

Page 92: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

64 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

were unpublished as of this writing), the budget-ary process will start earlier in the year, budget ne-gotiations will be faster and more streamlined,management will be more flexible, and the hospi-tal board will have more autonomy particularlywith regard to day-to-day matters (e.g., staffing,loans, internal organization), which will no longerbe subject to the district prefect’s prior approval.There will be closer cooperation between the au-thorizing officer and the accounting officer. Newprovisions will also be made for the investment ofand return on funds. Moreover, it will be possibleto revise a hospital’s global allocation in thecourse of a financial year to reflect changes in thecurrent volume of services provided as long as itis related to greater patient needs.

Another important innovation included in the1991 reforms and currently being experimentedwith in several hospitals is the determination ofcharges based on the identification of homoge-neous patient groups (groupes homogénes de mal-ades), which are in turn based on U.S. diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) (5).

Private HospitalsPrivate for-profit and nonprofit institutions thatdo not participate in the public hospital sector op-erate on a fee-for-service basis, although fees areusually regulated by the central government’shealth ministry. An agreement between hospitalsand their regional sickness funds fixes the amountof money that the funds will reimburse patients inthe coming year. Private hospitals accept a certainnumber of service obligations (inpatient days andhospital admissions) to sickness fund patients inexchange for guaranteed reimbursement from thefunds. If a private hospital has a surplus when itcloses its accounts, it is free to distribute that sur-plus to shareholders or to reinvest the surplusfunds. If it has an operating loss, the social securi-ty fund does not become involved in any way tocover the deficit.5

Daily Rates and FeesPrivate hospitals’ payments are based on nego-tiated daily rates that comprise a charge for hotel-type services and nonmedical personnel services(e.g., nurses, social workers, therapists), fees foroperating and delivery room services, pharmaceu-tical fees, and fees for physician services. Patientsusually pay physicians’ fees directly and are thenpartially reimbursed by their sickness fund. In thepast physicians have been paid separately from thehospital’s charges, but physician payment is in-creasingly being included in the same schedule asthe costs for a hospital stay. One advantage offolding in physician payments is that all paymentsmade by the sickness fund for a patient’s hospitalstay are included in a single document that pro-vides the fund with an overview of total hospitalcosts.

Physicians’ services are reimbursed accordingto a national fee schedule classified as K, Kc, B,and Z (for diagnostic activities, surgery, biologi-cal analyses, and imaging, respectively). One K isworth approximately 12 francs, and one Kc isworth about 13 francs. Reimbursement for physi-cian or surgeon services is supplemented by an op-erating or delivery room fee (FSO) paid to the hos-pital. The FSO varies according to region andcategory of hospital and by levels of K.

Private hospital per diem rates for hotel-typeand non-medical staff services are based on a clas-sification of the hospital’s specialty and qualityranking. Since 1973 the classification system hasassigned points to an individual hospital for eachof the following five areas (in order of signifi-cance for rate setting):

1. medical services,2. nonmedical staffing,3. technical equipment,4. hotel facilities, or5. a combination thereof.

Depending on the total number of points ob-tained, a hospital is classified as A, B, C, D, or E,

5 The agreement setting forth the responsibilities of all the parties concerned was drawn up by the Ministry of Health between 1975 and 1978and approved by the Ministry in 1978.

Page 93: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 65

each of which has a particular set of rates per spe-cialty. The classification is decided by the regionalprefect after consultation with a joint committeethat includes representatives of sickness funds andhealth care providers.

A total of 800 points is required for category Aclassification, which indicates consistently highperformance; rates fall as a hospital’s classifica-tion moves from category A to E. Hospitals andclinics classified within each category have thesame level of rates wherever they are located in theregion. Hospitals have an incentive to invest intechnologies, equipment, and staff to improvetheir ranking to receive higher per diem rates. Theprocess of ranking hospitals is fairly rapid, and ahospital may even have its ranking changed retro-spectively. For several years, per diem rates havebeen regulated and subject to authorized annualincreases, expressed in either absolute amounts orpercentage terms.

Operating room fees are directly linked to ahospital’s rate category. Similarly, the pharmaceu-tical fee, formerly based on actual costs, is nowbecoming more uniform. Charges and fees arethus subject to limits and linked to the number ofinpatient days delivered by the hospital. There arealso government controls on the number of admis-sions and on the number of authorized beds in pri-vate hospitals.

Despite these measures to limit private hospitalrates and the number of services, the total volumeof medical services provided by private hospitalshas not been brought under control. In response,the regional sickness funds require private hospi-tals to supply information on their activities fromwhich averages and comparisons among hospitalsare made. Hospital profiles are also drawn up toidentify potential abuses. These profiles serveonly as indicators of service provision, however,and are not used as instruments for setting limitsor preventing abuses.

As an additional monitoring tool, regularchecks of hospital practices are conducted to pre-vent bad practices. If any are identified, a prelimi-nary letter is sent to the director of the hospitalasking for remedial action. If the problem is seri-ous or has occurred before, the hospital’s manager

is required to make the hospital’s case before acommittee of administrators of the regional sick-ness funds. A warning or reprimand may be sentor, after a complex review procedure, the hospi-tal’s classification may be downgraded. The ulti-mate sanction (for which there must be seriousgrounds) is abrogation of the sickness funds’agreement; costs are no longer paid in advance,and the daily charge is paid at three-quarters of theprevious level. Although not applied frequently,these sanctions have had some effect (17).

SupervisionA group of sickness fund physicians supervisesagreements between private hospitals and sick-ness funds that pertain to private hospital staffinglevels, current pharmaceutical regulations, stan-dards for operating rooms, and standards regard-ing the size of patient rooms. A compulsory annu-al statistical survey of private hospitals must alsobe provided to regional sickness fund organiza-tions, making it possible to identify any possibleproblems in a range of areas. The standards andadherence to them have a direct effect on chargesfor services.

Health ReformsAlthough the 1991 health reform act initially re-tains the principle of fees and rates for private hos-pital services, the legal framework and the finan-cial basis of for-profit institutions have beenaltered. The tripartite system, involving the state,sickness funds, and hospitals, may gradually be-come the norm in the private sector as it has al-ready been for some time in the public sector. Thestate could become involved in contractual rela-tions regarding the volume of services that havehitherto been the concern only of hospitals andsickness funds.

There are no plans at this time to introduce aglobal allocation scheme for the private sector.Instead, there is a global ceiling on private hospi-tal expenditures by the sickness funds, subject to aguideline rate of annual increase in this ceilingagreed on between the state and the other twotraditional partners in the private hospital sector.

Page 94: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

66 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Public and PSPH Private Total

Percentage of Percentage oftotal public total private Percentageand PSPH hospital of total

Million operating Million operating Million operatingSource francs expenses francs expenses francs expenses

Sickness insurance funds 179,778 90.0 52,886 83.4 232,664 88,5Individuals and private insurance 13,116 6.6 7,848 12.4 20,964 8.0Mutual fund associations 3,023 1.5 2,329 3.7 5,352 2.0Federal or local authorities 3,508 1.8 342 0.5 3,850 1.5

Total expenses 199,425 63,405 262,830

SOURCE: Centre de Recherche d’Etude et de Documentation en Economic de la Sante (CREDES) Programme Eco-Sante, 1990 and 1991.

This ceiling is allocated among regions and bymonth and may not be exceeded.

The 1991 legislation requires that private insti-tutions analyze their activities, develop an assess-ment policy, and implement information systems(similar to programmed medical des systemesd’Information, or PMSI). It also makes the sub-mission of annual forecasts of activity to the sick-ness funds a precondition for setting rates or forconcluding rate agreements. The implementationof a cost accounting system and a medical in-formation system were intended to lead to a DRG-type of charge system by the end of 1993. An ex-periment using this new approach was introducedin obstetrics-gynecology units and in volunteerinstitutions for other specialties beginning on July1, 1992 (5).

❚ Sources of FundsThe social security sickness funds pay for thelion’s share of hospital care in France; they funded90 percent of public and PSPH hospital operatingexpenses and over 83 percent of private hospitaloperating costs in 1991 (table 4-4). Private insur-ance, mutual fund associations, and individualout-of-pocket payments accounted for a fairlysmall share of hospital costs ( 10 percent), even forprivate hospitals (16.1 percent). These figuresreflect sickness fund patients’ freedom to choose

either a public or a private hospital, and private in-surers’ and mutual fund associations’ minor rolesin the French health care system of mainly provid-ing supplementary insurance.

The relatively small part that private hospitalshave in France’s system is reflected by their shareof total hospital expenditures. In 1991, three-fourths of all hospital spending was for care pro-vided in public and PSPH hospitals; the otherfourth was for private hospital care (table 4-4).

Federal and local authorities pay hospitaliza-tion costs for patients who receive state medical orsocial assistance. These payments, financedthrough general revenues, funded 1.5 percent ofhospital expenses in 1991 (table 4-4). (Foreign pa-tients who are not residents of France must paytheir own hospital bills although there are interna-tional agreements between France and certaincountries allowing payments to be made throughofficial channels.)

❚ Allocation of Operating Funds

Public HospitalsPublic hospital operating costs were F139 billionin 1988, representing 87.8 percent of aggregatehospital expenditures (which includes capital ex-penditures) (table 4-5). The largest single item(F90.1 billion, or 65 percent of operating costs)

Page 95: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France 67

Million Percentage Million PercentageOperating costs francs of total Operating revenues francs of total

StaffPharmaceuticals, medical

servicesHotel facilitiesRepairs, maintenanceGeneral managementMortgagesOther

Total

90,14012,792

8,4733,7533,4902,737

17,451

138,836

64.9 Global allocation9.2 Service charges

6.1 Daily flat rate contributions2,7 Outpatient care2.5 Donations, contributions2.0 Sales of products

12,6 Other

Total

118,074 81.09,631 6.6

1,877 1.32,543 1.7

219 0.2469 0.3

13,121 9.0

145,934

SOURCES: Ministere de l’Economie des Finances et du Budqet, Direction de la Comptabilite Publique, Les Finances du Secteur Public Local, Hopi-taux Publics 1983-1988.

was for hospital staffing costs. (It is not possibleto distinguish between medical and nonmedicalpersonnel costs.) Expenses for pharmaceuticalsand medical services accounted for 9 percent ofhospital operating costs in 1988; hotel-type ser-vices made up 6.1 percent, repairs and mainte-nance 2.7 percent, and management and transport2.5 percent (table 4-5).

Public hospital operating revenues were nearlyF146 billion in 1988, of which the global alloca-tion represented 81 percent, total daily servicecharges accounted for 6.6 percent, total daily flat-rate contributions were 1.3 percent, and outpatientcare charges accounted for 1.7 percent of hospitaloperating income (table 4-5) (10).

Private HospitalsIn contrast to public and PSPH hospitals, there areno systematic statistics on the revenues or costs ofprivate institutions. A 1985 study by the Centred’Etudes des Couts et des Revenus (CERC) esti-mated the operating costs of private hospitals andclinics in 1980 at F11.7 billion. Fifty-five percentof this was spent on staff; 17.4 percent on pur-chases; 17.2 percent on repairs, supplies, and ex-ternal services; 4 percent on depreciation and pro-visions; 2.3 percent and 6.4 percent on other costs(l).

❚ Operating ExpendituresTotal hospital operating expenditures (which in-clude both operating and capital spending) wereF263 billion in 1991, equaling 3.9 percent of thegross domestic product (GDP) and 40.7 percent ofnational health expenditures (NHE). Hospitals’share of NHE has fallen over the past decade,which was 44.9 percent in 1980, but hospital ex-penditures as a share of GDP have increased, start-ing at 3.6 percent in 1980. These trends indicatethat health care spending in France has comman-ded a greater share of the country’s financial re-sources over the past decade, although the hospitalsector has contributed less to this trend than haveother sectors of France’s health care system.

Approximately three-fourths of aggregate hos-pital outlays went to public and PSPH hospitals in1991—slightly less than in 1980, when the publicsector accounted for 78 percent of hospital spend-ing (2).

HOSPITAL CAPITAL COSTSLocated as they are in a rapidly changing sectorthat is strongly affected by technological progress,and faced with growing patient demands for thelatest technology and more patient amenities, allhospitals are increasingly sensitive to competitionand have strong incentives to invest. In contrast to

Page 96: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

68 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

the private sector, public and PSPH hospital in-vestments are subject to certain financialconstraints, although they also benefit from spe-cial public assistance.

The private sector is facing increasing competi-tion, and its level of required investment is be-coming more and more onerous; thus hospitals inthis sector find it necessary to seek new investors.Few figures are available on private sector hospi-tal investment, and most of the information in thissection relates only to the capital investments ofpublic and PSPH hospitals. Where appropriate,legislation concerning the investment process andcurrent trends are discussed.

❚ Relationship of Capital and Operatingcosts

In 1988 the aggregate budget for French publichospitals was approximately Fbillion158, whichrepresented the purchase of goods and services.These costs may be either operating or investmentcosts, as follows:

The operating section of the budget includes allconsumable goods and services that are short-term; such expenditures relate to day-to-daysupplies and to upkeep and maintenance.The investment section includes expendituresthat are intended either to maintain a capitalgood beyond its budgeted life or to purchasenew capital (3).

The investment section regularly receivestransfers from the operating budget through provi-sions and depreciation accounts. Such accountsrepresent the depreciation of assets with a view toreplacing them; depreciation is recorded as an in-come item in the investment section and as a costitem in the operating section. Depreciation costsare taken into account in determining the globalallocation and daily service charges.

Private for-profit hospitals and certain privatenonprofit institutions, even if they participate inthe public hospital service, are not entitled to di-rect reimbursement of depreciation costs becausethe government is concerned about preventing theaccumulation of private wealth at the expense of

the sick. Such institutions may, however, receive aremuneration equivalent to 3 percent of their capi-tal (based on the nonamortized value of their as-sets, where necessary after revaluation). In addi-tion, fixed assets in such institutions are almostnever the property of the hospital but are rented.The depreciation of these assets is included in therent, which is an operating cost.

Hospitals that receive a global allocation are al-lowed to include interest payments on investmentloans as part of their operating costs. This optiondoes not extend to the repayment of loan princi-pals, which are included in the investment sectionof their budgets.

Another way in which operating and capitalcosts are related in French public and PSPH hospi-tals is through the allocation of operating fund sur-pluses. Under certain circumstances (discussedabove), surpluses in the operating section can beused to finance investments that are not expectedto increase operating costs in ensuing years.Moreover, any surplus in the appended budget isallocated to the purchase of equipment for hospi-tals (e.g., blood transfusion centers or computercenters), to other hospital capital investment, or toreduce operating costs in succeeding years.

The impact of capital costs on future operatingcosts is determined informally. Some hospitalboards draw up program budgets as a means of im-proving quality of forecasting and planning, andassisting management by highlighting the overallimpact of an activity in operational and invest-ment terms. Activities examined may cover ener-gy saving programs, computerization and majorequipment, or hospital buildings.

❚ Capital Financing ModeIInvestments in new construction, new major med-ical equipment, or replacement equipment in thepublic sector can be financed by depreciation (ap-plied to tangible assets such as hospital plant andequipment) or amortization (applied to intangibleassets such as insurance policies). In the hospitalsector, however, this is inadequate due to the rateof technological innovation, and other fundingsources are often required.

Page 97: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France 169

Expenditures 1975 1986 1988 Percentage of 1988 total

Direct expenditures 3,722 8,842 13,456 69.9Tangible assets 812 4,059 5,723 29.7Real estate investments 169 434 3,171 16,5Construction 2,741 4,349 4,562 23.7

Indirect expenditures 884 3,464 5,801 30.1

Total expenditures 4,606 12,306 19,257 100.0

Income 1975 1986 1988 Percentage of 1988 total

Subsidies, grants 985 1,707 1,583 7.6Loans 2,533 3,521 4,545 21.8Depreciation 1,513 6,989 7,702 36.9Fixed assets 4,181 20.0Other income 244 946 2,845 13.6

Total income 5,275 13,163 20,856 100.0

SOURCES: Ministere de l’Economie des Finances et du Budget, Direction de la Comptabilite Publique, Les Finances du Secteur Public Local, Hopi-taux Publics 1983-1988.

Self-FinancingHospitals obtain some of their funds from internalsources, such as the sale of real estate and tangibleassets (a fairly unimportant source) and depreci-ation, which accounted for 37 percent of hospi-tals’ investment funds in 1988 (table 4-6). Sincethe mid- 1980s, depreciation funds have increasedin importance because of trends in the structure ofinvestments and thus their patterns of depreci-ation. The decline in the acquisition of land andbuildings and of repairs with a long (often 30years) depreciation period and the increase in tan-gible acquisitions with a short (around 5 years) de-preciation life has significantly increased depreci-ation income and thus the level of self-financing.

SubsidiesHospitals obtain a portion of their investmentfunds from several external sources that may befree or may incur a cost. State subsidies—whichnormally vary between 5 and 40 percent of a hos-pital’s investment funds, depending on the institu-tion’s capacity for self-financing-and subsidiesfrom local authorities are free. More than half thesubsidies received by hospitals come from the

state. Of local authority funding, the regions arethe most important source of assistance, followedby the districts and municipalities (communes). In1988, subsidies accounted for 7.6 percent of ag-gregate investment income (table 4-6).

LoansThe sickness funds have been authorized to make

interest-free loans to hospitals, which are requiredto repay only the principal amount. For loans thatincur a cost, hospitals normally call on banks forpublic authorities (Caisse des Depots et Con-signations and the Caisse d’Aide a l’Equipementdes Collectivites Locales). Hospitals may alsoborrow from other banks or even, with ministerialapproval, from the financial market (i.e., deben-ture loans). Such loans represented 21.8 percent ofaggregate investment income in 1988 (table 4-6)(3).

Today, state subsidies and sickness insurancefund loans play less of a role in hospital invest-ment financing than they have in the past. Hospi-tals’ own resources now constitute a key elementof their capital finances. They even appear to begaining in importance, given a slight trend toward

Page 98: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

70 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

a reduced level of debt and a refocusing of invest-ment; that is, investment now seems to be gearedtoward the acquisition of biomedical equipment,which in turn generates a higher level of depreci-ation. If sufficiently short periods of depreciationare allowed, a high level of debt generates consid-erable resources for investment. In fact, hospitalsthat have borrowed at high rates have not beenpenalized at all; rather, they have benefited from abudgetary bonus, as the financial costs associatedwith a high level of depreciation form part of thebase from which the initial budget is calculated(9).

Financing from loans is restricted to 60 percentof the estimated cost of an investment. Institutionsare required to meet the other 40 percent of thecost (as well as any associated additional operat-ing costs) from their own financial resources. Tohelp cover such costs, hospitals sometimes re-ceive an additional allocation over and above thefederal guideline rate for updates to global alloca-tions, although experience shows that this doesnot occur often. Other internal sources include theuse of surpluses arising from improved manage-ment. In contrast to the private sector, such deci-sions are subject to the approval of supervisory au-thorities (17).

Private HospitalsPrivate hospitals (often called clinics) are free touse their profits for investment or to redistributethem to shareholders. Private for-profit clinicshave traditionally been owned by physicians. Ithas become increasingly difficult, however, forclinics to finance investments in new major equip-ment from their own resources, which they needto keep up with technological progress and the de-mands of competition (14). Clinics face a difficultproblem of finding outside investors mainly be-cause in most cases there is no guarantee that theinvestment will be profitable. In recent years this“crisis” in the private sector has resulted in a trans-formation of the structure of such hospitals, whichare increasingly passing from the status of a fami-ly business to that of a limited company belongingto a major financial group. Large French compa-

nies (e.g., Paribas, Suez, Lyonnaise des Eaux) andforeign companies have invested in chains of clin-ics in search of profits (17).

Determining Capital RequirementsThe entire French health care system (both publicand private health institutions) is subject to formalhealth sector planning (15). In general, public hos-pitals are subject to the provision of public lawthat governs public works and the placing of pub-lic work contracts. Commercial institutions mustoperating according to private law, which allowsthem to determine their own investment proce-dures within the limits of the law. Health care leg-islation in 1970, however, stipulated that repairprograms and projects relating to the creation, ex-tension, or transformation of public and privatehospitals would be subject to authorization ar-rangements. Authorization is forthcoming only ifa scheme complies with the health map (carte sa-nitaire).

Health MapsThe foundation for health sector planning inFrance is the health map. The health map formsthe reference point for public authorities in all de-cisions relating to the level of public and privatehospital construction of new buildings, additionsof hospital beds, or the acquisition of major medi-cal equipment (15). It is based on a recognitionthat the private sector must operate alongside thepublic sector, as the latter is unable to meet allpublic health care needs. The aim is to meet thoseneeds satisfactorily at the lowest cost by a rationalallocation of capital resources.

The health map, drawn up by the Ministry ofHealth after consultation with regional and na-tional health resources committees (12) was de-signed to meet three objectives: 1) to control therapid growth of the hospital sector, 2) to correct re-gional disparities, and 3) to coordinate public andprivate sector development. To accomplish theseaims, the health map establishes the boundaries ofhealth sectors and regions. Each health sector is ageographical area of about 30,000 to 40,000 in-habitants centered on a hospital with a certain

Page 99: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 71

minimum level of technical facilities. There arecurrently 21 regions divided into 284 health sec-tors. The health map also establishes the nature,extent, and location of health facilities of nationalimportance or designed to serve several health re-gions. For each type of facility, the health map forthe particular sector or region concerned specifiesthe buildings and major items of required equip-ment. Plans are detailed after an analysis of localand regional needs. The health map also includesan inventory of existing or authorized buildingsand a continuously updated record of major itemsof medical equipment.

Each region draws up its health map in light ofdirectives issued by the Ministry of Health. Thework is then submitted for review to sector and re-gional hospital groups and the regional committeefor health and social resources. This is followedby an examination of the health map at the federallevel. The Ministry then adopts the provisions ofeach map after seeking the opinion of the nationalcommittee for health and social resources.

This approach, it should be noted, is very broadand general with indicators of need established formajor areas of activity (e.g., medicine, surgery,obstetrics-gynecology, medium stays). It is notbased on epidemiological or population-baseddata (2,4).

The Act of December 31, 1970, requires allpublic and private institutions to secure authoriza-tion from the administrative authorities for newbuildings or extensions of existing ones with com-pulsory reference to the health map. (The map’sindicators of beds per specialty represent ceilingsthat may not be exceeded.) The Act also makes itobligatory to obtain prior approval for conver-sions of hospital facilities, the merging of hospi-tals, or the installation of major medical equip-ment.

The prefect is responsible for issuing authoriza-tions after consulting the Regional Health and So-cial Resources Committee, except in the case ofdecisions of national importance; these are the re-sponsibility of the Health Minister of the centralgovernment after consultation with the NationalHealth and Social Resources Committee.

ReformsThe reforms initiated by the 1991 legislationmaintain the health map but substantially broadenits scope with the addition of a new document: thehealth organization scheme. Both the maps andthe schemes are to be drawn up on the basis of themeasurement of needs in the population and theirchanges, with regard to demographic data andtechnical progress in medicine, following a quan-titative and qualitative analysis of existing careprovision.

In carrying out this task, the ministers responsi-ble for health and social security (in the case of na-tional and inter-regional maps and schemes) andthe regional prefects (in the case of their regionaland sub-regional equivalents) will be assisted byhealth organization committees at national and re-gional levels. To reflect the need for assessment,each regional health organization committee willhave a committee on regional medical assess-ments of hospitals.

The scope of health planning has been broad-ened by the health organization scheme to gradu-ally break down the boundaries between inpatienthospital care and outpatient ambulatory care andto develop plans to rationally diffuse particularlyexpensive or sensitive medical activities associatedwith ambulatory care. The legislation is con-cerned with the type of care provided, not with thephysical structure of the buildings or the legalcontext in which the care takes place. Alternativesto hospitals are taken into account (particularlyambulatory surgery) by establishing an equiva-lence between hospital beds and the number ofplaces providing alternatives to hospital care.

Under the new legislation, public hospitals arealso authorized to collaborate with public and pri-vate legal bodies, including those at the interna-tional level. In connection with these activities,they may sign agreements and participate in inter-hospital syndicates and public and financial con-sortia. The creation of such consortia enableshealth institutions to pool their operational or in-vestment resources to undertake activities thattheir individual resources would not allow. To

Page 100: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

72 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

achieve greater uniformity of the two hospital sec-tors, the new legislation also provides for all careinstitutions and providers to be subject to the sameauthorization arrangements. The overall aim is tosimplify and decentralize the administrative pro-cedures for securing capital investment authoriza-tions.

The reforms also introduce a hospital planwhich sets out (particularly in the context of themedical plan) each institution’s objectives withregard to medical and nursing atmospheres, socialpolicy, training, management, and informationsystems. The plan, which must be compatiblewith the objectives of the health organizationscheme, identifies all the resources in terms ofbuildings, staff, and equipment that the hospitalrequires to achieve its objectives. It is developedfor a period of up to five years (5).

Traditional Public Hospital Investments (16)In any major hospital and even those of averagesize, new buildings and expansion of existing fa-cilities form part of an overall medium-term (10-to 15-year) program. Three types of projects maybe identified: 1) those of national significance, forwhich the ministry is responsible; 2) capital proj-ects that are unique to a region and for which theregional prefect is responsible; and 3) capital proj-ects that are the responsibility of the district pre-fect, who gives approval in view of the overall re-sources allocated to each district.

Because most investments are carried out withstate assistance, investment priorities are spelledout in the national economic and social develop-ment plans, which effectively determine the al-location of financial resources set aside for the dif-ferent sectors of public investment. Receipt ofstate subsidies for new capital investment is con-tingent on the proposed investments’ inclusion inthe plan.

Any building and major medical equipment in-vestment project must pass through several stages(e.g., purchase of a site, initial preliminary design,final proposal) each of which must be approved bythe hospital board after they have been consideredby the hospital’s medical staff committee and the

joint technical committee. Each stage is subject tofinal approval by the supervisory authority.

The financial appraisal of the project is accom-panied by a financing scheme. The financingrules are as follows:When state funding is provided, it is alwaysequal to 40 percent of the capital expenditurequalifying for subsidy.Local authorities may also contribute to this as-sistance, bringing the rate of subsidy above 40percent.The balance is met by the hospital from its ownresources, by loans from the Caisse des Depotset Consignations or the Caisse ‘Aide a l’Equip -ment des Collectives Locales. In the case of in-vestments that do not receive state funding, theproportion of the cost met from borrowing maynot exceed 60 percent.

The different categories of equipment and ma-terials subject to approval are care units equip-ment, ancillary care and technical medical equip-ment, and equipment for general services.

In 1974 a national center for hospital equip-ment (CNEH) was established that reports to theMinistry of Health. It has responsibility for con-sidering problems associated with the functioningof hospitals. The rules governing the financing ofthe provision of medical equipment are the sameas those relating to the building process.

Under the new legislation the supervisory au-thority will monitor only the legality of contractsentered into by hospital directors. Such contractswill come into force as soon as they are receivedby the prefect’s office.

Private Hospital InvestmentOnce a private hospital decides to adopt newtechnologies, provide new services, or expand itshospital beds, it can acquire the necessary physi-cal and staff resources and place them at their pa-tient’s disposal, thus putting them to profitableuse more quickly than the public sector. Privatehospitals can also more quickly provide the re-sources required to meet an existing need. If an in-vestment turns out to be profitable after the facili-

Page 101: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 4 Hospital Financing in France | 73

ties are in place, they can be adjusted to a certainextent by the constant redeployment of resources(particularly of staff), as there are few statutoryconstraints. Private hospitals face no major im-pediments to increasing and modernizing their fa-cilities as soon as a decision has been made (17).

❚ Capital ExpendituresCapital expenditures do not correspond to a singleyear’s costs and may figure into the calculation ofmore than just one year’s global allocation andcharges. In 1988, capital expenditures of publichospitals equaled F19.3 billion, or 12.2 percent ofaggregate hospital expenditures. This represents amore than threefold increase over 1975. (Expendi-tures for different capital investments are given intable 4-6.) Since 1975 the structure of direct in-vestment expenditure has changed, with the pro-portion funding real estate investments (e.g.,construction of new hospital wings) falling from78.2 percent in 1975 to 57.5 percent in 1988.There has been an equivalent rise in investment inother capital assets.

Total investment income in 1988 was F20.9billion (shown by funding source in table 4-6).This amount represents a corresponding threefoldincrease in investment income over 1975. Overthe last decade, the proportion of capital expendi-tures paid for from internal funds has tended to in-crease, while the proportion met by grants, and es-pecially by loans, has declined (table 4-6) (13).

FUTURE DIRECTIONSThe containment of health expenditures is a majorconcern in France. The costs of hospital care rep-resent half of national health expenditures, mak-ing the hospital sector a primary target of France’scost containment efforts. The hospital sector hasalways expanded without much control, and itsevolution has been marked by the constant needfor an urgent response to perpetually growing de-mand. The urgent nature of hospital care has oftentaken precedence over economic rules of efficien-cy and better management. Prior to 1971, hospi-tals would present their bills to the sickness insur-ance funds after having satisfactorily treated

patients. The funds would not hesitate to pay theirshare of expenses, and little attention was given todetailed analyses of hospital bills. Only in the1970s did national economic conditions demandcloser scrutiny of the economics of hospital care.By the end of the 1970s, containment of hospitalcosts had become a high-priority issue and the pri-mary goal of all reforms aimed at reducing healthexpenditures since then.

Understandably, it is the public hospital sectorthat has been most influenced by cost-contain-ment reforms. In 1983, prospective budgeting be-came the standard in this sector. Its purpose was tocontrol spending by imposing guideline growthrates for hospital spending. However, the deter-mination of budgets across hospitals takes no con-sideration of changes in activity or volume of ser-vices demanded from individual hospitals butmerely applies a predetermined increase rate (thefederal guideline rate) to the previous year’s budg-et. Budgets are based on historical levels of expen-diture, and rates of increase are determined cen-trally, with little scope for local deviation (11).

The medical program information system(PMSI) was created to achieve a financing systemmore reflective of an individual hospital’s activityand to encourage continuous evaluation. This pro-gram systematically produces a standardized dis-charge form at the completion of each patient’shospital stay and enters the form’s data into a pa-tient database. The system allows for detailedanalysis of hospital activity to enable compari-sons of patient volume among departments or hos-pitals and to detect morbidity trends. The PMSIwas implemented as an initial move toward devel-oping a DRG-type system of homogeneous pa-tient groups and incorporating this classificationsystem into the hospital financing scheme. Imple-mentation of the PMSI is proving to be complexand involved, however, and the full achievementof a DRG-based system in France remains a long-term objective.

A large gap still exists between the public andprivate hospital sectors in France. The allocationof funds to each sector is based on different mech-anisms, and despite the sickness insurance funds’increasing control over the private sector, cost

Page 102: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

74 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

containment efforts for this sector have not beenvery successful. A serious shortcoming of thepresent financing scheme is that private institu-tions have an incentive to increase the number ofmedical procedures to compensate for rigidly im-posed fees and daily rates.

The 1991 health reform legislation in France isdesigned to extend government control over theprivate sector and to narrow the gap between thepublic and private sectors. The legislation rede-fines hospitals according to general guidelines,thus providing the private sector with the same“public interest” mission as the public sector. Thereform also emphasizes the complementary roleof the public and private sectors. Private hospitalsare not yet paid through a global allocationscheme, but growth in expenditures for privatehospital services are capped under the reforms.Additionally, the PMSI is planned to be extendedto the private sector, and current experimentationwith a DRG-type system is in place for some spe-cial services. Now that the philosophy underlyingthe DRG system is being tested in the public hos-pital sector, a relatively smoother implementationof the DRG system in the private sector is likely.

Implementation of the necessary structural ar-rangements to achieve the objectives of recent re-forms will be a long-term task. Both private andpublic hospitals face new obligations, includingmaintaining medical records that are readily avail-able for consultation by the patient or the patient’sphysician, evaluating professional practice, reor-ganizing health care, analyzing service activity,and implementing information systems that docu-ment different conditions and modes of care andtreatment (5).

REFERENCES1. Centre d’Etudes des Coûts et des Revenus

(CERC), “L’Hospitalisation en France, 3èmepartie,” Hospitalisation Nouvelle, No. 137,Février 1985.

2. Centre de Recherche d’Etude et de Documen-tation en Economie de la Santé (CREDES),Programme Eco-Santé, 1990 and 1991.

3. Clément, J.M., Memento de Droit Hospitali-er, 3e édition (Paris: Berger-Levrault, 1992).

4. Coudurier, P., Dotation Globale et Prix deJourneé (Paris: Berger-Levrault, 1988).

5. Couty, E., Hôpitaux et Cliniques: Les Ré-formes Hospitalières (Paris: Berger-Levrault,1993).

6. Documents Statistiques, “Les Etablissementsd’Hospitalisation Privée en 1989,” EnquêteEHP 1989, SESI no. 121, Juillet 1991.

7. Documents Statistiques, “Les Hôpitaux Pub-lics en 1990, Résultats H80,” SESI no. 154,Septembre 1992.

8. Dusart, E., Le Budget Global à l’Hôpital (Par-is: Editions ESF, 1987).

9. “Investissement Hospitalier,” InformationsHospitalières No. 30- 31, Avril-Mai 1991.

10. Ministère de l’Economie des Finances et duBudget, Direction de la Comptabilité Publi-que, Les Finances du Secteur Public Local,Hôpitaux Publics 1983-1988.

11. Organisation for Economic Cooperation andDevelopment, The Reform of Health Care: AComparative Analysis of Seven OECD Coun-tries (Paris: OECD, 1992).

12. Peigné, F., Notre Système Hospitalier et SonAvenir, ENSP éditeur, 1991.

13. Pizzo-Ferrato, C., “L’Évolution des Inves-tissements Hospitaliers,” Gestions Hospital-ières 307, Juin-Juillet 1991.

14. Poindron, P.Y., “Qu’est-ce qui fait courir lesinvestisseurs?,” Espace Social Européen10-26:20-24, 1990.

15. Reinhardt, U.E., “Financing the Hospital:The Experience Abroad,” contractor reportprepared for the Office of the Assistant Secre-tary for Planning and Evaluation, Departmentof Health and Human Services, Washington,DC, July, 1984.

16. Tordeux, “Législation Hospitalère, tomes 1 et2,” Rennes, ENSP, Juillet 1986.

17. Toullalan, M., “Analyse Comparative desModalités de Fonctionnement des Établisse-ments Sanitaires Publics et Privés à but Lu-cratif,” Revue Hospitalière de France3:328-351, Mai-Juin 1991.

Page 103: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

HospitalFinancing

in Germanyby Reiner Leidl

ermany has a federal political system and 16 states withstate-level governments. Like its political system, Ger-many’s health care system is strongly influenced by boththe federal and state governments. Germany has both pri-

vate and public provision of health care. On the supply side, doc-tors and pharmacists are independent, private providers. Mosthospitals are not publicly owned, but more than half of all hospitalbeds are in public hospitals. On the demand side, statutory healthinsurance—compulsory for many employees—is organized byassociations (called sickness funds) under public law and coversalmost 90 percent of the population; private health insurance cov-ers most of the rest.

The statutory sickness funds are primarily financed through in-come-related premiums. Premium stability requires that thegrowth of health care expenditures not exceed the growth of em-ployees’ incomes. Stability of income contributions has beenmade a cornerstone of German health policy, which also appliesto the hospital sector.

Germany’s pluralism in health care is also marked by the influ-ence of several interest groups. Sickness fund and provider orga-nizations exist at different regional levels (including federalassociations). These interest groups play a prominent and well-defined role in regulating the provision and financing of healthcare, subject to legal control by public authorities. An example ofa nonpublic regulatory entity is Concerted Action in Health Care(Konzertierte Aktion im Gesundheitswesen), which includes allthe major parties involved in the provision of health care andhealth insurance as well as representatives from labor unions, em-ployers, and public authorities from the community to the federallevel. The group issues proposals for problems concerning health | 75

Page 104: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

76 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

care organization, delivery, and financing, includ-ing guidelines for payment negotiations betweensickness funds and hospitals. Although ConcertedAction has not managed to keep health care costswithin the constraint of income growth through itsstatements (which are not legally binding for thenegotiating parties), the group has functioned asa forum for the exchange of ideas; it has thusplayed a highly relevant role in the developmentand discussion of reform proposals (9).

The roles of interest groups are quite differentin ambulatory and hospital care, which are dis-tinctly separate sectors in Germany. In ambulatorycare, physicians who provide care to sickness fundpatients must belong to regional and federalassociations of office-based physicians, which ne-gotiate payments with sickness funds and regulatethe entry of new physicians. In contrast, the regu-lation of the hospital sector relies much less on in-terest groups. Membership in hospital associa-tions is voluntary, individual hospitals separatelynegotiate their budgets with the regional sicknessfunds, and market access of hospitals is deter-mined almost exclusively by the state.

A 1972 federal framework law (Krankenhaus-finanzierungsgesetz) addresses the basic regula-tion of hospital care, including the guidelines forhospital planning and financing. This law is ac-companied by federal acts that specify the techni-cal aspects for financing hospital operating costs(Bundespflegesatzverordnung) and accounting(Krankenhausbuchführungsverordnung). The1972 law sets out a two-tier system for financinghospital capital and operating expenses:

1. Public authorities at the state level finance hos-pital buildings, beds, and medical equipmentand are responsible for hospital planning.

2. Operating costs are covered by patients and/ortheir third-party insurers.

The two-tier system was established at a timewhen hospitals faced tremendous problems withfinancing their investment needs. This task wasthus shifted to the public budget. Despite the two-tier system’s difficult design (i.e., those responsi-ble for authorizing hospital capacity and large-scale medical technologies are not responsible for

the capital’s possible economic impacts on operat-ing costs), the system has survived until today.

States are responsible for implementing the1972 federal framework law and have establishedindividual state hospital laws for this purpose.One major state activity is the development of theannual hospital plan, which defines hospital capa-cities and new capital that will be publicly funded.Within this comprehensive framework of regula-tion, the hospitals are independent economic enti-ties. They act on their own behalf and are responsi-ble for their own economic performance.

Major changes in the German health care sys-tem and in hospital financing have taken place inrecent years. Two events impede a comprehensivedescription of the current national hospital financ-ing system: the unification of East and West Ger-many, and recent approval of a far-reaching healthcare reform act.

The unification of Germany in October 1990admitted five new states in which West Germaneconomic and political systems were established.The structure of the former West German healthsystem was also adopted for the new states, fol-lowing a transition period. Restructuring of theformer East German health care system involvedestablishing new state administrative agencies,sickness funds, and doctor and hospital associa-tions. It also required state legislation for hospitalplanning, discussion of hospital investmentneeds, and establishment of new documentationsystems. The federal hospital financing law cameinto full force in the new states at the beginning of1991. Transitional rules—for example, on specialinvestment funding or reduced documentation re-quirements—were to continue until the end of1993; federal accounting rules came into forceonly at the beginning of 1993. Consequently,comparable financial data for unified Germanyhave not yet become available, and this chapter’sobservations are often restricted to the situation inthe former West German states. (An investigationof the restructuring process, though quite interest-ing, has also been left out as it is not likely to con-tribute to the clarity of the health care system’s de-scription).

Page 105: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 5 Hospital Financing in Germany 177

The second recent change is the adoption of theHealth Sector Act (Gesundheitsstrukturgesetz) ef-fective January 1, 1993 (HSA of 1993). The HSAis designed to protect and improve the structure ofthe statutory health insurance system (5). The newact introduced important rules regarding hospitalcare and financing; many of the changes have notyet been implemented. Some rules are transition-al, and others establish a schedule for changes tobe implemented during the next few years.

The ongoing changes in Germany make it diffi-cult to provide a description of Germany’s currenthealth care system. The data presented in thischapter were produced under the old system; how-ever, the paper does represent Germany’s hospitalfinancing system as of the beginning of 1995. Itdiscusses reforms included in the HSA, as well ashospital reforms set out in Germany’s new act onthe financing of hospital operating costs, adoptedJuly 8, 1994. The rules established in this act willcome into force for all hospitals by January 1,1996. Individual hospitals, however, were al-lowed to implement the new financing system asearly as January 1, 1995. The paper also explainsrelevant parts of Germany’s former hospital fi-nancing system and its philosophy, which are im-portant for understanding the new acts.

STRUCTURE OF THE HOSPITAL SECTORSince 1990, German hospitals statistics have notdifferentiated between acute and nonacute care

hospitals but rather between general and “other”hospitals. General hospitals, which are the focusof this chapter, provide beds in inpatient depart-ments. The definition excludes hospitals that pro-vide beds only for psychiatric and necrologic pa-tients; the latter belong to the “other” hospitalcategory, which also includes day clinics andnight clinics. About 90 percent of all hospitals aregeneral, and about 90 percent of all hospital bedsare in general hospitals. Inpatient institutions forpreventive care and rehabilitation also exist butare not discussed in this chapter.

General hospitals are categorized as public, pri-vate nonprofit (voluntary), or private for-profit.One of the hospital law’s goals is pluralism ofowners. Public hospitals are owned by public au-thorities at the federal, state, regional, or commu-nity level; they accounted for 62 percent of hospi-tal beds in 1990 (table 5-1). Some public hospitalsare owned by associations of public authorities orby corporations under public law. Because univer-sities are run by states, an important category ofpublic hospitals are the large university hospitals,which accounted for a little more than 8 percent ofgeneral hospital beds in 1990 (20). Private non-profit (voluntary) hospitals, which are owned bychurches, welfare organizations, foundations, orother nonprofit associations, accounted for abouta third of hospital beds in 1990. Private for-profithospitals, which are often owned by a head physi-cian, accounted for almost 4 percent of hospital

Percentage of Percentage of Total numberPercentage of private, nonprofit private, for-profit of hospitals

public hospitals hospitals hospitals and beds

Former West German statesHospitals 40.0’% 42.5% 17.5% 1,818Beds 53.9 41,4 4.8 474,083

Former East German statesHospitals 82.2 17.3 0.5 365Beds 92.8 7.0 0.2 131,160

All German statesHospitals 47.0 38.3 14.7 2,183Beds 62.3 33.9 3.8 605,243

SOURCE: Statistisches Bundesamt, Grunddaten der Krankenhauser und Vorsorge-oder Rehabilitationseinrichtungen 1990, Fachserie 12, Wiesba-den, 1992.

Page 106: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

78 I Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

<1oo 100-200 200-500 500-1000 >1000Hospital size (in beds)

NOTE Former West German states only, data for 2 of 1,818 hospitalsare missing; the height of the bar equals total cost, while the figureabove the bar equals average cost per day

SOURCE. Statistisches Bundesamt, Kostennachweise Krankenhauser1990, Fachserie 12, Wiesbaden, 1992

beds (table 5-1). If they render care to patients whoare insured by statutory sickness funds (whichthey must do to be integrated into the hospital planand receive funding for capital expenses, as ex-plained below), private hospitals are subject to thesame financing and payment rules as other typesof hospitals. Prospectively fixed budgets for sick-ness fund expenditures constrain excess revenuesin private hospitals. An important source of reve-nues for private hospitals, specifically if physi-cians own the hospital, stems from care providedto privately insured patients.

In summary, nonprofit voluntary hospitals andfor-profit private hospitals together account forthe largest proportion of hospitals, but public hos-pitals have the largest share of beds; private own-ers play only a minor role in the provision of beds.Total operating costs and average inpatient costsper day, by type and size of hospital, are displayedin figure 5-1.

Access to hospitals, except for emergencies, isdeterminedly referral from an office-based physi-cian. Privately insured people and sickness fund

members have equal access to all hospitals in-cluded in the hospital plan. Access to departmentsfor private patients in all types of hospitals is re-stricted to those patients who choose a specificphysician and pay extra for that physician’s ser-vices. In a few cases, private clinics do not partici-pate in the provision of care for sickness fund pa-tients and are accessible only to privately payingpatients. However, they do not receive any publicfunding for capital expenses.

PHYSICIANSOffice-based physicians (both general practitio-ners and specialists) play a central role in Germa-ny‘s health care system. The association of office-based physicians holds the right and obligation toensure medical care for sickness fund members.Physicians fulfill this task and, when necessary,refer their patients to hospitals. Fees for ambulato-ry services for sickness fund patients are nego-tiated between sickness fund and physicianassociations. Physicians can charge privately in-sured patients up to 2.3 times the fee for statutorilyinsured patients. In those cases in which hospital-based physicians render ambulatory services, theyare reimbursed according to the fee schedule foroffice-based physicians.

Hospital-based doctors are generally paid asalary. They bill private-paying patients for hospi-tal services according to a federal fee schedule. Allrevenues from private patients are collected by thehead physician of a unit. A portion of the revenuesis then distributed to a pool for physicians work-ing in the hospital, either on a compulsory or a vol-untary basis, depending on the hospital law in therespective state. Physicians are also required tore-imburse the hospital for the use of hospital facili-ties to treat their private patients. Prior to the HSA,there was only minor federal regulation of hospi-tal cost reimbursement. Reimbursement ruleswere typically established in the working contractbetween the head physician and the hospital. Thenew hospital financing act, however, mandatesthat 40 percent of private fees (for some types ofservices, only 20 percent) must be included in thehospital’s budget as costs already reimbursed.

Page 107: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 5 Hospital Financing in Germany | 79

This reduces the budget available for other ser-vices. An estimate of the total revenue receivedfrom privately billed services delivered by hospi-tal doctors is not available.

Although the ambulatory care and hospital caresectors are usually separated in Germany, there isa number of office-based physicians who hold theright to treat patients in hospitals. These physi-cians bill their patients for hospital services on afee-for-service basis, and have to reimburse thehospitals for costs incurred. The hospital in turnbills patients at reduced rates and fees.

HOSPITAL OPERATING COSTS

❚ Financing ModelOperating costs in German hospitals that servesickness fund patients (almost all hospitals, in-cluding public, voluntary, and private for-profithospitals) are financed primarily through annualprospective budgets. A hospital’s budget is nego-tiated each year between the hospital and thosestatutory sickness funds that paid more than 5 per-cent of the hospital’s previous year’s revenues. Inpractice, the sickness funds form working groupsto represent them in negotiations. The regionalassociation of the statutory sickness funds, the or-ganizations of private health insurers, and hospi-tals participate in budget negotiations.

Negotiations focus on the services that a hospi-tal expects to render to sickness fund members andto the costs that can legally be charged for theseservices. A prospective daily rate is simultaneous-ly determined with the budget. This daily rate—the result of dividing the budgeted amount by theexpected number of inpatient days—functions asthe primary payment unit for patients and sicknessfunds. The daily rate is supplemented by specialfees for costly services, and beginning in 1995, bycase-based rates also.

Regardless of their insurance, all patients gen-erally pay the same rates. In the past, privately in-

sured patients who chose the service of a specificphysician paid a 5 percent reduced daily rate andwere extra-billed separately by the physician. Un-der the new hospital financing act, private patientspay the full daily rate to the hospital and a reducedbill to their private physician.

Flexible BudgetsGermany’s current prospective budgeting systemhas grown out of a system in which the full costsof hospital operations were reimbursed retrospec-tively (11). Beginning in 1985, a “flexible” pro-spective budgeting system was introduced, whichwas designed to fully reimburse costs only forthose hospitals that operated efficiently.1 To as-sess efficient operation, hospitals were classifiedinto similar groups by types and intensity of careand then compared with respect to cost and activi-ty data. A hospital’s budget for the coming yearwas influenced by cost comparisons with efficienthospitals in its group.

Under flexible budgets, when the actual num-ber of inpatient days delivered was less than theplanned number, the hospital still received 75 per-cent of the daily rate for the missing days in thenext round of budget negotiations; when it deliv-ered more than the planned amount, the hospitalhad to pay back 75 percent of the excess daily ratesthat it had already collected. Hospitals were there-fore partially at risk for overprovision of services.

Negotiations on flexible hospital budgets werequite unfettered. The only external reference forthe negotiations—apart from the aim of financingonly “efficiently working hospitals”—was Con-certed Action’s guidelines, which served as pro-posals for the negotiations. Their nonbindingcharacter is underlined by the fact that ConcertedAction itself did not always reach agreement onthe guidelines (sometimes providing none at all)and sometimes sickness funds and hospitalassociations had divergent guidelines. ConcertedAction did not effectively limit the growth of hos-

1 All budget concepts discussed do not include physicians’ earnings for treating private patients in hospitals or hospital revenues from elec-tive services, such as private rooms, for which patients are billed directly.

Page 108: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

80 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

pital expenditures to that of the sickness funds’ in-comes, as desired.

Fixed Budgets for 1993 to 1995The HSA of 1993 establishes steps to reform hos-pital financing, which will be implemented se-quentially over a number of years. With cost con-tainment as a top political priority, the HSAenforces the income-oriented policy on growth inindividual hospital budgets for the period 1993 to1995. For these three years, the HSA requires a“fixed” prospective budget that can no longer beadjusted for the difference in the number of inpa-tient days delivered from the negotiated number.A hospital’s 1992 budget will be used as its base,with increases in its budget limited to incomegrowth of the sickness funds. The federal ministerof health is to estimate the national increase insickness funds’ incomes by February 15, so as todetermine the maximum growth rate for the com-ing year.

The hospital budget growth rate constraint ap-plies to the sum of the hospital’s budget and therevenues from special fee categories, which ex-isted outside of hospital budgets in 1992. Thegrowth rate may be corrected for some factorssuch as wage increases, as wages for hospital per-sonnel are determined in negotiations betweenunions and general employers. Budgets may alsobe corrected for cost increases due to unforeseenlegal changes that affect hospital expenses.

Flexlble Budgets in 1996From 1996 forward, hospitals will again be sub-ject to flexible budgets. The HSA has establishedthat a hospital’s budget must provide sufficientrevenues for the hospital to provide all of the careneeded by its catchment population, based on itsfunction as defined in the hospital plan. In casesin which the hospital cannot meet its obligations,the hospital will even be allowed to receive fund-ing that is greater than the growth in sicknessfinds’ incomes. The basic mechanism of flexiblebudgets will be the same as that adopted in 1985.

Other Hospital PaymentsAlthough most hospital services are financedthrough prospective budgets, other payment com-ponents received a much greater role in hospital fi-nancing under the HSA than they had previously.In addition to the general daily rate, other types ofpayments for hospital inpatient costs include:

special daily rates for some hospital depart-ments;special fees for costly services, billed in addi-tion to the general daily rate; andcase-based lump sums, which cover the totalcost of inpatient care for a particular hospitaladmission.

A number of special daily rates for hospital de-partments have been used in the past. The 1985federal financing law defined 10 categories,among them high-cost categories (e.g., care for se-verely burned patients or neonatal intensive care)and low-cost categories (e.g., psychiatric daycare) that are financed through special daily rates.The 1994 act on the financing of hospital operat-ing costs requires special rates for all hospitals andall departments beginning in 1996. In fact, the for-mer general daily rate will vanish and will be sub-stituted by two new types of rates. The first typewill pay for physician and nursing services that arespecific to a given hospital department; this ratewill vary depending on the medical departmentthat admits the patient. The second type, the “ba-sic daily rate,” will cover the remaining nonde-partment-specific costs of hospital stays, such asfood and housekeeping, that are common to all de-partments. The new act envisions that sicknessfunds and hospitals will agree on a state-levelstandard price for these “hotel-type” services.

In 1985 the first federal fee schedule for costlyservices to be funded through special fees in-cluded 16 items, among them open-heart opera-tions, transplantations, implantations, and litho-tripter treatment. More services could be definedfor special fee financing or for case-based rates atthe state level. Actual rates were determined in in-dividual negotiations between the hospital and

Page 109: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 5 Hospital Financing in Germany 81

Point values Length of stayPersonnel Equipment Total Average Threshold

Done by hospital physician12.06: appendicitis non perforata;

appendectomy, Iaparoscopic 2,250 1,330 3,580 6.04 14

16.01: delivery after completed37th week of pregnancy;vaginal delivery up to 8 hours,normal presentation 2,360 600 2,960 4,90

Done by practice-based physician12.06: appendicitis non perforata;

appendectomy, Iaparoscopic 1,560 1,250 2,810 5.20

16.01: delivery after completed37th week of pregnancy; vaginaldelivery up to 8 hours, normalpresentation 2,010 590 2,600 4,90 13

13

13

Done by hospital physician12.1 7: appendectomy,

Iaparoscopic 1,040 650 1,690 NA NA

Done by practice-based physician12,1 7: appendectomy, Iaparoscopic 690 650 1,340 NA NA

NOTES: NA = not applicable; positions for special fees concerning delivery have not yet been defined; the calculation basis for the development ofthese schedules has been 1993, with a basis of DM1.00 per point; prices differ as to whether a patient is served by a hospital physician or by apractice-based physician who holds a right to provide care in hospitals (the case of the practice-based surgeon has been chosen here, anotherschedule applies to practice-based anesthesiologists); average length of stay refers to the population from which this schedule was calculated,outlier patients beyond the threshold length of stay will be billed on a daily rate basis for their excess days. For further explanation, see text

SOURCES: Federal Act on Financing of Hospital Operating Cost (Bundespflegesatzverordnung) of 8 July 1994 (author’s translation)

sickness funds. These options have been used tosome extent but so far have made up only a minorshare of total hospital revenues.

The HSA of 1993 clearly aimed to extend thesetypes of financing to achieve more performance-related payments for individual hospitals. The fi-nal results from a working group defines 104 spe-cial fees and 40 cases in the 1994 hospitalfinancing act. Another 37 special fees and 13 casedefinitions are expected to be added in 1995 (6).Each of the services or cases carries a point valueas a relative price tag, with one point value for per-

sonnel input and the other for equipment (table5-2).2 The monetary value (i.e., conversion rates)of the fees and case-rates will be determined instate-level negotiations between sickness fundsand hospital associations. If the population in ahospital’s catchment area has specific needs, rateshigher than state-level determined prices can beagreed on during budget negotiations. Additional-ly, hospitals that are highly specialized might re-ceive lower rates than the state-level prices. It re-mains to be seen how often these exceptions willbe used. At the state level, sickness fund and hos-

2 The point values were constructed on the basis of 1993 cost and utilization figures (1). Because it was expected that the average length of

stay will decline by 30 percent in the next few years, the calculations accounted for half of this decline (19). Point values are lower for cases inwhich an office-based physician delivers the service (see table 5-2). To account for lower wage levels in the new states, lower point values forpersonnel input will be used in state-level negotiations.

Page 110: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

82 I Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

pital associations may also agree to introducemore case definitions and special fees.3

Outpatient CareThe HSA establishes special financing for hospi-tal outpatient care. Prior to 1992, a standard hospi-tal did not have an outpatient department. Theproperty right for providing ambulatory care ser-vices was held by office-based physicians. Outpa-tient services could be provided by hospitals onlyin special cases. For instance, a hospital-basedphysician could provide ambulatory care if a qual-ified office-based specialist was not available inthe area. Hospital departments had to be autho-rized by the sickness funds or hospital physicianshad to be acknowledged as members of theassociation of office-based physicians to providethe care. Because of their teaching function, out-patient departments in university hospitals alsoheld the right to provide ambulatory care. All am-bulatory services were reimbursed by the associa-tion of office-based physicians.

The HSA of 1993 now entitles hospitals to ren-der outpatient care on three occasions:■

if it is required to determine whether inpatienttreatment is necessary (pre-inpatient care),if it is required to assure and improve the effec-tiveness of inpatient treatment (post-inpatientcare), orif ambulatory surgery can be substituted for in-patient surgery.

The first two cases are paid by lump sums, thelast by a fee schedule that is being developed. Therevenue for all three types of services will be in-cluded as part of a hospital’s prospective budgetuntil 1996.

Coordination of Payment ComponentsAfter 1995An important feature of the new financing systemfor hospital operating costs is how the differentpayment components will be coordinated. Withrespect to inpatient care, hospitals will be paid fortwo main categories of care:

1. care that is reimbursed by the daily rates (de-partmental and the basic daily rate), and

2. care that is reimbursed by special fees and case-based rates.

Special fees will be added to the daily rates (forsurgical interventions, the departmental rates willbe reduced by 20 percent), while case-based rateswill fully cover the cost of a hospital admission. Ifa case-based rate can be calculated, the hospitalmay not bill its patients through special fees anddaily rates.

The interplay between the hospital’s prospec-tive budget and the other payment components iscomplex and will change during Germany’s tran-sition to a performance-related hospital paymentsystem. Currently, anticipated revenues fromcase-based rates and special fees, as well as ex-pected revenues from outpatient care, are sub-tracted from the hospital’s accountable costs forcalculating the hospital’s budget.4 Until 1998, ifrevenues from special fees and case-based ratesare different from negotiated revenues, half of thisdeviation will be compensated in the next round ofbudget negotiations. This means that unexpected-ly high volumes of hospital services will be par-tially compensated. Until 1998, it will also be pos-sible to mutually compensate deviations of actualrevenues from negotiated revenues that occur in

3 Another important change introduced in the 1994 act is that inpatient days delivered in a particular case category that are above the federal-ly defined length-of-stay threshold must be reimbursed through the daily rate. However, the hospital will not be paid for days of care for patientsreadmitted to the hospital for complications if the number of days is within the length-of-stay threshold.

4 Until 1997, however, only 95 percent of the expected revenues from case-based rates and special fees will be subtracted in order to reduce

hospitals’ financial risks during the introductory period.

Page 111: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 5 Hospital Financing in Germany | 83

opposite directions in the two categories. This willsmooth the planning of care in the negotiations.

Beginning in 1998, however, revenues fromcase-based rates and special fees will be complete-ly separated from the hospital’s budget. Surpris-ingly, the new act on financing hospital operatingcosts envisions that the volume of care for thesecategories of services will no longer be nego-tiated, but will be reimbursed by sickness fundsand insurance companies as the services are pro-vided, releasing hospitals from a negotiated vol-ume constraint.

Payment NegotiationsIn budget negotiations each hospital has to presentits current cost and service figures according to thetypes of data required by the hospital law (e.g.,number of admissions, number of operations,lengths of stays per department). Each hospitalalso has to present projections of those factors forthe coming year. Under the new financing system,the number of special services performed and thenumber of (defined) cases treated will also have tobe presented and projected so that revenues fromthese services can be accounted for in the hospi-tal’s budget.

For cost comparisons, a hospital’s figures arecompared with those of other hospitals that aresimilar in departmental structure and in the gener-al level of care. Cost information from earlier ne-gotiations is available to both hospitals and sick-ness funds. Hospital associations sometimescompile comparative information in advance fortheir members. Because some sickness funds con-tract with all of the hospitals, the sickness fundassociation has a complete picture of comparablehospital costs at the end of a negotiation round.

The actual negotiation process is not public,and little is known about the strategies and tacticsof the negotiating parties. From the sicknessfunds’ perspective, the total budget for hospitalservices for the forthcoming year is constrained bythe growth rate of wages and salaries of the in-sured individuals from whom they receive theirpremiums. Hospitals try at least to recover theirfull costs.

If an agreement among the negotiating partiesis reached, the result has to be approved by the re-sponsible state authority. In case of disagreement(at the latest after six weeks of negotiation), a ref-eree commission can set the daily rates on applica-tion from one of the negotiating parties. This com-mission consists of a neutral chairperson and thesame number of delegates from the hospital andthe sickness funds, including private health insur-ers. The referee commission, the decisionmakingprocess, and the legal control of its activities areregulated by state law.

In addition to the inpatient components of thebudget, lump sums are negotiated at the state levelfor pre- and post-inpatient treatment. Sicknessfunds and hospital associations have to considerthe opinions of the regional associations of office-based physicians. The same associations at thefederal level currently negotiate the fee schedulefor ambulatory surgery, which will be used byboth hospitals and office-based physicians whodeliver those services.

Once a hospital’s budget and other paymentcomponents are determined, the hospital is free tooperate as it deems appropriate. Hospitals retainall surpluses and are responsible for all deficits intheir operating budget. There are no general rulesfor the internal allocation of funds within the hos-pital. Because all payment arrangements arederived from cost estimates, however, cross-sub-sidizing across cost centers in the hospital is re-stricted compared with systems based on charges.

Because negotiations take place each year,there is some danger that individual hospitals willlose surpluses that result from greater efficiency insubsequent year negotiations. The HSA intends toeliminate this disincentive by prohibiting sick-ness funds from negotiating away such surplusfunds. There is a clear need to develop more so-phisticated incentive structures in Germany’s pre-dominantly nonprofit environment.

The financing law requires a tremendousamount of cost information for the negotiationsbetween hospitals and sickness funds. In additionto the cost and service figures required, informa-tion on diagnoses and surgical services delivered

Page 112: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

8 4

has

Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

also been required since 1985, but this hasbeen difficult to obtain. Furthermore, prospectivebudgeting requires projections of these data. In-formation on the different types of costs at the hos-pital level and indicators such as inpatient days bydepartment have always been well documented.Nationwide documentation for these statistics hasbeen available from the Federal Office of Statis-tics since 1990. In 1993, statistics on hospital dis-charge by diagnosis began to be produced nation-wide. Germany’s increasingly case-based paymentsystem will heighten the need for much more so-phisticated information on hospital production.

❚ Sources of Funding5

Insurance covered about four-fifths of hospital op-erating costs in 1990 (sickness funds paid 70.7percent and private insurers paid 8.1 percent).Public authorities directly covered 14.3 percent ofhospital expenditures and employers directly paid5.6 percent (4). (Employers’ 50 percent contribu-tion to sickness fund premiums is included in thesickness fund figures.) Public employers also con-tributed to private patients’ hospital costs throughthe so-called Beihilfe, which covers up to 50 per-cent of hospital care for civil servants. Patients in-sured by sickness funds directly payDM116 eachday for the first two weeks of a hospital stay. Out-of-pocket payments by private patients depend onindividual cost-sharing arrangements with privateinsurance companies. In total, the contribution ofdirect patient payments is small, accounting forjust 1.3 percent of the total bill for hospital care in1990.

The relative contributions from the variouspayers for individual hospital revenues depend onthe hospital’s patient and services mix. Prior to theHSA reforms, the main revenue of a hospital camefrom the general daily rate. Other revenue sources

include special departmental rates, special fees forcostly medical services, and special charges forhotel-type services (e.g., private or semiprivaterooms). Prices for additional hotel services are es-tablished by the hospital and are paid directly bypatients.7 Special daily rates and special fees var-ied by hospital under the old system.8 Of theDM56.3 billion in revenue reported in 1990 for allhospitals that contracted with sickness funds(which only excluded some specialized privateclinics), 93.5 percent came from the general dailyrate, 4.2 percent from special charges, and 2.2 per-cent from special fees (16).

❚ Operating Costs and ExpendituresPersonnel salaries made up almost two-thirds ofGerman hospital operating expenses in 1990(table 5-3). Medical equipment and supplies ac-counted for the other third of operating costs. Cap-ital-related costs do not (yet) play a role in Germa-

Personnel

Physicians

Nurses

Other staff

Equipment

Medical needs

Other

Miscellaneous costs

Total

66.0

14.1

123.1

28.8

33.1

16.6

16.5

0.9

100.0

NOTE: Former West German states only; data for 2 of 1,818 hospitalsare missing; miscellaneous costs are composed of the cost of nursingeducation (0.7%) and the cost of interest on debts incurred during op-eration (0.2%); total costs were DM59.9 billion, cost per day wasDM400.55, cost per case was DM5,384.22, and cost per bed wasDM126,308.65.

SOURCE: Statistisches Bundesamt, Kostennachweise Kran-kenhauser 1990, Fachserie 12, Wiesbaden, 1992.

5 me dis~bution of financing by payer does not refer solely to acute care expenditures but includes all hospital care and Capibl expenses.

s~e exch~ge rate in JaINIary 1994 was approximately $USO.58 to DM1.00.

7 ~ Jme 1994, he gener~ daily ra~ r~ged from DM33’2 t. DM656 at the s~te level; the ex~a rate for a private room was between DM1 11

and DM205 and for semi-private rooms, rates were between DM58 and DM117 (8).

8 Ave~ges me not available at the federal level.

Page 113: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 5 Hospital Financing in Germany 185

Numeratortotal hospital

Total hospital expenditures, Hospital operating Hospitalexpenditures, FOS FOS/OECD costs, FOS investment, SVR

Denominator DM65,977 million DM73,651 million DM63,577 million DM5,074 million

Gross national product,FOS, DM2,439,100 million 2.70 3.02 2.61 0.21

Gross domestic product,FOS, DM2,417,830 million 2.73 3.05 2.63 0.21

Total hospital expenditures,DMFOS, 65,977 million 100.00 111.63 96.36 7.69

Total hospital expenditures,DMFOS/OECD 73,651 million 89.58 100.00 86.32 6.89

National health care expenditures,OECD, DM201,220 million 32.79 36.30 31.60 2.52

National health expenditures,FOS, DM303,972 million 21.70 24.23 20.92 1,67

NOTE: Former West German states only; FOS indicators from the financial statistics of the Federal Off Ice of Statistics; FOS/OECD indicator on totalhospital expenditure includes DM7.7 million for inpatient rehabilitation expenditures; FOS cost indicators from federal hospital statistics, author’scalculations.

SOURCES: Bundesministerium fur Gesundheit, Statistisches Taschenbuch Gesundheit, Bonn, Dezember, 1992; Federal Office of Statistics, person-al communication, August 1993; Statistisches Bundesamt, Kostennachweise Krankenhauser 1990, Fachserie 12, Wiesbaden, 1992; Organisationfor Economic Cooperation and Development, OECD Health Data File, 1993, SVR: Sachverstandigenrat fur die Konzertierte Aktion im Gesundheits-wesen (Baden-Baden, Nomos, 1992).

ny’s hospital budgets because the costs of capitalare borne almost entirely by state governments anddo not show up in hospitals’ operating expenses.

The Federal Office of Statistics (FOS) reportedDM66 billion in total expenditures for hospital in-patient care in 1990 (this refers to the former WestGerman states only) (table 5-4, column 1). Of theDM66 billion, the statutory sickness funds spentDM45 billion on hospital services (which cannotbe disaggregate into acute and nonacute care).This equals about one-third of total health care ex-penditures by sickness funds. Almost one-third ofhospital expenditures (the other DM22 billion)came from private health insurers, employers,public authorities, and directly from patients.

The DM73.7 billion figure used by Organisa-tion for Economic Cooperation and Development(OECD) to represent total expenditures for inpa-tient care adds DM7.7 billion for inpatient reha-

bilitation expenditures to the DM66 billion figure(table 5-4, column 2) (12). The amount of DM56.3billion has been cited as the total revenue for hos-pitals in the same year (16), whereas the total sumof operating costs reported in federal hospital sta-tistics is DM63.6 billion, exceeding the revenuefigure (table 5-4, column 3). Not all costs listed inaccounting statements are automatically financedin a prospective budgeting system, but before con-cluding that the difference between aggregate costand revenue figures is the result of operating defi-cits, more detailed analysis would be required.

Hospital expenditures are related to six refer-ence variables in table 5-4. (Investment data arecovered later in this chapter.) The reference vari-ables include the OECD’s definition of nationalhealth expenditures and the Federal Office ofStatistics’ definition of national health expendi-tures which includes cash and in-kind benefits re-

9 National health expenditures data from the Federal 0ffice of Statistics that include expenditures for curative and preventive care but not

cash and in-kind benefits lies within a 1 percentage point range of OECD’s national health expenditures figure and is not reported in table 5-4.

Page 114: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

86 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

lated to illness. The almost DM8 billion differ-ence arising from the OECD’s and FOS’s differentdefinitions of hospital expenditures causes hospi-tal expenditures as a share of gross national (orgross domestic) product to increase from 2.7 per-cent according to FOS’s figures to over 3 percentaccording to OECD’s figures. Both definitionsproduce ratios of hospital expenditures toOECD’s national health care expenditures ofabout one-third, similar to the figure reported bythe sickness funds. The FOS’s more inclusive def-inition of national health expenditures results in a22 to 24 percent hospital expenditures share.

HOSPITAL CAPITAL COSTS

❚ Relationship of Capital and OperatingCosts

There is almost no link between operating andcapital costs in Germany’s health care system.Hospital capacities are established according tohospital plans (described below), and allowableoperating expenses are financed as described pre-viously. Generally, capital depreciation and inter-est costs for capital debt are not allowable operat-ing costs for hospitals included in the hospitalplan, as capital investments are usually funded bystate authorities.

Integrated economic decisionmaking is lack-ing with respect to the possible impact of new cap-ital purchases on hospital operating costs. Al-though the hospital law formally requires hospitalplanners to consider the impact of investment de-cisions on operating costs, quantitative economicevaluations of such decisions do not take place ona regular basis. Hearings are held to solicit inputfrom the sickness funds, which are ultimately re-sponsible for paying for any associated increase inoperating costs, but sickness funds do not have aright to veto investment decisions.

Sickness funds, however, are only required tofinance the costs of efficiently working hospitals.This has led to conflicts about the issue of hospitalcapacity: sickness funds claim that hospitals oper-ate inefficiently because there is more capacitythan needed, while hospitals claim that hospital

capacities included in the hospital plan must be fi-nanced through operating revenues. This disputeis likely to obtain greater relevance as hospital op-erating revenues are increasingly based on nego-tiated volumes of specific types of hospital ser-vices (2).

The lack of integration of economic responsibi-lities in Germany’s two-tier system has been criti-cized for many years. It has survived because ofthe unwillingness of state authorities to waivetheir planning powers. State authorities have aseat in the legislature’s second chamber, whichmust approve every federal law. The HSA statesthe intent of eventually integrating the two sepa-rate lines of authority and the financing of capitaland operating expenses, while leaving legal con-trol with state authorities.

The 1985 revision of hospital financing al-lowed for one instance in which capital acquisi-tions can be linked to their effects on operatingcosts. Sickness funds and hospitals can contractfor investment projects that are expected to reducesubsequent hospital operating costs, called “ratio-nalization” projects. The capital-related costs ofthese projects can be added to a hospital’s operat-ing expenses. Because of resistance from the sick-ness funds, however, this regulation has not beenused often (13).

Another exception to the principle of not pass-ing capital costs to payers through operatingcharges was introduced in the HSA. Under the act,capital expenditures for investment projects in-cluded in the hospital plan may be partially fundedvia private funds and hospitals will be allowed toinclude the respective capital depreciation in thecalculation of their operating costs.

❚ Capital Financing ModelPrior to adoption of the Health Sector Act, almostall hospital capital expenditures in Germany werefunded by state governments (and most fundingstill comes from the states). Expenditures for hos-pital construction and medical equipment are partof a state’s budget, which is derived from generaltax revenues. Several taxes contribute to a state’srevenues, including large revenue sources such as

Page 115: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 5 Hospital Financing in Germany | 87

income and value-added taxes. The financial bur-dens of these taxes fall differently on different in-come groups in the population and on businessesand households. Therefore, a person’s share ofpayments for hospital capital expenditures de-pends on the person’s share of federal and state taxrevenues. There is also no direct link between thesource of general tax revenue and the type of gov-ernment expenditure. A state’s treasury deter-mines the amount of funds available for hospitalcapital investment as part of its decisions on howto allocate the state’s budget. Until 1985 both stateand federal authorities paid a share of the invest-ment budget; since then, however, only states payfor capital expenditures. Special federal subsidieshave been reintroduced for investment needs inthe five former East German states.

Financing of hospital capital is fully integratedwith hospital planning. The key reference pointfor funding is a state’s annual hospital plan. Thestate’s plan—which includes public, nonprofitvoluntary, and private for-profit hospitals—de-fines the location of each hospital, its specialties,the number of the hospital’s beds that will befunded, and the level of the hospital’s care (e.g.,general care, specialty care only, or top-levelcare). Some states issue more detailed plans—forexample, by determining the number of fundedbeds for each hospital specialty. The specific crite-ria used to determine whether a particular hospitalis admitted to the state’s hospital plan are not pub-licly available.

If a hospital is admitted to the plan, it will re-ceive capital funding from the state, both in termsof lump sums and through special capital grants,described below. Hospitals not included in theannual hospital plan do not receive public fundingfor capital investments. Moreover, they cannotclaim higher operating costs than comparable hos-pitals that receive public funding in order to fi-nance their investments from internal funds. Thismechanism makes the integrated capital planningand financing system almost universal in Germa-ny. In 1990, more than 96 percent of all beds ingeneral hospitals were included in hospital plans(of the prior West German states) (20).

The general legal framework for hospital plan-ning and investment financing is determined at thefederal level, but implementation is left to stateauthorities who issue the hospital plan. Planningmethods are also subject to state law and regula-tion. Their implementation differs among the 16states of the Federal Republic of Germany.

❚ Determining Capital RequirementsThe hospital capital planning process is ostensiblybased on bed-to-population ratios, which estab-lish the number of beds needed in a region. Theplanning formula is a simple equation: the numberof hospital beds needed equals the number of pre-dicted inpatient admissions times the predictedaverage length of stay (corrected for trends), di-vided by the occupancy-rate standard (85 per-cent), times 365 (the number of days in a year). Insome states the bed-to-population ratio is differ-entiated by hospital department and/or by region.Despite the establishment of a formal planning al-gorithm, there is no evidence that the ratios areused in any regular or fixed way to determine capi-tal funding patterns. Hospital plans are published,but they report on current hospital capacities rath-er than on future plans or options.

The federal hospital financing law has estab-lished a right for hospital owners, and other sub-stantially affected parties, to present their views tostate authorities during the state’s process of deter-mining hospital capacities and approving applica-tions for new capital purchases. The law’s objec-tive is to achieve a consensus among all par-ticipants. States have the authority to implementthe federal law. In all states the hospital associa-tions, sickness fund associations, and privatehealth insurers participate in such hearings. Otherorganizations, such as community associations orcity and community governments, are repre-sented; for example, there are seven participantsin Bavaria and six in Baden-Würthemberg (18).The state authority ultimately retains the right tomake final decisions. The actual decisionmakingprocess (specifically decisions on how to allocatethe state’s budget by region or by hospital) cannot

Page 116: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

88 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

be observed by outside researchers and invest-ment schedules are not published.

Applications for large-scale capital invest-ments are drawn up by the hospital’s managementand sent to state authorities. Once applicationhearings have been held, the state authorities de-cide which projects will be funded. Approvedinvestment projects are included in the state’shospital plan and in the individual hospital’sconstruction or investment plans. The rules andprocedures governing hospital construction plansare not publicly available. There is no establishedpolicy for estimating the revenue implications orcosts and benefits arising from new hospital capa-cities except for the cost-saving rationalizationprojects described above.

The purchase of construction and equipment bystate authorities is subject to general public bid-ding rules. There are no specific guidelines con-cerning resale of hospital plant or equipment. Re-sale of equipment and the use of these funds,however, must be in accordance with the hospitalplan. Each state funds capital requirements sub-ject to a binding planning process under which theuse and purpose of the investment is exclusivelydefined in the plan; the capital asset may not beused for other purposes.

All public and private hospitals included in astate’s hospital plan are subject to the capital plan-ning and approval process. An important factor

undermining the closed-shop system of capital ac-quisition in Germany’s hospital sector is privateinvestment by office-based physicians. In contrastto the strictly regulated hospital system, office-based physicians run their businesses as free en-terprises, determine their own capital needs, andhave in the past notified the association of office-based physicians only about purchases of largemedical equipment. Because of constrained hos-pital budgets, office-based physicians have sub-stantially influenced the diffusion of many tech-nologies, such as computed tomography, gammacameras, and nuclear magnetic resonance imagers(table 5-5).

Germany’s 1989 health reform law changedthis loophole by requiring the coordination ofplanning for large medical technologies betweenthe hospital and ambulatory care sectors (3). Acoordination committee comprising physicianassociations, hospital associations, and sicknessfunds was established. The committee defineswhat is considered to be a large-scale technology,determines the need for these technologies, anddecides on the types of setting where they will beprovided (e.g., in hospitals or physicians’ offices).The committee’s decisions are binding in the hos-pital sector because big-ticket technologies thatare not included in the hospital plan (which thehospital associations review) do not receive pub-lic funding, and any associated operating costs do

Percentage in Percentage InTechnology hospitals doctors’ practices Total number

Left ventricular catheterization sitesDigital subtraction angiographyComputer tomographsNuclear magnetic resonance imagersGamma cameras, single photon emission CTLinear acceleratorTelecobalt machineExtracorporeal shockwave Iithotripter

9778585156979196

3224249‘44

394

230531707159

1,25716617189

NOTE: Former West German states only; author’s calculations.

SOURCE: Sachverstandigenrat fur die Konzertierte Aktion im Gesundheitswesen (Baden-Baden, Nomos, 1992).

Page 117: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 5 Hospital Financing in Germany | 89

not have to be reimbursed by sickness funds. Thelaw also prohibits reimbursement for services pro-vided by large-scale technologies in physicians’offices if the coordination committee has not ap-proved the technology.

The coordination committees have not yet ef-fectively integrated major capital purchases in thehospital and ambulatory sectors. Establishment ofthe coordination committees has been slow (15).Moreover, the HSA generally assumed that large-scale technologies in physicians’ offices that hadbeen applied for and were in use in 1992 were ap-proved by the coordination committees, thus re-solving all pending decisions in favor of office-based physicians.

Since 1990, capital inventories of large-scalemedical technologies have been published regu-larly at the state and federal levels. Aside from thisinventory and the usual statistics on hospital re-sources, such as number of beds and departmentsby specialty, information on total hospital capitalstock is not available.

❚ Sources of Capital FundsThe state’s capital budget is split into lump sumpayments for small projects and a part payable onapproval for large investment projects. Lump-sum amounts are determined annually by stategovernments and are based on the number of bedsin a hospital and its level of care. State rules differas to how the amounts are determined; overviewsof these determinations are not publicly available.At the end of the 1980s, lump sums of DM2,500to DM4,500 per bed had been reported for differ-ent levels of hospital care (3). The federal hospitalfinancing law set higher sums for the new formerEast German states for the period from 1991 to1993; they vary between DM8,000 per bed forhospitals rendering basic care up to DM15,000 fortop-level care and specialty hospitals.

Lump-sum payments cover short-term capitalgoods with an economic life of less than threeyears and small construction work, defined ascosting less than DM100,000 (net of the value-

added tax). The hospital is free to decide how touse lump-sum payments to purchase these typesof capital goods. Because the payment per hospi-tal bed provides disincentives for hospitals to re-duce the number of beds, the HSA has introducedthe possibility of using other factors for determin-ing lump-sum payments.

Large investment projects approved by thestate are funded from state revenues. Real estate,medium and major construction, reconstructionor restructuring, medical equipment to providenew services, and all large-scale equipment ex-penditures are subject to the procedure describedabove.

In contrast to the previous policy of allowingonly state funding for capital investments, theHSA has enabled state authorities and hospitals toagree to partial funding of an investment projectfor hospitals not included in the hospital plan. Thehospital is allowed to enter capital depreciationand interest expenses in its calculation of operat-ing costs. State authorities and hospitals are sup-posed to first achieve a consensus with the sick-ness funds to cover these costs.

Additionally, capital expenditures for cost-sav-ing investments (rationalization projects) may befinanced through operating cost charges. Savingsin operating expenses must be large enough to off-set the cost of the investment in at most sevenyears, however. This regulation thus requires anexact calculation of the capital costs and projectedassociated operating costs. Sickness funds andhospitals must contract for rationalization proj-ects. Because of the sickness funds’ resistance tothis method of hospital capital financing, the HSAenables hospitals to call on a referee commissionin cases in which sickness funds refuse to contract.

Over the long run, the German parliament hasdeclared its goal to substitute for the two-tier fi-nancing system a single system that would coverboth operating and capital costs. In addition, re-sponsibility for planning and financing is to be in-tegrated in the hands of the sickness funds, al-though legal control by state authorities would bemaintained.

Page 118: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

90 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

(1) Hospital beds:75.2 per 10,000 population

(2) Hospital doctors:16.14 per 100 beds

(3) Hospital admissions:176.4 per 1,000 population

(4) Inpatient days:2.37 per population

(5) Average length of stay:13.4 days

(6) Occupancy rate:86.4 % of beds

(7) Operating cost per day ingeneral hospitals: DM400.55

(8) Expenditures for inpatientcare per sickness fund member:DM820.30

NOTES: Figures refer to the former West German states only; figures 1 and 3-7 refer to general hospitals, figures 2 and 8 to allinpatient care (for definitions, see text); for figure 2, the 1991 number of doctors was used because this figure was not collectedin 1990; figure 8 refers to about 90 percent of the German population; figures 7 and 8 are in current prices.

SOURCES: Statistisches Bundesamt, Grunddaten der Krankenhauser und Vorsorge-oder Rehabilitationseinrichtungen1990, Fachserie 12, Wiesbaden, 1992; Sachverstandigenrat fur die Konzertierte Aktion im Gesundheitswesen (Baden-Ba-den, Nomos, 1992).

❚ Capital ExpendituresInvestment expenditures by state authorities in1990 totaled DM5,074 million, equaling 0.21 per-cent of gross domestic product (for the formerWest German states only) (table 5-4, column 4)(16). This amount corresponds to about DM80 percapita. Among the 11 former West German states,there was a remarkable variation in capital expen-ditures. In 1990 Schleswig-Holstein spent a lowof DM50 per capita and West Berlin spent a highof DM230 per capita.

10 Breakdowns of these fig-

ures into expenditures for plant and equipment atthe federal level is not available. Capital expendi-tures ranged from 6.9 to 7.7 percent of aggregatehospital expenditures depending on the definitionof hospital expenditures used, and from 1.7 to 2.5percent of national health expenditures, again de-pending on the definition of national health ex-penditures used (table 5-4).

HOSPITAL INDICATORS AND TRENDSEight key hospital indicators are presented at thenational level for 1990 in table 5-6. Because of

10 Figures are rounded and based on the author’s calculations.

data availability, the data refer only to the formerWest German states. Most of the eight indicatorsare applicable to general hospitals, although someare for all types of inpatient care. The number ofbeds, hospital admissions, inpatient days, averagelength of stay, and occupancy rates in Germanhospitals tend to be high in a number of intern-ational comparisons-for example, with othermember states of the European Community andthe United States.11 Comparative analyses of thecost and performance of acute hospital care inGermany, Austria, the Netherlands, France, Swe-den, and the United States generally indicate thatGermany, in spite of ranking high in the numberof beds and inpatient days provided, had very lowhospital costs (in fact, the lowest per inpatientday)—although it has not always reached the toplevel in the quality of care (10).

FUTURE DIRECTIONSTwo major perceived problems with its priorhealth care system contributed to Germany’s re-cent health reform measures in the hospital sector:

11 Similar comarisons of the numbers of physicians per bed, daily hospital rates, and hospital expenditures per insured are difficult to make

because of the lack of directly comparable data.

Page 119: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 5 Hospital Financing in Germany 191

the ever present problem of cost containment andproblems in the regulation of hospital financing.Cost containment became a major political issueby the mid- 1970s in Germany, leading to almost60 cost containment measures incorporated with-in eight health reform acts in the past two decades;this figure does not even include the HSA legisla-tion (17). Many of the interventions worked forsome time and in the aggregate contained growthin health expenditures to some extent. Yet they didnot completely control costs, nor did they achievea rationally regulated system of health care financ-ing. Like the other health care sectors, the hospitalsector has been the target of cost containmentmeasures—but it is not the chief culprit as issometimes claimed. The OECD reports a moder-ate 0.9 percentage point rise in hospitals’ share innational health expenditures from 1970 to 1990(14).

Following a steep rise in health care expendi-tures, in contrast to prior cost containment acts,the Health Sector Act of 1993 began tackling thebasic structure of the health care system, includingthe role of hospitals and their financing. The mainproblems with Germany’s system of hospital fi-nancing have been as follows:

■ The daily rate for operating charges is too rougha definition of the services that hospitals deliv-er. New payment units were introduced in 1985but have not yet played a major role in hospitalfinancing.

■ The full-cost reimbursement principle for oper-ating expenses was formally abandoned in1985 but continued to be the financing promisefor hospitals that indicate efficient operation.

■ A two-tier system splits responsibility betweenthose who determine the capacities of the hos-pital system and those who are responsible forits operation and financing. This problem wastackled with little success in 1985.

The Health Sector Act of 1993 has addressedall three of the foregoing problems. It tightened

the budgeting process, linked hospital budget up-dates to sickness fund income growth, and workedtoward the full abandonment of hospital cost re-imbursement. It has also set forth a major plan toexpand performance-related financing of operat-ing costs by introducing more greatly differen-tiated payment units. Finally, it has further tomdown the borders between the financing of operat-ing costs and capital expenditures, aiming at fullintegration in the future. (The historical develop-ment of hospital financing and its major changesare summarized in table 5-7.)

Because the Health Sector Act was enactedonly recently and because it contains detailedplans for future changes, its full implementationand effects are not yet clear. Evaluation will not beeasy. There are several payment components forhospital costs, with different groups deciding onprice and quantity levels; substitution may occurbetween various payment components; and differ-ent time paths have been set for further develop-ment of the various components. It will be diffi-cult to assess the separate impact of variousregulations on changes in the growth rate of hospi-tal expenditures and on the efficiency, quality, andavailability of hospital care.

Recognizing these problems, anew federal actaddressing the financing of hospital operatingcosts requires that the new system be evaluated bya scientific working group at least over the nextthree years. The results will be discussed by an ad-visory committee composed of all major actors inhospital care delivery, planning, and financing.

The Health Sector Act has brought about fun-damental innovations in hospital financing policyin Germany. It has not only altered the existingrules of the system but has also explicitlyintroduced an ongoing process of change. Be-cause the financing rules are defined for certaintime periods, future adaptation, evaluation, recon-sideration, and further elaboration will be inevita-ble elements of the process.

Page 120: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

I

92 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Payment unit,product definitions Budgeting philosophy Overall financing design

1972

1985

1993

1995 andbeyond

(1)

(1)(2)(3)

(l-2)(3)(4)(5)(6)

(1)(2)(3-4)(5-6)(7).

Daily rate

ContinuedSome departmental ratesSome special fees

ContinuedExpandedSome case-based ratesOutpatient lump sumsFees for outpatient surgery

AbandonedDepartmental rates only

Full-cost reimbursement (1)

Flexible budgeting equal (1)to the cost of an efficiently (II)operating hospital

Fixed budget capped by (1)employee wage and salary (II)growth

Performance-related pay, andflexible budget constrained by

ExpandedContinued

employee wage and salary growth

Base rate for hotel services

Two-tier system for operatingand capital expenses

ContinuedOption to finance cost-savinginvestments via operatingcharges

ContinuedExpanded to include the optionto partially finance investmentsvia operating charges

Approaching single financingsystem

NOTE: All budgeting concepts exclude earnings of hospital physicians for services provided to private patients and revenues from hotel-type ser-vices extra-billed by hospitals

SOURCE. R. Leidl, 1994.

REFERENCES1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Achner, S., “Umsetzung der BPflV 1995,”Das Krankenhaus 8:354-356, 1994.Bruckenberger, E., “Von der Landerkompe-tenz zum ‘Einkaufsmodell’ der Krankenkas-sen,” Das Krankenhaus 2:77-85, 1993.Bundesminister fur Arbeit und Sozialord-nung, Erfahrungsbericht uber die Auswirkun-gen der Krankenhaus-Neuordnung 1984,Bonn, 1989.Bundesministerium fur Gesundheit, Statis-tisches Taschenbuch Gesundheit, Bonn, De-zember, 1992.Bundesrat, GesetzesbeschluB des DeutschenBundestages: Gesetz zur Sicherung undStrukturverbesserung der GesetzlichenKrankenversicherung (Gesundheits-Struk-turgesetz), Drucksache 856/92, 9,12, 1992.“Erste Anderungsverordnung zur BPflV1995,” Das Krankenhaus (editorial) 6:241,1994.Federal Office of Statistics, personal commu-nication, August 1993.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

Gesamtverband der deutschen Versicherung-swirtschaft, Die deutsche Versicherung-swirtschaft, Jahrbuch 1994, Bonn.Henke, K., Funktionsweise und Steuerung-swirksamkeit der Konzertierten Aktion imGesundheitswesen, in G. Gafgen (cd) Neo-korporatismus und Gesundheitswesen (Ba-den-Baden: 113-157, 1988).Huber, M., Kose, A., and Schneider, M.,Wirtschaftlichkeit und Leistungsniveau deut-scher Krankenhauser im internationalenVergleich, BASYS Beratungsgesellschaft furAngewandte Systemforschung mbH, Augs-burg, 1993.Leidl R, “The Hospital Financing System ofthe Federal Republic of Germany,” EffectiveHealth Care 1(3):133-142, 1983.Muller, W., “Ausgaben fur Gesundheit 1990,”Wirtschaft und Statistik 8:538-544, 1992.Muller, H., “Das Gesundheitsstrukturgesetzund seine Auswirkungen auf das Kranken-haus,” Krankenhausumschau, Januar:13-22,1993.

Page 121: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 5 Hospital Financing in Germany | 93

14. Organisation for Economic Cooperation andDevelopment, OECD Health Data File, 1993.

15. Prößdorf, Krankenhauswesen, in Bachmannet al. (eds.) Das Grüne Gehirn. Der Arzt desöffentlichen Gesundheitswesens. 6. Ergänzung.Schulz Verlag, 1990.

16. Sachverständigenrat für die Konzertierte Ak-tion im Gesundheitswesen (Baden-Baden,Nomos, 1992).

17. Schneider, M., “Health Care Cost Contain-ment in the Federal Republic of Germany,”Health Care Financing Review, 12(3):87-101,Spring 1991.

18. Schwefel, D., and Leidl, R., Bedarfsplanungund Selbstregulierung der Beteiligten imKrankenhauswesen, in G. Gäfgen (ed.), Neo-korporatismus und Gesundheitswesen (Ba-den-Baden: 187-207, 1988).

19. “Sonderheft Bundespflegesatzverordnung,”Krankenhausumschau, July suppl., 1994.

20. Statistisches Bundesamt, Grunddaten derKrankenhäuser und Vorsorge-oder Rehabi-litationseinrichtungen 1990, Fachserie 12,Wiesbaden, 1992.

21. Statistisches Bundesamt, KostennachweiseKrankenhäuser 1990, Fachserie 12, Wiesba-den, 1992.

Page 122: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

HospitalFinancing

in theNetherlands

by J.A.M. Maarse

s in other industrialized countries, the health care sectoris an important element of the Netherlands’ economy. Asa share of gross domestic product (GDP), national healthexpenditures in the Netherlands rose from 6 percent in

1970 to 8.2 percent in 1980 (23). The growth rate slowed in the1980s; by 1991, national health expenditures accounted for only aslightly higher share of GDP at 8.3 percent.1 Health care expendi-tures grew by a cumulative increase of 185 percent from 1970 to1981 but by a cumulative increase of only 51 percent from 1981 to1991 (2). The importance of health care to the Dutch economy isalso illustrated by the fact that health care employment accountedfor over one-tenth of total employment in 1991, and investmentsin the health care sector amounted to 8.4 percent of total invest-ments in the economy (18).

Despite the relatively constant ratio of national health expendi-tures to GDP over the past few years, major reforms of the Dutchhealth care system initiated in the late 1980s arguably belong tothe most radical planned so far for the 1990s in any OECD coun-try (4,22,24). The main objective of the reforms (which are basedon a report of the so-called Dekker Committee, Willingness toChange) (4) was to combine a national health insurance systemwith managed competition to improve efficiency and achievemore effective cost containment. Currently, however, there issubstantial uncertainty about the future of the Netherlands’ re-

1 In some publications a higher percentage is found. For example, the Financial Re-port on Health (Financieel Overzicht Zorg), annually published by the Ministry of Health,mentions a figure of 9.8 percent for 1991 (16). This percentage, however, includes a num-ber of health-related social expenses and, for that reason, should be used carefully in in-ternational comparisons.

| 95

Page 123: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

96 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

form process. The stepwise implementation of theDekker Committee reforms has stopped becauseof increasing doubts about the ability of managedcompetition to contain costs and because of strongopposition from some interest groups. The newgovernment that took office in August 1994 hasrejected the approach of implementing major re-forms to the system, preferring to change its healthcare system on an incremental basis. Therefore, itis not clear which of the Dekker Committee re-forms will be adopted in the future. This chapterpresents changes to the system that have occurredand discusses several possible future scenarios.

Prior to the reforms, the Dutch system had (andstill has, until or if the reforms are fully imple-mented) two important social health insuranceschemes. The first, the sickness fund scheme,which came into force in 1965-66, provides man-datory health insurance to people earning less thana given income and is administered by indepen-dent, nonprofit sickness funds. It covers basichealth services, which include the services of gen-eral practitioners and specialists, ambulatory andoutpatient care, and acute hospital care. Thescheme is financed by income-dependent con-tributions from employers and employees (i.e.,payroll taxes), determined annually by the centralgovernment. In 1991 about 61 percent of the pop-ulation was enrolled in the sickness fund scheme.

People who earn more than the income ceilingare not entitled to join a sickness fund. Most ofthese people voluntarily enroll in a private healthinsurance plan and pay risk-related premiums.The income ceiling explains why the Netherlandshas the highest percentage of any national popula-tion within the European Community (39 percent)with private health insurance for basic health ser-vices. This share is still relatively small, however,compared with the share of the U.S. populationthat is covered through employer-based privatehealth insurance. Private insurers in the Nether-lands offer the same basic benefit package as the

sickness funds, but they are more flexible with re-spect to copayment rates and amenities (e.g., cov-erage of private hospital rooms). These arrange-ments, combined with different risk structures ofinsurance plans, has led to considerable variationin private health insurance premiums. Privatehealth insurers are not allowed to terminate insur-ance coverage for high-risk subscribers.

The private health insurance industry has acomplicated structure. Private health insurers canoperate on a for-profit or not-for-profit basis. Ad-ditionally, sickness funds have collectively orga-nized their own private health insurance plans toretain subscribers who pass the income ceiling setfor the sickness fund scheme. Private insurers mayalso offer other kinds of insurance besides healthcoverage to subscribers. In contrast to the sicknessfunds that traditionally were regionally organizedwith almost no competition among them (i.e.,most have been regional monopolies), privatehealth insurers have operated nationwide in acompetitive market. Since 1994, however, sick-ness funds have been allowed to operate nation-wide to stimulate competition between sicknessfunds and private health insurers (13).

The second important type of health insurancein the Netherlands is the exceptional medical ex-penses scheme established in 1968, which is na-tional in scope. The entire population, irrespectiveof income status, is compulsorily insured throughthis system, which is financed primarily from in-come-related contributions (22).2 Originally itcovered long-term or chronic care (e.g., nursinghomes, psychiatric hospitals, care for the mentallyhandicapped), but as part of the health care reformprocess, the scheme now also provides somebenefits (e.g., pharmaceuticals) formerly coveredby the basic sickness fund scheme or privatehealth insurance. The administration of long-termbenefits is handled by the individual’s insurer forbasic services (22).

2The exceptional medical expenses scheme also partially funds social services. The whole population is eligible for social services, whichincludes domiciliary care and old peoples’ homes. These services are financed by the exceptional medical expenses fund, general taxation, andpatient out-of-pocket payments (22).

Page 124: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands | 97

Health care funding is derived from severalsources. In 1991, almost two-thirds (64.2 percent)of health expenditures were paid by the social in-surance sickness funds, 16.4 percent came fromprivate health insurance (which includes the sepa-rate system for civil servants), 10.3 percent werepaid from general tax revenues, and the remaining9.1 percent was paid directly by patients out-of-pocket. (The greater part of patient payments arecontributions for the “hotel” costs of long-termcare facilities.)

One of the cornerstones of the health reformprocess in the Netherlands is the introduction of acompulsory, unified basic health insurancescheme for people of all income levels designed toeventually replace both the sickness fund and ex-ceptional medical expenses schemes. Accordingto the Dekker Committee, basic insurance wouldcover the bulk of health and social services, per-haps accounting for as much as 85 percent of ex-penditures on these services, but there has alwaysbeen considerable political discussion about thispercentage (26). Health services not covered bythe basic insurance scheme (e.g., some drugs, den-tal care for adults, cosmetic surgery (22)) could becovered by voluntary supplemental health insur-ance. Health insurers would decide the premiumsfor these supplemental services.

Sickness funds and private health insurers willadminister the new scheme and the traditionalboundaries between them will probably be elimi-nated. The basic health insurance scheme is to bepartially financed by means of income-dependentcontributions determined by the national govern-ment and paid into a central fund (tentatively esti-mated to cover 85 percent of health expenditures)and partially by competitive flat-rate premiumspaid directly by individuals to insurers (the other15 percent) (22). The central fund, in turn, will paya risk-related premium to the insurer (either a pri-vate carrier or a sickness fund) chosen by an indi-vidual. Insurers would have an incentive to keepflat-rate premiums low (which could differ amonginsurers) and the quality of care high to attractconsumers (25).

The competitive process envisaged for thehealth insurance market will be managed by gov-

ernment regulation to counteract possible nega-tive effects of free-market competition (6). Gov-ernment regulation strictly precludes adverseselection, although there are doubts about the ef-fectiveness of this regulation (27). Sickness fundswill no longer be required to contract with all pro-viders; all insurers will be free to contract with themost efficient providers of care (22).

To date, implementation of the managed com-petition health reforms is still not complete be-cause of political obstacles and many uncertain-ties about the reforms’ potential to contain healthcare costs. Several major policy issues still need tobe resolved including the following:

� the relative shares of income-dependent con-tributions versus flat-rate premiums for financ-ing the basic health insurance scheme,

� which health services should be coveredthrough supplemental instead of basic healthinsurance, and

� the development of a system of risk-adjustedpayments from the central fund to the health in-surance agencies that administer the basichealth insurance scheme (9,13).

STRUCTURE OF THE HOSPITAL SECTORHospital care in the Netherlands is delivered pri-marily by private, nonprofit, voluntary institu-tions. Most former public hospitals (which wereoften owned by local governments) have beentransformed into private entities. Usually, thepublic proprietor has only formal authority to ap-point the members of the hospital board. About 15percent of acute care hospitals are still public (22).For-profit hospitals were prohibited in 1971 bythe Hospital Facilities Act (Wet Ziekenhuisvoor-zieningen). (Although most hospitals are nonprof-it institutions, they can earn surplus revenues.) Inaddition, the Sickness Fund Act (Ziekenfondswet)and the Exceptional Medical Expenses Act (Alge-mene Wet Bijzondere Ziektekosten) prohibit reim-bursement of health services provided by for-prof-it health centers or private clinics.

Acute hospitals can be divided into three cate-gories: general, academic, and special hospitals.General hospitals accounted for almost three-

Page 125: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

98 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

fourths of all acute care hospitals in 1990. Special(or categorical) hospitals (about 22 percent ofacute hospitals) perform only a limited number ofmedical functions directed at a single category ofpatients. Examples of services offered by specialhospitals include asthma treatment, pediatric care,rehabilitation, and epilepsy treatment. Academichospitals (about 5 percent of acute hospitals) arebest understood as quasi-public entities. The Min-ister of Education appoints the members of theboard, and employees have the status of publicservants. Academic hospitals receive supplemen-tal funds from the Ministry of Education for teach-ing and research activities.

PHYSICIANSAcute care hospitals are the domain of medicalspecialists. Organized in small professional units,specialists deliver inpatient and ambulatory careand daycare within hospitals. Only a small groupof hospital physicians, such as ophthalmologists,psychiatrists, plastic surgeons, and orthopedicsurgeons, practice part-time outside of a hospital.This may change in the near future, however, asthe number of freestanding ambulatory care cen-ters increases.

The majority of medical specialists are paid ona fee-for-service basis. Although the exact numberof medical specialists who receive fees for ser-vices is not available, a rough indication is that in1986 about 63 percent of all registered specialistsworked on a fee-for-service basis. Unlike the in-comes of salaried specialists, their earnings arenot included in a hospital’s budget. Fee-for-ser-vice specialists often pay the hospital in whichthey work for the use of certain facilities (e.g., per-sonnel in the outpatient setting, supporting physi-cians, space). Not much is known about these ar-rangements.

Fees for specialist care are determined in ne-gotiations among the National Association ofSickness Funds (Vereniging van Nederlandse Zie-kenfondsen), the National Association of Private

Health Insurers (Kontaktorgaan Landelijke Orga-nisatie van Ziektekostenverzekeraars), and theNational Association of Medical Specialists (Lan-delijke Specialisten Vereniging). Negotiated feesrequire approval by the Central Agency for HealthCare Tariffs (COTG) (see the discussion of hospi-tal operating costs). If the parties do not reach anagreement, the COTG is authorized to establishfees unilaterally. According to the Health CareTariffs Act, the Minister of Health may give bind-ing instructions to the COTG for specialists’ fees(10).

A continuing inefficiency in Dutch health careis that specialists’ compensation is often very gen-erous. Since the end of the 1970s, expenditures forspecialist care have been a source of great concernand several initiatives to reduce them have not hadmuch success. In 1984 the Ministry of Health andthe National Association of Medical Specialistsnegotiated an agreement that in part extended thepractice of reducing fees when specialists over-provided services. Implementation of the agree-ment was a great failure, however, because in partit was impossible to detect when individual spe-cialists overprovided services and there was noexplicit expenditure target in place.

Patient cost sharing was introduced in 1988 as ameans of curbing the costs of specialist care. Sick-ness fund patients were required to pay out-of-pocket Dfl25 when visiting a medical specialist.3

Heavy criticism of this requirement (which wasechoed by critics in the parliament) brought anearly end to this practice (10).

An interesting development took place in 1989when a Five-Parties Agreement (Vijf Partijen Ac-coord, or VPA) was negotiated among the Nation-al Association of Sickness Funds, the NationalAssociation of Private Health Insurers, the Na-tional Association of Civil Servants Health Insur-ance, the National Association of Medical Spe-cialists, and the National Hospital Association.The VPA is a good example of self-regulation: theMinistry of Health did not act as a formal partici-

3The exchange rate in January 1994 was approximately $US.0PENDIXES52 to Dfl1.00.

Page 126: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands 199

pant in the negotiations but merely approved theresults. The VPA had important repercussions forspecialists’ fees. First, the 1989 level of expendi-tures was accepted as an expenditure target forspecialist care for the 1990 to 1992 period. If thetarget were exceeded, fees would be retrospective-ly reduced to compensate for the difference be-tween target and actual expenditures. A secondpart of the agreement further equalized fees paidby the sickness funds and private health insurers.(Private insurance fees had always been muchmore generous than sickness fund fees.) Third,fees were restructured to reduce the income in-equality among different medical specialties. Feesfor some specialties were lowered (e.g., cardiacsurgical fees were reduced by 30 percent, cardiol-ogy fees by 12.5 percent, and radiodiagnosticsfees by 15 percent), and fees for other specialtieswere raised (e.g., pediatrics fees were increased by10 percent, and psychiatry and rehabilitation feesby 25 percent) (10).

Not surprisingly, specialists who lost incomeunder the agreement heavily opposed the VPA.Some blamed the National Association of Medi-cal Specialists for the poor bargaining outcomeand founded their own association (NederlandseSpecialisten Federate). At the other end of thespectrum, another association (Netherlandse Spe-cialisten Genootschap) was formed that criticizedthe National Association of Medical Specialistsfor its exaggerated attention to earnings and itslack of attention to the quality of care.

Aggregate expenditures for fee-for-service spe-cialist care increased moderately in the 1980s(table 6-l). The ratio of expenditures for specialistcare to expenditures for general and special hospi-

Year Percentage increase overthe previous year

1 9 8 21 9 8 31 9 8 41 9 8 51 9 8 61 9 8 71 9 8 81 9 8 91 9 9 01991

8.03.80.2

3.2

4.31 . 82.13.85.8

1 0 . 5

NOTE Expenditures for dental specialists (orthodontists) are includedin the figures.

SOURCE Ministry of Health, Financial Report on Health (The Hague.Ministry of Health, various years).

tals rose only slightly during the past decade, from21.2 percent in 1983 to 22.4 percent in 1991 (table6-2). Nevertheless, government goals with re-spect to specialist care were not achieved; forinstance, from 1986 to 1987, expenditures for spe-cialist care exceeded government goals by aboutDf1100 million. In addition, spending on special-ist care has been escalating since 1989 (table 6-l).The Ministry of Health estimated that outlaysexceeded the target by Dfl174 million in 1990 andDf1360 million in 1992, although these amountswere disputed by the National Association ofMedical Specialists.

There are several possible explanations for thefailure of expenditure targets. The number of med-ical specialists has increased and the demand forhealth services continues to expand. Also, be-

Millions of Dfl 1 9 8 3 1 9 9 1 Change ( in percent)

General, special, academic (A) 11,608 14,151 27.9General and special (B) 8,882 11,064 24.6Fee-for-service medical specialists (C) 1,887 2,47 31.2

Total hospital expenditures (THE) (A+C) 12,995 16,528 27.2Share of THE in national health expenditures (%) 33.5 31.3 -2,2Share of THE in gross domestic product (%) 3 . 4 3.1 -0.3

SOURCE: Ministry of Health, Financial Report on Health (The Hague Ministry of Health, various years)

Page 127: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

100 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

cause the provision of services by other physi-cians affects an individual physician’s income un-der an expenditure target if that target is exceeded,each physician has an incentive to provide moreservices to counteract anticipated declines in in-come from retrospectively reduced fees.

As a result of these and other factors, expendi-tures for fee-for-service specialist care have risenrapidly in recent years and are likely to continue todo so in the future if nothing changes. Downwardadjustments of fees in reaction to target overrunshave led to fierce reactions among specialists,who argue that the overruns are caused mainly bythe increasing demand for health services. Thisappears in part to be a false argument, however,because the growth of the population and the shareof the elderly in the population have not acceler-ated since 1989, and it is unlikely that medicaltechnological innovations spurred demand to theextent that specialist care expenditures have risen(12).

HOSPITAL OPERATING COSTS

❚ Financing ModelFunding of hospital operating costs can best beconceptualized as a two-level decisionmakingprocess. At the national level, the policy issue isthe share of the country’s total health care re-sources that should be spent on hospital care. Atthe local level, decisions must be made about theamount of financial resources allocated to individ-ual hospitals during the year.

Aggregate Hospital BudgetThe national government decides the total amountof funds available to fund hospital services. Sincethe 1970s, the Ministry of Health’s annual Finan-cial Report on Health (Financiceel OverzichtZorg) has presented an evaluation of past spend-ing on health care and statements about futurespending (8). Initially, those statements weremerely projections of health outlays; however,over the past decade, they have evolved from ex-penditure projections to expenditure targets thathave not used coercive instruments to achieve

spending goals, and ultimately to expenditurelimits that are accompanied by coercive instru-ments to ensure that the limits are not exceeded.The most frequently used instrument is the reduc-tion of aggregate hospital funds in the followingyear to offset cost overruns in the previous year.The Financial Report on Health has therefore be-come an important policy document.

Decisions on the aggregate hospital budget arepolitical and largely dictated by a policy of bud-getary restraint that has affected all sectors of pub-lic spending since the end of the 1970s. Cost con-tainment and expenditure cuts have becometop-priority themes in public policy. Hospitalswere accustomed to rapid growth of funds prior tothe 1980s but have been confronted with increas-ingly scarce financial resources.

Individual Hospital BudgetsAt the local level, the 1980s saw several majorchanges in hospital funding. The most radicalchange occurred in 1983 when the traditional hos-pital funding scheme was replaced by a newscheme called hospital budgeting.

The Legal FrameworkPrior to 1983, payment of hospital services wasregulated by the Hospital Tariffs Act (Wet Zieken-huistarieven). The act, enacted in 1965, was a typ-ical product of the 1960s when neo-corporatist(i.e., self-regulatory) arrangements were popularin policymaking. Decisions on hospital fundingwere dominated by the Central Agency for Hospi-tal Tariffs (Centraal Orgaan Ziekenhuistarievenor COZ), in which representatives of the nationalhospital and sickness fund associations played animportant role. The COZ was responsible for de-veloping policy guidelines for hospital reimburse-ment. Those guidelines resulted from negoti-ations between representatives of the hospitals,which wanted generous reimbursement levels,and representatives of the sickness funds, whichwanted to pay less. The COZ also approved eachhospital’s annual budget estimate, which often re-quired an intensive, line-by-line screening proce-dure. The Ministry of Health’s authority in thisprocess was limited (8).

Page 128: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands | 101

Beginning in 1982, hospital payment changedunder the Health Care Tariffs Act, which created amore integrated decisionmaking structure for hos-pital rates and strengthened the national govern-ment’s influence over hospital financing. The newact introduced a Central Agency for Health CareTariffs (Centraal Orgaan Tarieven Gezondheids-zorg, or COTG). The structure of this agency wasa political compromise between the government,which wanted more authority, and the representa-tive organizations, which had a strong lobby in theparliament and did not want to abandon their in-fluence. The COTG is a quasi-nongovernmentalbody that performs four main tasks:

� developing policy guidelines,� reviewing and approving rate proposals,� giving advice to the Minister of Health on rate

affairs, and� providing arbitration in case of conflicts during

rate negotiations.

The Ministry of Health has strengthened its for-mal position in several ways. First, the Minister ofHealth appoints the members of the COTG boardbased on consultations with the national associa-tions of employers, employees, health insurers,and health care providers. Several committees(kamers) operate within the COTG; their mem-bers are representatives of the national associa-tions. Second and more importantly, the lawgrants the Minister of Health the formal authorityto give the COTG binding instructions on the de-velopment of policy guidelines. These instruc-tions limit the room for negotiations within theCOTG and its committees. (The introduction ofhospital budgeting in 1983 was based on such aninstruction.) Finally, the Minister has the author-ity to approve COTG rate guidelines (10).

Introduction of Hospital BudgetingPrior to 1983 each hospital prepared an annualbudget estimate that was required to take accountof COZ guidelines, which regulated allowablehospital costs that could be funded. There weredozens of guidelines, including the maximumamount of spending per patient-day for nursingstaff for hospitals of different sizes; the maximum

number of occupied beds per nurse; the maximumnumber of administrators per 100 occupied beds;and the estimated life and annual depreciation ofeach class of equipment and building (8). Thebudget estimate was screened by the local sick-ness fund and required formal approval from theCOZ.

Per diem charges operated as the main unit ofpayment for sickness funds and private health in-surers. Per diem charges were calculated by firstsubtracting from the approved hospital budgetthose projected revenues from outpatient care andother services for which health insurers werecharged separately (nevenopbrengsten) and thenby dividing the remaining part of the budget by theprojected number of patient days.

This traditional funding scheme was open en-ded because the COZ guidelines did not controlthe volume of hospital services. Guidelines man-dating the maximum number of personnel to pa-tient-days or occupied beds had a perverse effect,giving hospitals an incentive to provide a high lev-el of services to prevent financial deficits and toachieve the growth considered necessary for high-quality care. The funding scheme was also openended in other ways. In case of hospital deficits,temporary surcharges on the per diem rates wereoften approved.

Two major handicaps of the hospital fundingscheme were that it did not have strong cost con-tainment incentives and it did not encourage hos-pitals to provide services more efficiently. Policy-makers believed that the scheme had contributedconsiderably to the escalating growth in hospitalservices and expenditures. Another problem wasthe labyrinth of COZ regulations, which stronglyrestricted the autonomy of hospitals.

The introduction in 1983 of a new fundingscheme called hospital budgeting (with per diemcharges maintained as the primary payment unit)meant that each hospital received an annual pro-spectively fixed budget under which most of itsexpenses had to be covered. Interest and depreci-ation expenses largely remained subject to full re-imbursement (after recalculation), however, be-cause they vary widely among hospitals.

Page 129: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

102 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Additionally, hospital budgets did not includefees paid to medical specialists as a political com-promise to encourage specialists to accept hospi-tal budgeting. The National Association of Medi-cal Specialists effectively prohibited the incomesof their members from becoming part of hospitalbudgets, fearing that such an arrangement mightrestrict their professional autonomy and reducetheir incomes. This exception has resulted inmany managerial problems and is a continuingsource of criticism and reform discussions. Themajor complaint of hospital managers has beenthat effective cost containment in hospitals cannotbe achieved as long as physician fee-for-servicepayment remains outside of the budget and, there-fore, outside the control of hospital management.

Hospital budgeting severed the traditional linkbetween the provision of services and revenues.Because the new funding scheme was designed toimprove efficiency, if a hospital spent less than itsbudget, it could add the surplus to its reserves.Hospitals were held responsible for deficits, how-ever. Budget adjustments to relieve financialproblems were no longer allowed.

Hospital budgeting also enhanced the decision-making autonomy of hospitals by eliminating manyCOZ guidelines that were no longer needed undera fixed budget. The National Hospital Associationsupported the adoption of the new budgeting sys-tem in exchange for greater autonomy.

From Historical to Functional BudgetingA problem in any budgeting system is how to de-termine the initial budget level and subsequentbudget increases for individual hospitals. Whenhospital budgeting was introduced in 1983, thepragmatic approach of “historical budgeting” waschosen. Each hospital received funds equal to its1982 level of expenses plus an adjustment for gen-

eral inflation and wage increases. In 1983 the gov-ernment also approved a 0.5 percent increase inaggregate hospital budgets, but funds were re-duced in 1985 and 1986.

Historical budgeting made rapid adoption ofhospital budgeting feasible and prevented majorfunding shifts among hospitals. It also createdproblems, however. Hospitals with relatively lowexpenses in 1982 claimed that historical budget-ing punished efficient hospitals and rewarded in-efficient ones—a claim that has been justified byempirical research (11,14). Historical budgetingwas also inflexible. Budgeted amounts did not re-flect changes in the workload of hospitals, and ad-justing budgets to changes in hospital capacity(e.g., beds and medical specialists) also proveddifficult because of the absence of clear guidelines.

After some interim steps to address these prob-lems, functional budgeting for general hospitalswas implemented in 1988.4 Functional budgetingrests on a normative allocation model under whichthe primary goal is to provide equal budgets tohospitals that perform the same tasks or functions.To achieve this, the functional budgeting schemehas three budget components: availability, capac-ity, and production (or service volume). The avail-ability component part of a hospital’s budget is de-termined by the size of the population residing inthe hospital’s clinical catchment area. The capac-ity component’s share is determined by the num-ber of authorized beds and medical specialistunits.5 The production component’s share is es-tablished in annual negotiations between the hos-pital’s management and sickness funds and pri-vate health insurers regarding the projectedvolume of services to be provided to the sicknessfunds’ or insurers’ members (but they do not ne-gotiate the prices for these services, which are setby the COTG). Production (volume) contracts are

4 Funding of special and academic hospitals differs in some respects from the funding scheme for general hospitals (see box 6-2).5 Under the Hospital Facilities Act, hospitals need a certificate of need (CON) for each bed and medical specialist unit to receive social health

insurance payments for these facilities (Wet Ziekenhuisvoorzieninger).

Page 130: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands | 103

negotiated for the expected number of hospital ad-missions, inpatient days, outpatient visits, anddaycare visits.6 Additional contracts are requiredfor some specific high-cost treatments, such ascardiac surgery or renal dialysis (these paymentrates are also determined by the COTG) (see box6-1 and table 6-B1).

The availability component averaged 15 per-cent of hospitals’ budgets in 1992, the capacitycomponent averaged 34 percent, and the produc-tion component averaged 48 percent. The remain-ing 3 percent was for specific high-cost treatments(18).

The availability and capacity components aredesigned to cover the fixed portion of a hospital’soperating costs, and the production component isdesigned to cover the variable portion. Productioncontracts act as an instrument for adapting a hospi-tal’s funding to changes in demand for its services,making the budgeting scheme more flexible. Pro-duction contracts have also increased the role ofhealth insurers in the budgeting process, whichwas marginal under historical budgeting, and havemade the process more decentralized.

The transition from historical to functionalbudgeting was accompanied by major fundingshifts among hospitals. The difference between ahospital’s historical and functional budget can ei-ther be positive, indicating that the hospital wasunderfunded under historical budgeting, or nega-tive, indicating that it was overfunded accordingto the normative allocation model that underpinsthe functional budgeting scheme. These realloca-tions may be substantial; for example, if function-al budgeting had been introduced immediatelyand not in increments, 14 hospitals would havefaced a negative reallocation of more than 8 per-cent and 20 hospitals a positive reallocation ofmore than 8 percent (1). To dampen these effects, aphase-in period required that a hospital’s budget

could be adjusted by at most +2 or -2 percent of itsbudget from the previous year.

The introduction of a production componenthas made the budgeting scheme more open endedthan historical budgeting. The historical budget-ing scheme was more or less a closed system, en-abling the Minister of Health to impose a cap onaggregate hospital expenditures. The Health Min-istry, however, cannot effectively control the vol-ume of production contracts. Production contract-ing means that the Ministry can only issueexpenditure targets for a specific year. If total ex-penditures are higher than the target for a givenyear, expenditure cuts in subsequent years areneeded to compensate for these overruns.

Hospital ChargesThe determination of a hospital’s budget is differ-ent from the way in which hospitals get paid. Hos-pitals receive most of their funds (85 percent in1992) through per diem charges for inpatient care.Per diem charges are determined by subtractingoutpatient services (e.g., outpatient visits, daycarevisits, outpatient ancillary services) from the hos-pital’s budgeted amount (consisting of the avail-ability, capacity, and negotiated production com-ponents). The net budget is divided by thecontracted number of inpatient days, which areweighted by the class of hospital accommodationscontracted for (classes usually refer to a privateversus a double room) to arrive at the hospital’sper diem charge.

Since the beginning of hospital budgeting, hos-pitals have continued to charge insurers separatelyfor outpatient activities. With respect to inpatientservices, each hospital has developed its ownpolicy as to whether it charges insurers an all-in-clusive per diem rate (i.e., the costs of surgery andancillary services are included within the per diemcharge) or charges insurers separately for each of

6 A daycare visit is one in which a patient undergoes minor surgery or other minor treatment in a hospital. After treatment, the patient muststay in the hospital for several hours for recovery and monitoring. The patient does not stay overnight in the hospital, however. An outpatientvisit is one in which a patient sees a specialist, receives diagnostic services (e.g., x-rays, echograms, lab tests), or even has minor surgery (e.g., avasectomy) but leaves the hospital directly after receiving the services.

Page 131: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

1041 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

The table below illustrates the practice of functional budgeting for a hypothetical Dutch general hos-pital, The hospital’s scores for the various budget parameters (column 3) are multiplied by the corre-sponding COTG-approved rates (column 2) to arrive at the amount of funds to be budgeted for eachbudget component (column 4). Rates applied to the availability (a) and bed capacity (b) componentsare the same for all hospitals. Rates applied to the medical specialization units (c) vary according to thetype of specialty and depend on the estimated average utilization of hospital resources for that special-ty (for instance, a higher rate is assigned to cardiac surgery than to pediatrics). The rates of the pro-

duction items (d through h) depend on the size of the hospital, with a larger hospital receiving a higherrate than a smaller facility. This arrangement is justified by the argument that larger hospitals often per-form more difficult and expensive treatments than smaller hospitals.

Interest and depreciation expenses (i) are subject to retrospective reimbursement because theseexpenses vary widely among hospitals, which makes it difficult to develop general policy guidelines forpayment. Hospitals receive a normative budget for investments in medical and other equipment (j).Hospitals also receive a normative budget for the number of salaried physicians in the hospital (k).Table 6-3 also shows that the revenues of hospital physicians who are paid on a fee-for-service basisare not included in the hospital’s budget. The reallocation amount of the hospital’s budget (1) dependson whether the hospital was underfunded or overfunded under historical budgeting. The hospital budg-et may contain several fixed amounts for specific activities (m) (e.g., a budget for the treatment of AIDSpatients or for the utilization of high-cost pharmaceuticals, such as erythropoietin).

TABLE 6-B1: Determination of the Hypothetical Budget of a Hospital, 1988

Budget parameters Rate (Dfl) Score Budget component(1) (2) (3) (4)

a. Catchment area (persons) 1 3 0 7 8 , 0 0 0 10,140,000

b. Beds 11,000 3 5 0 3,850,000

c. Specialist units (average) 350,000 3 5 12,250,000

d. Admissions 9 0 0 7,500 6,750,000

e. Inpatient days 4 5 89,500 4,027,500

f. Outpatient visits 1 1 5 28,000 3,220,000

g. Daycare visits 1 1 5 3 , 5 0 0 402,500

h. High-cost treatments P M

i. interest/depreciation P M

j Budget for investments in equipment PM

k. Budget for salaried physicians PM

1. Reallocation amount P M

m. Other PM

Total Hospital Budget 40,640,000 + PM—NOTE PM= Pro memori: terms for which no figures have been given in the example

SOURCE: Budget parameters and rates are from Centraal Orgaan Tarieven Gezondheldszorg (COTG), Annual Report (Jaarverslag),1990; scores and the resulting budget components are hypothetical and were provided by the author (J.A.M. Maarse, 1994)

Page 132: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands 1105

Special hospitals have been subject to historical budgeting since 1983. The development of a nor-mative scheme, however, does not make as much sense for special hospitals as for general hospitals

as most special hospitals are not comparable with each other; for example, there is only one hospital forophthalmological diseases. Nevertheless, a budgeting system somewhat similar to the functional budg-eting scheme for general hospitals has been used for special hospitals. In 1985, production contractswith health insurers were introduced; as with general hospitals, such contracts have increasingly deter-mined a larger proportion of a hospital’s budgeted amount. Additionally, the COTG has used some ele-ments of the functional budgeting scheme for general hospitals to determine allowable reimbursable

costs for special hospitals. Finally, patient per diem charges are used as the primary unit of payment.Arrangements for financing capital investments for special hospitals are similar to those for general

hospitals. After government approval, interest and depreciation payments are covered through perdiem charges. Special hospitals are also subject to Article 18 regulation.

Funding for academic hospitals differs in many respects from the funding of general hospitals. Tobegin with, academic hospitals receive a budget from the Ministry of Education for teaching and re-search activities. In 1991 this budget amounted to 25 percent of the total budget for academic hospi-tals. Moreover, since 1985 budgets for academic hospitals have been based mainly on production con-tracts with health insurers for an extensive list of high-cost treatments. Examples include neonatology,MRI, open-heart surgery, kidney transplantation, PTCA, renal dialysis, chronic ambulatory peritonealdialysis, radiotherapy, bone marrow transplantation, rehabilitation, heart transplantation, and IVF. Ratesfor these treatments are determined by the COTG. Availability or capacity components do not deter-mine any part of an academic hospital’s budget. Instead, academic hospitals are paid a much higherrate for high-cost treatments than are general hospitals; academic hospitals receive the entire costs ofhigh-cost treatments, whereas general hospitals are paid only for that portion of the costs not coveredby the availability and capacity components. Academic hospitals argue that a considerable discrepan-cy often exists between allowable rates and the actual costs of providing high-cost services, in partbecause the rate-setting process often lags behind the growth of medical innovation in academic hos-pitals, An important similarity between academic and general hospitals is that patient per diem chargesare the most important unit of payment. As with general hospitals, there is a trend toward uniform “out-put pricing” for some inpatient surgical and ancillary services.

Another difference between academic and general hospitals relates to the financing of capital in-vestments. Until 1988, capital investments of academic hospitals were financed by the government,however, capital financing arrangements are now similar to those of general hospitals.

SOURCE: J.A. M. Maarse, 1994

these inpatient services. Because of the different charge separately. Charges for these services willpolicies: per diem rates charged by different hos-pitals cannot be directly compared with eachother.

The current trend, however, is toward uniform“output pricing” for some inpatient surgical andancillary services. The COTG has developed uni-form, country-wide rates for along list of inpatientclinical services for which hospitals must now

no longer be included within the hospital’s inpa-tient per diem rate, making per diem charges lessinclusive. Another trend is that hospitals are in-creasingly required to charge COTG-determinedrates for some high-cost treatments (e.g., renaldialysis, bone marrow transplantation, open-heartsurgery) that cover not only the costs of the medi-cal treatment itself but also the costs of ancillary

Page 133: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

106 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

services such as intensive care and nursing ser-vices. Under the reformed health system of man-aged competition, the COTG has set maximumrates for all services. At least in theory, hospitalscan compete by charging lower rates.

Until 1992, inpatient per diem charges rose rap-idly in part because hospital costs were increasingand in part because of the somewhat paradoxicaleffect of using per diem charges as the main unit ofhospital payment. If a hospital delivers fewer in-patient days than it contracted for in determiningits prospective budget, the hospital is entitled toreceive compensation for those undelivered days.The hospital makes up the shortage in its budgetthrough surcharges (i.e., temporary additionalcharges) on its per diem rates in subsequent years.The higher per diem rates might even include in-terest payments on funds the hospital borrowed tocover deficits in operating costs in the previousyear. The paradox is that a more efficient deliveryof hospital services that results in the provision offewer inpatient days correlates with an increase,rather than a decrease, in inpatient per diemcharges in subsequent years. The trend towardoutput pricing should mitigate this effect sincemore services will be charged for on a per-servicebasis. Currently, per diem charges are estimated toaccount for about 70 percent of total hospital reve-nues, down from 85 percent in 1992.

If a hospital delivers more outpatient and day-care visits than it contracted for in determining itsprospective budget, the hospital must pay back thesurplus in the subsequent year by temporarilylowering its per diem rate. On the other hand, if ahospital provider fewer visits than contracted for,the hospital still gets paid for these undeliveredservices through temporary surcharges on perdiem rates in subsequent years.

Revision of Functional BudgetingThe functional budgeting scheme has been a con-tinuing target for criticism. Hospitals have arguedthat the initial model was too crude; health insur-ers warned of certain perverse incentives in thescheme and also advocated a stronger position forthemselves in the budgeting procedure. These

criticisms prompted a second major revision ofthe scheme in 1992, the most important elementsof which were as follows:

� The rate for a daycare visit was raised to stimu-late substitution of daycare for inpatient care.

� A built-in weakness of functional budgetingwas that it encouraged hospital mergers be-cause the rates for production items (e.g., ad-missions) increase with the size of the hospital.This merger effect was halved.

� The rates for admissions and first outpatientvisits were weighted according to the averageutilization of hospital resources. The weightswere derived from those of the medical special-ist units.

� The share of the production component wasraised to 51 percent. The rationale for thischange was to emphasize production factorsand increase the flexibility of hospital budget-ing.

� The budgeted amount that hospitals receive forservices ordered by general practitioners(mainly laboratory services and x-rays) was in-creased. To obtain a good fit between the bud-geted amount and actual production volume,the budgeted amount was made dependent onproduction contracts with health insurers.

� Radiotherapy was added to the list of specifichigh-cost treatments for which separate pro-duction contracts were required.

These changes have tempered criticisms of thefunctional budgeting scheme, although there is noreason to believe that they have ended. The revi-sions to the functional budgeting scheme haveadded to its complexity because the number of pa-rameters has increased along with the need formore adequate and timely information.

SummaryAdoption of the functional budgeting scheme inthe Netherlands was the result of political in-fluences and compromises. The fundamentalcompromise concerned how to achieve the goalsof central cost control, on the one hand, and de-centralized decisionmaking, on the other. Central-ized cost control could be maximized by making

Page 134: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands I 107

General and special Academic Fee-for-serviceSource hospitals hospitals specialists

Sickness funds scheme 64.0 47.0 45.2

Exceptional medical expenses scheme 5.5 0.2 5.5

Private health insurance 28.0 23.3 46.3

Taxes 0.0 25.2 0.0

Other 2,5 4.1 3 . 0

NOTE: Percentages may not add up to 100 percent due to rounding.

SOURCE: Ministry of Health, Financial Report on Health (The Hague: Ministry of Health, 1992)

the hospital budget solely dependent on its capac-ity characteristics. Decentralized decisionmak-ing, however, would require more room for ne-gotiations between hospitals and health insurers atthe local level. The compromise was found in theintroduction of a production component in thehospital budget. The price of this compromise isthat the scheme has again become open-ended.

Another important political compromise wasthe decision not to include specialists’ revenueswithin hospital budgets. The open-ended paymentscheme for specialists has placed hospital man-agement under pressure to contain costs and hasalso contributed to more open-ended hospital ex-penditures.

Political decisions and compromises also cen-tered around more technical questions, such asthese: Which parameters should be selected?What should be the weight of the parameters?Which services should be singled out for special“financial treatment” in the budget? Why do hos-pitals receive a special budget for AIDS patientsand not for other categories of patients? The reso-lution of these questions is likely have importantrepercussions for hospital budgets.

■ Sources and Allocation of OperatingFunds

Table 6-3 demonstrates the major role of the sick-ness funds in financing hospital expenditures. In1991, sickness funds paid for almost two-thirds ofgeneral and special hospital care, almost one-half

of academic hospital care, and 45 percent of pay-ments to fee-for-service specialists working inthose hospitals. The role of the exceptional medi-cal expenses scheme is very limited, funding onlyabout 6 percent of general and special hospital ex-penses in 1991 (table 6-3). This is hardly surpris-ing, as that scheme finances mainly long-termcare. Tax resources are important only with re-spect to the funding of academic hospitals (25 per-cent of their funds in 1991), which obtain most oftheir money from the Ministry of Education. Pri-vate health insurance finances a relatively largeshare of hospital expenditures, especially with re-spect to payments for medical specialists. In 1991,private insurers paid for slightly more of theircosts than did the sickness funds, and fundedapproximately a quarter of all hospital care (table6-3).

In 1989, about 60 percent of aggregate hospitalexpenses went to pay for staffing salaries and 13.5percent was for medical supplies. Depreciationand interest accounted for 14 percent of hospitaloperating expenses. The other 12.5 percent wasfor miscellaneous expenses.

■ Operating ExpendituresThe introduction of hospital budgeting has hadmany effects (see, for example, 15), but only thefinancial ones are discussed in this chapter. A dis-tinction is made between financial effects at theaggregate level and those at the hospital level.

Page 135: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

108 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

DifferenceChange in between

Change in aggregate budgetedAggregate budget budget over Aggregate hospital expenditures amount andfor hospital care previous year expenditures over previous aggregate

(million of Dfl) (in percent) (millions of Dfl) year (in percent) expendituresa

Year (A) (B) (c) (D) (E)

1979198019811982198319841985198619871988198919901991

No budgetNo budgetNo budgetNo budget

8,8129,0589,0979,1659,2429,4579,706

10,03410,656

-

------2.80.40.70.82.32.63.46.2

6,9957,6398,2198,8128,8748,8359,0439,2289,2509,439

9,8610,39911,064

9.09.27 67.20.7

-0.42.32.00.22,04,55,46,4

--------

-0.72.50.6

-0.7-0.10.2

-1.7-3.6-3.8

a A negative percentage in column E indicates that actual aggregate expenditures were greater than the budgeted amount for that year

SOURCE: Ministry of Health, Financial Report on Health (The Hague: Ministry of Health, 1992).

Table 6-2 summarizes key information on thegrowth of hospital expenditures over the past dec-ade. (Total hospital expenditures as calculated inthis chapter include hospital payments to medicalspecialists, which are not included in the OECD’sestimates of hospital expenditures.) On average,aggregate hospital expenditures increased by 27percent over the eight-year period from 1983 to1991—a very moderate amount under hospitalbudgeting when compared to growth in the 1970s.For example, for the pre-budgeting period from1974 to 1983, expenditures for general and specialhospital services increased by almost 174 percent.

Table 6-4 compares the aggregate budget forgeneral and special hospitals with actual expendi-tures over the 1978 to 1991 period. Column A dis-plays the aggregate amount budgeted for hospitalcare, beginning with the adoption of historicalbudgeting in 1983. After 1987, budgets may bestbe considered expenditure targets because of theincorporation of a production component in theflexible budgeting process. The figures in col-umns A and B indicate that the growth in the ag-gregate budget was very limited during the firstyears of hospital budgeting but has increased in

more recent years. Table 6-5 indicates that morethan 80 percent of this growth was to accommo-date general inflation and wage increases. Thislarge increase is somewhat alarming from theviewpoint of cost control because it suggests that apolicy of budgetary restraint is only a temporaryoption. It maybe possible to curb expenses initial-ly, but after some period of time, increases in hos-pital expenses may be inevitable. Current and pastadjustments of the aggregate budget to relievework pressures on nursing staffs point in the same

Final budget from 1990 10,216

Inflation 87

Wage increases 343

Adjustment for delays in negative reallocations -22

Construction activities 66

Bed-reduction -45

Top-clinical care 11

Total aggregate budget, 1991 10,656

SOURCE: Ministry of Health, Financial Report on Health (The Hague

Ministry of Health, 1992).

Page 136: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands | 109

direction. These adjustments are a result of politi-cal action by hospital workers who do not want toaccept the consequences of a policy of budgetaryrestraint.

Columns C and D in table 6-4 suggest that therehave been three distinct periods of hospital spend-ing trends in the Netherlands. During the pre-bud-geting period from 1978 through 1982, aggregatehospital expenditures grew by 33 percent. Thisgrowth rate decreased dramatically after theintroduction of hospital budgeting. Growth of ag-gregate expenditures for hospital care declined toabout 5 percent over the 1983 to 1987 period.Since the implementation of functional budgetingin 1988, however, aggregate expenditures havetended to rise again, increasing by 19.6 percentover the period 1988 to 1991 period. These figureslook different when expenditures are adjusted forthe effects of general inflation. Unadjusted expen-ditures increased an average of 2.8 percent annual-ly over the period from 1986 through 1990, but ad-justed growth averaged only 0.2 percent a year(17). The inflation-adjusted figure is even lessthan the annual growth of the population.

The Ministry of Health claims that hospitalbudgeting has been a success from a cost contain-ment point of view because the excessive growthin aggregate expenditures prior to budgeting hasstopped. This is obviously true for the 1983 to1988 period, and for the 1989 to 1991 period inwhich annual increases in aggregate expenditureswere still below those in the pre-budgeting period.Nevertheless, the figures allow for conclusionsonly about the gross effect of hospital budgetingand not about its net effect. The fact that hospitalservices are increasingly being delivered on anoutpatient basis may imply that some of the costsformerly borne by hospitals themselves have beenshifted to other sectors of the health care system.Unfortunately, studies of the cost-shifting effectof the substitution of outpatient for inpatient careare not available.

Another test for the effectiveness of hospitalbudgeting to contain costs is a comparison of actu-al aggregate hospital expenditures with the aggre-gate budget for hospital services. Such a compari-son is presented in column E of table 6-4. The

figures demonstrate that hospital budgeting wassuccessful over the 1983 to 1988 period. From1989 to 1991, however, there were sizable gapsbetween expenditure targets and actual hospitalexpenditures (i.e., aggregate hospital budgets).Moreover, these gaps coincided with considerableincreases in aggregate hospital budgets duringthose years (see columns A and B).

There are several complementary explanationsfor the recent gaps between expenditure targetsand actual expenditures. First, the government hasnot sufficiently accounted for the growing de-mand for hospital services in establishing the tar-gets. Decisions on aggregate funds for hospitalcare are essentially political, dictated by thenecessity to constrain spending. They do not nec-essarily reflect the growth of hospitals’ workloadsor cost increases due to technological innovations.This is a general weakness in the system of hospi-tal budgeting. The National Association of Hospi-tals has repeatedly stressed these points but with-out much success; politicians simply argue thathospitals should be more efficient.

A second explanation for the excess spending isrelated to the role of production contracts in thebudgeting process. These contracts have weak-ened the ability of the Ministry of Health to con-trol the aggregate budget for hospital care. TheMinistry has displayed too much optimism in set-ting its expenditure targets, underestimating thetotal volume of production contracts, perhaps forpolitical reasons. The capacity component in hos-pital budgeting operates in a similar way. Anydelay in the implementation of bed-reduction pro-grams automatically translates into a higher ag-gregate budget for hospital care, as individual hos-pital budgets also depend on their bed capacities.It is fair to state that the Ministry has always beenoverly optimistic about the pace of implementa-tion of its bed-reduction programs.

Third, the gaps between expenditure targetsand actual expenditures can be explained in partby the presence of certain expenditure-increasingincentives in functional budgeting that have beenoverlooked in setting expenditure targets. Thefirst mechanism is the merger effect. If two hospi-tals merge, the overall budget of the newly merged

Page 137: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

110 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

hospital exceeds the sum of the budgets that thetwo hospitals would have received had they re-mained separate entities. This is because rates forproduction items are higher for larger hospitalsthan for smaller ones. As noted earlier, this mergereffect has now been halved.

A second mechanism stems from the arrange-ment whereby interest costs for loans to cover def-icits from hospital payment shortages are fully re-imbursable. This arrangement does not motivatehospitals to urge a quick payment of their fullbudget. Total deficits amounted to Dfl1.7 billionin 1991, but this amount was reduced by Dfl500million in 1992, and administrative measureshave been taken by the COTG to prevent newshortages in payments.

A fourth explanation for the failure to achievethe expenditure targets may be that hospitalsreacted to the introduction of hospital budgetingby postponing certain investments and other acti-vities. Eventually, costs began to increase againbecause investments could not be postponed in-definitely. According to this argument, the initialeffectiveness of hospital budgeting is in fact par-tially an illusion. Further research is needed to testthis hypothesis.

The growing gaps between the Ministry ofHealth’s aggregate budgets and aggregate expen-ditures have resulted in increasing political ten-sion between the Ministry and the hospital sector.Problems are caused by the fact that the Ministryrequires compensation when its expenditure tar-gets have been exceeded. To the degree that thesetargets have failed because the volume of produc-tion contracts is too high, it can be argued that theMinistry has behaved somewhat inconsistently.On the one hand, it prefers a certain degree of de-centralization in the budgeting procedure; on theother, it does not accept the result of decentralizeddecisionmaking if the result does not satisfy its ex-penditure target.

The policy of budget restraint has affected thefinancial position of individual hospitals. Manyhospitals have not been able to keep their expendi-tures within budget. According to studies by theCOTG, the proportion of hospitals with deficitshas varied between 50 and 70 percent since 1986

(18). At the same time, the proportion of hospitalswith a negative reserve has risen from 10.9 percentin 1986 to 15 percent in 1990. These figures clear-ly illustrate that the introduction of hospital budg-eting has placed many hospitals under financialpressure. It is no wonder that hospitals have al-ways associated hospital budgeting with expendi-ture cuts.

HOSPITAL CAPITAL COSTS

❚ Relationship of Operating and CapitalCosts

Although investments in hospital constructionand certain types of major medical equipment re-quire regional and central government approval,such investments are not financed directly by thegovernment; hospitals take out loans from privatebanks to financing major capital investment proj-ects. Depreciation and interest payments are fullyrecoverable through increases in inpatient perdiem charges. In contrast to Germany, forinstance, there is no dual financing system in theNetherlands as both operating and capital ex-penses are paid for through hospital charges tohealth insurers or patients.

Until recently, hospital loans were guaranteedby the national government, which is estimated tohave decreased interest payments by 1 percent onaverage. This arrangement was recently ended toencourage hospitals to behave like other privatemarket companies in obtaining loans for capitalinvestments. Banks regretted this change andeven alleged that hospitals had lost much of theirattractiveness as investment partners.

❚ Determining Capital Requirements

Hospital ConstructionMajor hospital capital expenditures in the Nether-lands have been subject to strong public regula-tion during the past two decades. Governmentalapproval of new hospital construction occurs dur-ing the hospital planning process regulated by theHospital Facilities Act (Wet Voorzieningen Ge-zondheidszorg), initially implemented in 1971and revised in 1979. Hospital construction re-

Page 138: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands | 111

quests must be included in the regional hospitalfacilities plan for each of the 27 regions in theNetherlands. This plan is prepared by regionalgovernments and comes into force after final ap-proval by the Ministry of Health. Sickness fundsare not permitted to pay the operating costs of ser-vices provided with capital equipment that has notreceived government approval.

The process of regional hospital planning hasnot been a great success. At the end of 1988, onlyone regional plan had been approved by the Minis-ter of Health, and two plans had been sent to theMinister for approval. Hospital planning is gener-ally considered a very bureaucratic process. Thisis due in part to the complicated framework of theHospital Planning Act, which gives all interestedparties numerous opportunities to delay the plan-ning process. Planning is also hindered by politi-cal competition among hospitals for investmentapprovals.

Because of delays in hospital planning, theMinistry of Health created new instruments to by-pass the Hospital Facilities Act. The most impor-tant instrument was a hospital building ceilingintroduced in 1974 that limits hospital capital ex-penditures. This ceiling equals the sum of the ap-proved building expenditures for one year, as-sumed to be 50 percent of total investmentexpenditures. The use of ceilings has strongly re-duced building production (7). In 1980 the ceilingwas 1.7 percent of total health care expendituresbut in 1990, it was only 1.2 percent. The low ceil-ing has resulted in a huge backlog of buildingprojects, estimated at Dfl6.6 billion at the end of1989. Hospitals are concerned about the backlog,emphasizing its possible consequences for thequality of care.

The Netherlands’ aggregate hospital invest-ment budget is divided into several sections. Atpresent there are 12 provincial sections, a sectionfor national projects, a section for small invest-ments for which a more rapid procedure applies,and a general reservation section for bottlenecksand calamities. Nineteen criteria have been devel-oped to allow for preparation of a priority list forinvestments for each section that is publishedannually by the Ministry of Health. As this list in-

dicates, a greater priority has been given to thenonacute care hospital sector. The share of generaland special hospitals in total investment spendingwas 60 percent in 1988, dropping to 39 percent in1991.

Regional governments play a major role in de-ciding which hospital projects will be funded atthe regional level, subject to the central govern-ment’s priority list. Hospitals use all their politicalmuscle to lobby for a favorable decision. TheGeneral Account Office has concluded that factorsthat influence final decisions are difficult to com-prehend and generally ad hoc.

In 1991, the approval procedures prescribed inthe Hospital Facilities Act were simplified to re-duce bureaucracy and to enhance hospitals’ auton-omy with respect to investment decisions. Toachieve those goals, the category of investmentsnot subject to government approval has been ex-tended considerably. The COTG has developed amodel for budget allocations for these invest-ments, with the amount of resources for each hos-pital dependent on the number of square meters ofthe facility. Annual depreciation has been set at 10percent of investment costs for all hospitals. Hos-pitals still need government approval for newlarge construction projects, however.

Investments in Major Medical EquipmentArticle 18 of the Hospital Facilities Act enablesthe Ministry of Health to regulate high-cost careand investments in medical equipment. By meansof a licensing system, the Minister concentratesequipment in certain hospitals to improve thequality of care, reduce expenses, and prevent un-controlled growth. Hospitals have a strong inter-est in obtaining Article 18 facilities because thesefacilities confer greater status and a larger budget.

Medical technologies are regulated under Ar-ticle 18 if they are very expensive, require veryspecialized knowledge, or are ethically controver-sial. In 1990, Article 18 applied to renal dialysis,kidney transplantation, radiotherapy, complexneurosurgery, heart surgery, percutaneous trans-luminal coronary angiography, neonatology, clin-ical genetic research, and in vitro fertilization

Page 139: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

112 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Article 18 facilities Hospitals

Renal dialysisKidney transplantationRadiotherapyNeurosurgery (main centers)Heart surgeryPTCA diagnosticsPTCA treatmentNeonatologyClinical genetic researchIn vitro fertilization

488

2116145012

11

912

SOURCE: Ministry of Health, financial Report on Health (The Hague:Ministry of Health, 1992).

(table 6-6). In 1993, bone marrow, liver and pan-creas transplantation, and positron emission to-mography were added to the list. Computed tomo-graphy, nuclear medicine, and magneticresonance imaging are not regulated by Article 18.

Article 18 does not work very well in practice.One of its defects is that licensing procedures aretoo slow and time consuming. Many hospitals in-vest in facilities before they have been licensedunder the article (3). Another criticism is that Ar-ticle 18 suffers from lack of information on costsand effects as well as lacking flexibility. Buildingactivities tend to be much more effectively regu-lated than investments in major medical equip-ment.

Minor InvestmentsHospitals must cover smaller capital investmentsthat do not require a license from their own budg-ets, which contain a special component for suchinvestments. A fixed lump sum allows hospitals

to make their own decisions about small capitalpurchases.

❚ Capital ExpendituresAccording to the Central Office for Statistics, totalinvestment in the institutional health care sector(excluding academic hospitals) amounted toDfl l.2 billion in 1983, equaling 3.1 percent of na-tional health expenditures. In 1990, investmentsincreased to Df1 2.6 billion (including academichospitals), equaling 5.3 percent of national healthexpenditures.

HOSPITAL INDICATORS AND TRENDSOne of the most pervasive trends in the Nether-lands’ hospital sector has been consolidation ofacute care hospitals during the past decade, as evi-denced in table 6-7. This process has led to an al-most complete disappearance of small generalhospitals; only 13 general hospitals had fewerthan 200 beds in 1992. The average number ofbeds in general hospitals increased from 349 in1981 to 437 in 1990 (table 6-8). A similar processof consolidation also took place in special hospi-tals (table 6-7). However, special hospitals are stillusually small in terms of bed size (e.g., 10 hospi-tals had fewer than 50 beds in 1992).

Rapid consolidation within the hospital sectorhas resulted largely from hospital mergers. Merg-ing is often the only way for small hospitals to sur-vive. Hospitals also consider mergers as a way toimprove the quality of care, strengthen their orga-nizational and financial capabilities, end rivalriesamong hospitals in times of scarce financial re-sources, and reduce uncertainties associated withhealth care reform. Recent mergers of medium-sized general hospitals are mainly the result of an

Number of acute care hospitals 1981 1990 Change (in percent)

General hospitals 172 120 -30.2Academic hospitals 7 9 +.28.6Special hospitals 48 36 -25.0

SOURCE: National Hospital Institute, De Intramurale Gezondheidszorg in Cijfers (The Inpatient Sector in Figures), 1991.

Page 140: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands 113

1981 1990 Change (in percent)

General hospitalsNumber of beds 60,021 52,423 -12,7Number of specialists 5,057 5,830 15.3Beds per hospital 349 437 25.2

Academic hospitalsNumber of beds 6,748 7,579 12,3Beds per hospital 964 842 -12.7

Special hospitalsNumber of beds 6,143 4,687 -23.7Number of specialists 422 350 -17.1Beds per hospital 128 130 1.6

SOURCE: National Hospital Institute, De Intramural Gezondheidszorg in Cijfers (The Inpatient Sector in Figures), 1991

unintended incentive in the hospital fundingscheme, discussed earlier.

The decreasing number of hospitals and hospi-tal beds has also been stimulated by Ministry ofHealth policies. The Ministry has been eliminat-ing the perceived overcapacity in the acute caresector, arguing that “a built bed is a filled bed.”The bed-to-population ratio decreased from 4.2per thousand population in 1981 to 3.5 in 1990(18). The latest Ministry target is 2.8 beds perthousand population.

Ironically, the Ministry is concerned that thetrend toward larger hospitals, which often seek thelatest in medical technology and treatment facili-ties, will result in an oversupply of high-technolo-gy clinical care. A recent government report raisedthe issue of whether these second-wave mergersare a desirable development from the perspectiveof cost containment and quality of care (20).

Since the mid- 1980s, consolidation in the acutecare sector has been accompanied by an increasingnumber of freestanding ambulatory care centers.Den Hartog and Janssen (5) counted 44 privatehealth centers (priveklinieken) in 1992. This de-velopment reflects the spirit of entrepreneurialmedicine and is clearly linked to the increase inmarket-oriented thinking within the Netherlands’health care system. It is unclear yet to what extentthese centers will become a permanent element ofthe Dutch hospital system. Currently, such centershave contracts only with private health insurers as

the Sickness Fund Act does not permit sicknessfunds to contract with private health centers.

The declining number of hospital beds and theconcurrent growing number of specialists in gen-eral hospitals reflect another trend in hospital care.The hotel functions of hospitals have lost impor-tance and the treatment of patients has receivedmore emphasis than ever before. The specialist-to-population ratio increased from 3.5 medicalspecialists per 10,000 population in 1981 to 3.9 in1990, and the specialist-to-bed ratio increasedfrom 8.4 to 11.1 over the same period.

Another trend, evidenced in table 6-9, is thesubstantial decline in the volume of inpatient careover the 1981 to 1990 period, accompanied bysubstantial growth in outpatient care and daycare.The percentage of same-day surgeries in sevenmain categories of surgery increased from approx-imately 15 percent in 1985 to 28 percent in 1990.The growth of outpatient care and daycare appearto be mainly the result of new developments inmedical diagnostics and treatment. Another im-portant stimulating factor was the introduction ofhospital budgeting for inpatient services in 1983,which gave hospitals an incentive to expand out-patient and daycare.

The nursing home sector has surpassed theacute care hospital sector with respect to the vol-ume of inpatient days, exceeding that volume bymore than one million days in 1990. The promi-nent position of nursing homes in the Dutch health

Page 141: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

114 I Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

1981 1990 Change (in percent)

Admissions (in thousands)Inpatient days (in thousands)First outpatient visits (in thousands)

Outpatient visits (in thousands)Daycare (in thousands)

Average length of stays (in days)Average occupancy rate

Production per 10,000 inhabitantsAdmissionsInpatient daysOutpatient visitsDaycare

1,39218,149

3,36416,276

013.0

82.8%

97412,70411,393

0

1,30813,8825,625

18,757365

10,672.5%

8719,248

12,496243

-6.0-23.5

67.215,2

NA

10.6-27.2

9.7NA

SOURCE: National Hospital Institute, De Intramurale Gezondheidszorg in Cijfers (The Inpatient Sector in Figures), 1991

care system is also illustrated by the fact that thetotal number of nursing home beds for long-termcare increased by more than 9 percent during thelast decade—from 47,380 in 1980 to 51,682 in1990-where as the number of acute care beds de-clined by more than 11 percent between 1981 and1990.

FUTURE DIRECTIONSBefore analyzing the future of hospitals in theNetherlands, the Dutch hospital budgetingscheme’s strong and weak points are assessed.The budgeting scheme is only an instrument forallocating financial resources to hospitals. Hospi-tal budgets can be used in combination with apolicy of cost restraint and expenditure cuts or incombination with a more generous funding policy.

The main advantages of the scheme areas fol-lows:

■ Hospital budgeting has improved cost controlover the earlier traditional, open-ended fundingscheme. Cost control was most effective underthe historical budgeting scheme; functionalbudgeting has been less successful. Yet in-creases in aggregate hospital expenditures be-fore the introduction of hospital budgeting ex-ceeded growth of expenditures after theadoption of functional budgeting.

The introduction of production contracts be-tween hospitals and health insurers has contrib-uted to the flexibility of the budgeting scheme.These contracts have made it possible to moreeasily adjust hospital budgets to changes inworkload.Hospital budgeting has enhanced the prospectsfor more efficient delivery of hospital services.If a hospital spends less than its budget, it canadd the surplus to its reserves. Hospitals, how-ever, are held responsible for their deficits;budget adjustments to relieve financial prob-lems are no longer allowed.Hospital budgeting has improved hospitalmanagement by giving hospitals greater deci-sionmaking autonomy. The traditional open-ended scheme did not encourage effective man-agement.The transition from historical to functionalbudgeting has improved the equitable alloca-tion of funds among hospitals.

The scheme’s main disadvantages are as follows:

Government decisions on the aggregate amountof financial resources for hospital care are es-sentially political, dictated by the necessity toconstrain expenditures. They do not necessari-ly reflect the growth of hospital workload orcost increases due to technological innovation.

Page 142: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands 1115

Hospital budgeting may negatively affect thequality of care.There is some inconsistency in the functionalbudgeting scheme. On the one hand, the Minis-try of Health has accepted the introduction ofproduction contracts to increase flexibility; onthe other, it does not accept overruns of its ex-penditure targets when the volume of produc-tion contracts is higher than expected.From an administrative point of view, it wouldbe simpler to transfer to each hospital one-twelfth of its budget every month. However,such payments are incompatible with a multi-tude of health insurers. The system of inpatientper diem charges and additional charges hasbeen maintained, but this has made hospitalbudgeting more complicated.The incomes of hospital-based medical special-ists who are paid fees for their services are notincluded in the hospital budget, which adds tothe complexity of hospital management.The financial situation of many hospitals ap-pears to have deteriorated after the introductionof hospital budgeting. The degree to which thishas happened appears to depend on the qualityof hospital management, however.

Certain aspects of the future of hospital financ-ing can be investigated by exploring the impact ofongoing health care reforms in the Netherlands.Such an investigation can be only speculative atpresent, however, because many uncertaintiespersist concerning the eventual fate of the healthcare reform process.

Figure 6-1 shows that under the reformedhealth care system, there will be two flows of pay-ments from the population/patients to health in-surers. Each person will pay income-dependentpayroll taxes into a central fund (A), which willthen be channeled to health insurers through a

c

– Service flowsFinancial flows

SOURCE: J.A.M. Maarse, 1994

system of risk-adjusted payments (B).7 The sec-ond flow consists of flat-rate premiums collecteddirectly from consumers that are determined byhealth insurers (C). Health insurers contract withphysicians, health care institutions, and other pro-viders to deliver services to the insurers’ members(D). Health insurers eventually will be allowed tocontract selectively with all providers, althoughcurrently, selective contracting applies only tononinstitutional providers. Providers deliverhealth services to patients (line E). Figure 6-1 is asimplification insofar as individuals can opt forsome cost sharing when selecting insurance cov-erage.

The new framework for health care has impor-tant implications for health insurers. Under thetraditional scheme, sickness funds were reim-

7 Under health system refom, payments from subscribers to sickness funds for health-related expenditures have changed to a new system

called “sickness fired budgeting.” Since 1993, risk-adjusted payments from the central fund to the sickness funds have been based on age andgender, but a large part of the difference between the budget of a sickness fund and its historical expenditures is calculated to prohibit grossreallocations among sickness funds. This difference will be gradually reduced according to a sliding scale until only risk-adjusted payments aremade. When, or if, the new health care financing system is fully operational, both sickness funds and private health insurers will be reimbursedaccording to the system of risk-adjusted payments.

Page 143: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

116 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

bursed through employee/employer payroll con-tributions for all of their payments to hospitals ifthese costs were reasonable and conformed withnational guidelines. The arrangement did not en-courage sickness funds to enter into hard negoti-ations with hospitals or other providers becauseextensive bargaining over costs did not benefit thefunds (11). In contrast, the introduction of risk-ad-justed payments under the new system compelsinsurers to pay more attention to costs. Risk-ad-justed payments impose a limit on financial re-sources from the central fund to health insurers.Flat-rate premiums also introduce incentives forcost containment. If an insurer does not effective-ly control its expenses, it will have to raise its pre-miums, perhaps weakening its competitive posi-tion and causing it to lose subscribers. Becauseprivate health insurers are allowed to operate as anadministering agency under the reforms, they toonow have to deal with the new budgeting system(27).

Although the eventual fate of health care re-form in the Netherlands is still uncertain, it al-ready has had a substantial impact on the health in-surance industry. One of the most conspicuouschanges is mergers between sickness funds, whichhave resulted in a decrease in the number of fundsfrom 53 in 1985 to 26 by the end of 1992. Duringthe same period the number of private health in-surers decreased from 69 to 59. There has alsobeen a rapid growth in strategic alliances betweensickness funds and private health insurers, mainlyto increase market share. Mergers strengthen theirorganizational and financial position in the healthinsurance market and give them some protectionagainst the uncertainties and financial risks re-lated to ongoing health reforms.

Health care reform will continue to have a largeimpact on the role and position of health insurers.Cost containment and improved efficiency havegained more importance in recent years. In theory,there are three major strategies for health insurersto contain costs. The first is to practice some formof medical underwriting. As noted earlier, thisstrategy has been formally prohibited, althoughthe regulations may not be entirely effective (27).The second strategy is to control insurance admin-

istrative costs. The third focuses on the insurer-provider relationship. One of the goals of healthcare reform is to encourage health insurers to bestronger bargaining agents for the purchase ofhealth services than they were under the previoussystem. The transition from the traditional supplyapproach to controlling health care costs (e.g.,control of beds and specialist units) to a demandapproach is expected to improve efficiency andthe quality of care and may also help reduce healthcare bureaucracy. The new purchasing role forhealth insurers has caused them to redefine theirrelationship with hospitals.

Health insurers face at least four major prob-lems, however, in adapting to their new role underthe reforms. The first problem is the mismatch be-tween the financial responsibilities that health in-surers are required to bear under the reformed sys-tem and the instruments they have to fulfill theseresponsibilities. This is particularly acute with re-spect to capital investments. The Hospital Facili-ties Act strongly limits the decisionmaking powerof insurers by creating an institutional separationbetween the planning and financing of invest-ments. Planning and investment decisions aremade during the planning process, but insurershave to pay any increase in operating costsassociated with these decisions. Transferringmore financial responsibility to health insurers ne-cessitates a much greater voice for them in invest-ment decisions. The National Association of Sick-ness Funds has already expressed its desire toobtain formal authority to influence the capacitiesof hospitals. To date, the planning of hospital ca-pacities is still under the jurisdiction of regionaland national governments, and the partial disman-tling of that system has been slow.

The second problem concerns contracting forhospital care. As noted previously, decisionsabout the aggregate budget for hospital care arepolitical and do not necessarily reflect hospitals’workloads. Health care reform means that hospitalbudgets will now be determined by health insur-ers, which are expected to negotiate with hospitalsregarding the expected volume of care. But forhow much care should an insurer contract? Whatknowledge is necessary to contract for sufficient

Page 144: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands | 117

care? What if a patient sues an insurer for not hav-ing contracted for sufficient care? Instead of nego-tiating with hospitals for production contracts, itmight make more sense for health insurers to ne-gotiate charges for hospital services or to developa system of case-based payments using diagnosis-related groups or patient management categories.There is still a long way to go because health in-surers lack such experience. Insurers may also se-cretly prefer that government continue to regulateplanning affairs because government guidelinesprotect them against patient complaints aboutwaiting lists.

The third problem is that health insurers have tonegotiate with hospitals over the costs of services,but the necessary cost information is still largelyunavailable. In the past, such information was un-necessary.

Fourth, health insurers need a strategic man-agement approach to their relationship with pro-viders. They can no longer afford to maintain amere administrative, pay-the-bill attitude. The de-velopment of a strategic management approach tonegotiating contracts with providers is a time-con-suming process, however, and it requires new in-vestment in personnel and knowledge.

Whatever the outcome of such transition diffi-culties, there is no doubt that health care reformwill fundamentally change the relationship ofhealth insurers and hospitals in several ways. Tobegin with, health insurers are likely to becomemuch more involved in hospital affairs than theywere in the past, which hospitals will increasinglyhave to accept. Detailed, complex negotiationsbetween hospitals and insurers are inevitable.Many insurers have already used production con-tracts to induce shifts of inpatient care to outpa-tient settings. There is also ample evidence thatnegotiations with hospitals have been broadenedto include other issues, such as investments inmedical equipment, beds, specialist units, andother facilities.

Furthermore, there is speculation that function-al budgeting will eventually be dissolved and re-placed by other, more decentralized schemes.Health insurers have often criticized their re-

stricted role in this scheme, and hospitals have al-ways argued that the scheme is not flexible enough.

Additionally, hospitals may have to deal withmore health insurers under the new system thanthey do now. Hospitals currently conduct most oftheir financial business with one sickness fund—the regional monopoly—along with a large num-ber of private health insurers that appoint one in-surer as their regional representative. Often theregional sickness fund pays for 60 to 70 percent ofhospital costs. The trend toward rapid concentra-tion of health insurers and increasing competitionamong them may erode the strong bilateral rela-tionship of a hospital and its principal health in-surer. Under one possible scenario, the group ofprincipal insurers negotiating contracts with an in-dividual hospital will become more diverse, inwhich case the hospital will have to negotiate withthree or four big insurance carriers. An alternativescenario is that the relationship of a hospital andits principal insurer will grow more intense as a re-sult of health insurer mergers.

As a reaction to changes in the insurance sector,hospitals may begin to develop networks tostrengthen their market position and to preclude a“divide and conquer” policy by health insurers.Networks might consist of agreements betweendifferent types of providers at the regional level toprovide a full range of inpatient and outpatientcare or may consist of a group of hospitals provid-ing a particular type of care, such as acute care.

Hospitals and health insurers have begun tomanage the changes in their relationship. Hospi-tals that have had good negotiating experienceswith health insurers over production contractsoften consider health insurers as potential partnersinstead of opponents with skewed interests in costcontrol. Some insurers have been willing to findsolutions to a hospital’s financial problems by ad-justing contracts to its needs. Recent experienceshave convinced many hospitals that health insur-ers may be even more promising partners in the fu-ture than are regional or national governments.Health insurers may also be willing to provide ex-tra funds to hospitals to reduce waiting lists so that

Page 145: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

118 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

the insurers are better able to market themselvesand attract more subscribers.

A good partnership with health insurers is alsoindispensable to hospitals now that the govern-ment has stopped guaranteeing investment loans.Long-term contracts with health insurers for ser-vices are essential for hospitals to establish finan-cial credibility with commercial banks. Commer-cial banks are expected to become importantstakeholders in hospital financing, which may af-fect hospital decisionmaking. How their role willdevelop remains to be seen.

Health care reform will also affect the relation-ship of medical specialists and hospital manage-ment. The introduction of hospital budgetingplaced this relationship under substantial pres-sure. Most specialists are still paid on a fee-for-service basis, giving them an incentive to maxi-mize their personal income; hospital managementis responsible for keeping costs within the tightlimits of the hospital’s budget. Some argue thatthe political compromise that produced this situa-tion represents an obstacle to fully integratedand comprehensive hospital management. Theintroduction of an aggregate budget for medicalspecialist expenditures in 1988 as part of the FiveParties Agreement aggravated this problem as in-dividual specialists have an even stronger incen-tive to provide more services.

In 1994, the report Gedeelde zorg: betere zorg,released by a commission chaired by the Nether-lands’ former prime minister (Mr. Biesheuvel),strongly recommended that specialists’ revenuesbe brought under the constraints of hospital budg-ets. The recommendations of the Biesheuvel com-mission have been accepted by the new govern-ment as an important part of its health care reformprogram. Perhaps not surprisingly, specialists didnot welcome the recommendations, althoughthere have been some local experiments with re-forming specialists’ reimbursement methods. It isexpected that these local experiments will eventu-ally result in a new payment scheme for specialistcare under which specialists’ revenues becomepart of the prospectively negotiated budget be-tween hospitals and health insurers. One proposed

idea would be to link specialists’ revenues andhospitals’ production contracts with health insurers.

The hospital financing system in the Nether-lands has been undergoing rapid changes since thebeginning of the 1980s. This process, which be-gan with the introduction of hospital budgeting,will lead to further changes. Those changes are notonly financial; they also have a large effect on therelationships among the three parties involved inhospital care: hospital management, medical spe-cialists, and health insurers.

REFERENCES1. Centraal Orgaan Tarieven Gezondheidszorg

(COTG), Annual Report (Jaarverslag), 1990.2. Central Office for Statistics, Costs and Fi-

nance of Health Care (The Hague: CentraalBureau voor de Statistick, 1992).

3. de Roo, A.A., and Maarse, J.A.M., “Under-standing the Central-Local Relationship inHealth Care, a New Approach,” InternationalJournal of Health Planning and Management5(1):15-25, 1990.

4. Dekker Committee, Willingness to Change(Bereidheid tot Verandering) (The Hague:DOP, 1987).

5. den Hartog, M. and Janssen, R., Privéklinie-ken nader onderzocht, Medisch Contact14(5):585-590, 1993.

6. Donaldson, C., and Gerard, K., Economics ofHealth Care Financing: The Visible Hand(New York, NY: St. Martin’s Press, 1993).

7. General Account Office (Algemene Reken-kamer), Planning en bouw van zieken-huis-voorzieningen (Den Haag: SDU, 1990).

8. Glaser, W.A., Paying the Hospital: The Orga-nization, Dynamics and Effects of DifferingFinancial Arrangements (San Francisco, CA:Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1987).

9. Kirkman-Liff, B., and Maarse, J.A.M., “Go-ing Dutch,” Health Services Journal102(5321):24-27, 1992.

10. Lieverdink, H., and Maarse, J.A.M., “Nego-tiating Fees for Medical Specialists in theNetherlands,” Health Policy, 31:81-101, 1995.

Page 146: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 6 Hospital Financing in the Netherlands | 119

11. Maarse, J.A.M., “The Insurer-Provider Rela-tionship in Health Care: From Administrationto Strategic Management: The Dutch Case,”European Journal of Public Health 3:72-76,1993.

12. Maarse, J.A.M., “Fixed Budgets in the Inpa-tient Sector: The Case of the Netherlands,”paper prepared for the seminar Health CareManagement of Cost and Quality under FixedBudgets, Celle (Hanover), Germany, Mar.23-25, 1995.

13. Maarse, J.A.M., “Health Care Finance in theNetherlands,” Revue d’Economie Financière,1995 (forthcoming).

14. Maarse, J.A.M., Molin, E., and van der Horst,A., “Ziekenhuisbudgettering en Doeftnatig-heid,” Tijdschrift voor Sociale Gezondheids-zorg 71:27-33, 1992.

15. Maarse, J.A.M., van der Horst, A., and Molin,E., “Hospital Budgeting in the Netherlands:Effects Upon Hospital Services,” EuropeanJournal of Public Health 3:101-107, 1993.

16. Ministry of Health, Financial Report onHealth (The Hague: Ministry of Health,1991).

17. Ministry of Health, Financial Report onHealth (The Hague: Ministry of Health,1992).

18. Ministry of Health, Financial Report onHealth (The Hague: Ministry of Health, 1993).

19. Ministry of Health, Financial Report onHealth (The Hague: Ministry of Health, vari-ous years).

20. Ministry of Health, Nota positionering Zie-kenhuiszorg (Report on Positioning of Hospi-tal Care), Rijswijk, 1992.

21. National Hospital Institute, De intramuralegezondheidszorg in cijfers (the inpatient sec-tor in figures), 1991.

22. Organisation for Economic Cooperation andDevelopment, The Reform of Health Care: AComparative Analysis of Seven OECD Coun-tries (Paris: OECD, 1992).

23. Schieber, G.J., Poullier, J.P., and Greenwald,L.M., “Health Care Systems in Twenty-FourCountries,” Health Affairs fall;10(3):22-38,1991.

24. Schneider, M., et al., Health Care in the ECMember States (Amsterdam: Elsevier, 1992).

25. van de Ven, W.P.M.M., “From Regulated Car-tel to Regulated Competition in the DutchHealth Care System,” European EconomicReview 34:632-645, 1990.

26. van de Ven, W.P.M.M., and Schut, F.T.,“Should Catastrophic Risks be Included in aRegulated Competitive Health InsuranceMarket?,” Social Science and Medicine39(10):1459-1472, 1994.

27. van de Ven, W.P.M.M., and van Vliet, R.C.,“How Can We Prevent Cream Skimming in aCompetitive Health Insurance Market? TheGreat Challenge for the 90’s,” P. Zweifel andH.E. French (eds.), Health Economics World-wide (Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publish-ers, 1992).

Page 147: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

HospitalFinancingin Sweden

by Eric M. Paulson1

weden is situated in northern Europe. Despite a rather smallpopulation (8.7 million in 1992), the country is the fifthlargest in area in Europe. Most of the population lives in thesouthern parts and the coastal areas, leaving many parts

sparsely populated. The demographic transition to an aged popu-lation is more accentuated in Sweden than other countries. In1992, 18 percent of all citizens were 65 years or older.

All Swedish citizens are entitled to health care regardless ofwhere they live or their economic circumstances. Health care isconsidered a public sector responsibility. Close to 90 percent ofSwedish health care expenditures are publicly financed, most ofthe health care facilities are publicly owned, and most physicianspublicly employed. Responsibility for health care is, to a large ex-tent, decentralized to the county council level. Sweden has threepolitical and administrative government levels: the national gov-ernment, county councils, and local municipalities. All levels ofgovernment are represented by directly elected politicians withthe authority to levy taxes. The three levels have extensive func-tions in the social welfare system and are also involved in differ-ent aspects of health care.1

The national government is responsible for ensuring that thehealth care system develops efficiently and in keeping with over-all objectives, based on the goals and the constraints of social wel-fare policy and macroeconomic factors. The Ministry of Healthand Social Affairs is part of the government office. It preparesCabinet business and draws up general guidelines in fields such as

1The body of this chapter describes the situation in Sweden through mid-1993. An ad-dendum at the end of the chapter describes some key recent developments.

| 121

Page 148: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

122 I Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

health care, social welfare services, and health in-surance. The National Board of Health and Wel-fare is a central administrative agency formattersconcerning health care and social welfare ser-vices. The tasks include supervision and evalua-tion of the developments in all areas of socialpolicy, including health services. All medical per-sonnel, whether employed by the county councilsor in private practice, come under the supervisionof the Board.

Swedish health care is both financed and pro-vided largely by the county councils. According tothe Health and Medical Services Act of 1982,these councils are required to promote the healthof residents in their areas. It is also their responsi-bility to offer all inhabitants equal access to good—medical care. The legislation requires countycouncils to plan the organization of health carebased on the aggregate needs of the county popu-lation. Planning must also include health care pro-vided by organizations other than the countycouncils, such as private practitioners and indus-trial health services.

Sweden is divided into 23 county council areasand three municipalities (City of Gothenburg,City of Malmo, and the island of Gotland) thatalso have the same responsibilities as the countycouncils. The term “county councils” will be usedin this chapter to denote all 26 of these units. Thepopulations of the county councils ranged from60,000 to 1.7 million inhabitants (averaging300,000) in 1992 (see figure 7-l). County coun-cils are members of the Federation of SwedishCounty Councils, which provides services to itsmembers and represents their interests. The fed-eration also serves as a central negotiating bodyfor concluding financial agreements with the na-tional government.

Sweden’s 286 local municipalities are mainly— Count ies responsible for social services, child care, and pri-— Medical regions mary and secondary school education. Since

1992. this level of government has also been re-a Regional hospitals are indicated by dots. sponsible for providing medical care (except phy -SOURCE: E. Paulson, 1995. sician services) and other services in local nursing

Page 149: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 7 Hospital Financing in Sweden | 123

(i.e., long-term patients who have already beenhomes and other specific accommodations for theelderly and handicapped. Local municipalitiesalso finance the care of so-called “bedblockers,”treated for their acute illness but remain in short-term county council hospitals).

The Swedish health care system is decentral-ized with considerable freedom for each countycouncil to decide about the organization of healthcare. Several allocation mechanisms for hospitalsare working in parallel in Sweden today. Thiscountry chapter gives an overview of the Swedishsystem with special reference to hospital financ-ing followed by specific examples of hospital fi-nancing in two county councils.

SWEDISH HEALTH CARE SYSTEMREFORMSStructural changes in health care are on the politi-cal agenda in Sweden today. Several reviews ofthe current system and options for change havebeen published (1,2,3,4,12). One of the mainthemes of discussion is a separation of the financ-ing and provision functions of health care to in-crease productivity by competition. Another issuesuggesting structural change is the demand forconsumer choice within health care. The tradition-al and well defined catchment areas of health cen-ters and hospitals are being increasingly ques-tioned. Consumer preference is also considered inthe debate to be one mechanism for allocating re-sources to “effective” providers.

There are many areas of interaction between thehealth services and other sectors of the Swedishsocial welfare system, such as the national healthinsurance and the social services provided by localmunicipalities. The question of whether the cur-rent administrative structure in Sweden hascreated artificial barriers between sectors, therebypreventing efficient use of resources, is also beingdebated.

A national governmental committee was estab-lished in March 1992 to study the financing andorganization of health care. The committee wasinstructed to investigate different approaches to

reforming the Swedish health care system, focus-ing on three models in particular:

1. Reformed county council model: County coun-cils would still be responsible for the financingand the supply of health care; however, marketmechanisms would be introduced within theframework of the existing system. Public andprivate providers would compete equally.

2. Primary care-based model: Health care re-sources would be allocated at the primary caredelivery level. Each citizen would be given theopportunity to register with a family practitio-ner. The practitioner would be responsible forall health care costs of the registered patients.(This model has some similarity to the “generalpractitioner fundholding” concept recently in-troduced in the United Kingdom.)

3. Compulsory health insurance model: Healthcare would be financed by one or more insur-ance organizations and the existing authorityfor taxation would be removed from the countycouncils.

Despite some problems, the existing health sit-uation and the health care organization in Swedenhas many positive aspects. National health careexpenditures are not high compared with those ofother OECD countries, when differences in popu-lation age structures are taken into account. Lifeexpectancy at birth was higher in Sweden than inall other countries except for Iceland and Japan in1988 (14). Sweden’s infant mortality rate isamong the lowest in the world (9). The health sta-tus of the population, of course, is affected by ac-tions in many sectors of society. However, the sta-tistics are compatible with a well-functioninghealth care system. A recent review of the Swed-ish health care system by a group of foreign healtheconomists concluded:

What Sweden has is a set of problems—whose solution is admittedly by no meanseasy—that are shared with nearly every othercountry in the developed world. Moreover, Swe-den has these in a form that is often less severethan can be found elsewhere and is already con-taining them in ways that seem superior to the

Page 150: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

124 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

ways adopted in at least some other developedcountries. (3).

THE HEALTH CARE DELlVERY SYSTEMThere were about 900 local health centers andabout 90 short-term hospitals in Sweden in 1991.The number of hospital beds was relatively highcompared with other OECD countries, at 13.3 per1,000 inhabitants in 1988 (of which 4.1 were gen-eral, 2.4 psychiatric, and 6.2 long-term). Therewere also about 5 places per 1,000 inhabitants inmunicipal homes for the elderly.

❚ County Council ProvidersThe financing and provision of health care in Swe-den is, to a large extent, integrated within thecounty council system. The public providers inthe traditional county council model are struc-tured in three levels: primary care, county hospi-tals, and regional medical care (although emer-gency care is available at any institution).

The primary care level is usually organized indistricts that are primarily responsible for thehealth of the population in their areas. Each dis-trict includes one or more health care centers forambulatory care. At the health centers, generalpractitioners and in some cases specialists, pro-vide medical treatment, advisory services, andpreventive care. The primary care system includesdistrict nurses and midwives and also operatesclinics for child and maternity health care. Whenprimary care resources are insufficient for diagno-sis or treatment, the patient is referred to thecounty or regional medical care level. At thecounty hospital level, one or more short-term hos-pitals provide both outpatient and inpatient ser-vices. These county hospitals, which are ownedand operated by the county councils, are dividedaccording to their size and degree of specializa-tion, into:

district county hospitals with at least four spe-cialties (internal medicine, general surgery, ra-diology, and anesthesiology); andcentral county hospitals with up to 15 to 20 spe-cialities, usually one hospital for each county

council. These hospitals also serve as districthospitals for their neighborhoods.

The regional medical care level is responsiblefor patients whose problems require the collabora-tion of a large number of specialists and perhapsalso special equipment. Sweden is divided into sixmedical care regions, each serving a population ofabout one to two million. Each region has 1 or 2regional hospitals (figure 7-1 ). These hospitals areaffiliated with medical schools and are thus in-volved in teaching and research activities. Eachregional hospital is owned by the county councilwhere it is located and it also serves as county hos-pital for the local area.

❚ Private ProvidersPrivate providers deliver a small share of healthcare services in Sweden. An estimated 7 percentof beds for health care in 1989 were in privateinstitutions, which mainly provided long-termnursing care (13). About 5 percent of physiciansworked full-time in private practice in 1989.

PHYSICIANSSweden had about 25,000 physicians, or one per340 inhabitants in 1989. The number of physi-cians is expected to grow to more than 28,000 bythe year 2000. Physicians make up about 4 percentof all county council employees in health carewere 1989. Swedish physicians work either inhospitals or in primary care with a large propor-tion in hospitals. These physicians are usually in-volved in both inpatient and outpatient services.The proportion of physicians working as generalpractitioners (in primary care) is small comparedto most other OECD countries.

The annual number of visits to physicians inSweden is rather low in relation to many otherOECD countries, at about 3.1 visits per person in1989. There were an additional 2.7 visits per per-son for paramedical care, e.g., to district nurses,midwives, and physiotherapists. In 1989, 39 per-cent of doctor visits took place in hospitals, 39percent were to physicians within the primary care

Page 151: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 7 Hospital Financing in Sweden 125

system, 13 percent were to doctors in private prac-tice, and 9 percent were in other settings.

A large majority of Swedish physicians are sal-aried employees of county councils and have noremuneration based on the fee-for-service princi-ple. Hospital physicians are integrated into the de-partmental organization of public hospitals inSweden. The same general terms of employmentapply to general practitioners working in publichealth centers. Minimum salaries for differentkinds of positions are negotiated nationally. With-in this restriction the salary of the individual phy-sician is decided in a local agreement. Informationon the proportion of short-term hospital expendi-tures related to physicians is not available in theregular Swedish statistics on health care.

A few percent of Swedish physicians work full-time in private practice. A large majority of pri-vate practitioners are affiliated with the nationalhealth insurance system, which reimburses themon a fee-for-service basis. Prices for various kindsof services are decided prospectively in consulta-tions between a national administrative agency(Riksyforsakringsverket) and the Swedish MedicalAssociation.

NATIONAL HEALTH CAREEXPENDITURESNational health care expenditures totaled SEK122billion in 1991.2 This figure corresponds to aboutSEK14,000 per inhabitant or to 8.5 percent of thegross domestic product (GDP) (15). Public healthcare consumption and capital investmentsamounted to 78 percent of the total health care ex-penditures. An additional 10 percent was relatedto subsidies for drugs and private practitioners.The remaining 12 percent of the health care expen-ditures was for private consumption and capitalinvestments.

It is important to describe what is defined as“healthcare” when making international compari-sons. In 1991, nursing homes were included inhealth care expenditures in Sweden but care for

the mentally retarded was not apart of this defini-tion. However, in 1992, local nursing homes werereclassified as “units for specific accommoda-tion” and are no longer included in health care ex-penditures.

Total expenditures (operating costs and invest-ments) for public hospitals were estimated atabout SEK70 billion in 1991 by the Federation ofSwedish County Councils (5). According to thesestatistics about SEK55 billion of this sum was forshort-term somatic hospital expenditures.

SOURCE OF FUNDS

❚ Public FundingAs noted earlier, close to 90 percent of Swedishhealth care expenditures were publicly financed in1991, mostly through county councils. The ex-pansion of county council expenditures sloweddown during the 1980s and reversed to a decreasein fixed prices in 1991. During the 1970s, the totalcounty council expenditures showed an annualgrowth rate of between 4 and 5 percent in fixedprices. In the first half of the 1980s the average rateof expansion in fixed price was limited to 2.5 per-cent yearly and it then decreased to just over 1 per-cent in the second half of the decade. Growth in1991 was about zero and 1992 data point towarda 1.2 percent decline in expenditures in fixedprices (8).

The sources of revenues for the county councilsin 1991 are given in table 7-1. The most important

Source of revenue Percentage of total

County council income taxes 69National health insurance 10State subsidies 9Patient fees 3Other revenues 9

Total revenues 100

SOURCE: E. Paulson, 1995.

2 The exchange rate in January 1994 was approximately $U.S.0.67 to SEK1.00.

Page 152: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

126 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

source is the county council income tax, whichrepresented 69 percent of total revenues. This rev-enue is a proportional tax on personal incomefrom work. The tax rate varies among countycouncils, in 1991 ranging from 12.2 to 14.5 per-cent, and averaging 13.9 percent.3

In the traditional funding model, county coun-cil representatives decided on the rate of thecounty council income tax and estimated the fi-nancial resources available for the next year’shealth care budget. However, since 1991, therehave been national limits to economic expansionof the county councils and local municipalities.According to the 1991 Finance Plan (Finanspla-nen) of the Ministry of Finance, annual increasesin county councils’ and local municipalities’ ex-penditures in fixed prices must be restricted to nomore than 1 percent. In an effort to control totalspending, the national government has placed re-strictions on most kinds of county council reve-nues. By a temporary law, county councils werenot allowed to increase tax rates at 1991 and 1992,and the restriction was extended into 1993through an agreement between the national gov-ernment and the county councils.

About 10 percent of county council revenuescame from national health insurance contribu-tions and 9 percent were state subsidies in 1991(see table 7-1). National health insurance is a partof the social insurance system. It covers some al-lowances for medical expenses, sickness benefits,and maternity and parental benefits. Nationalhealth insurance is financed from tax revenues andcontributions from the national government’s so-cial insurance budget.

The principles of payments from the insurancesystem were changed in 1985 (under the “Dagmarreform”). A fixed sum of money for each countycouncil, mainly based on capitation, replaced theprevious activity-based reimbursement. The newsystem produced a cap on health care spending atthe national level. The total amount of resources

transferred by the national government to thecounty councils has decreased after adjustment forinflation since the 1985 reform.

As noted earlier, a large majority of privatepractitioners are reimbursed through the nationalhealth insurance. This cost is subtracted from theamount transferred to county councils from thehealth insurance system. However, the countycouncils have the power to restrict the number ofprivate practitioners eligible for reimbursementby the health insurance.

❚ Patient FeesIn 1991, 3 percent of county council revenueswere raised through direct patient fees. Countycouncils are free to decide on patient cost-sharingamounts for various kinds of ambulatory services,although maximum amounts for inpatient ser-vices are still established by the national govern-ment. There is also a nationally determined annuallimit on patient payments, amounting toSEK1,600 per person in 1993. Hospital care, pri-mary care, and drugs are free after a patient hasspent this amount for health care (7).

The main function of patient fees in the Swed-ish system is not to generate revenues but to influ-ence the consumption of health services. Severalcounty councils try to influence patient flows to-wards less expensive services through pricingmechanisms. For example, in the Stockholmcounty council, the patient’s cost for an outpatientvisit to a hospital in 1993 was SEK200 ascompared with SEK100 for a visit to a primarycare physician.

❚ Private Health InsurancePrivate health insurance represents a new but stillinfrequent source of financing for health care inSweden. The number of people covered by suchschemes was estimated to be 25,000 in 1991,which corresponds to about 0.3 percent of the pop-ulation (4).

3A proportional tax is one in which the average tax rate is the same at all income levels. The fraction of an individual’s income paid as taxes,

therefore remains constant whether income increases or decreases.

Page 153: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 7 Hospital Financing in Sweden | 127

ALLOCATION OF FUNDSDecisions on the organization of health care inSweden, are to a large extent, decentralized to thecounty councils. The advantage of decentralizeddecisionmaking is the opportunity to adjust thehealth care organization to local conditions. Con-sequently there are no nationally defined rules forfinancing hospitals in Sweden. This is true forboth operating and capital expenditures.

There is considerable variation among countycouncils, and sometimes also within the samecounty council when it comes to financing hospi-tals. However, it is possible to describe a tradition-al Swedish model and outline some general trendsof development in the funding of county councilhospitals.

❚ Traditional Allocation ModelUnder the traditional financing model, countycouncil health care funds are allocated to hospitalsand health care centers through an annual budgetnegotiation process. Historical costs have been amajor determinant of future budgets. Each hospi-tal clinical department has a rather crude produc-tion target, which is described in bed-days, num-ber of admitted patients, and outpatient visits. Inthis traditional system, cost control is achievedthrough aggregate fixed budgets at the countycouncil level.

The one major exception to prospective, fixedbudgets occurs when a patient is referred from anoutside county council for specialized care to a re-gional hospital. In these cases, the county refer-ring the patient pays the actual cost of the treat-ment. This has created an incentive to developpatient related cost accounting in some regionalhospitals.

The hospital department is a strong and ratherindependent organizational level in Swedish hos-pitals. Budgets are allocated to this level and hos-pital beds belong to individual clinical depart-ments. Patients are administratively dischargedfrom departments and not from the hospital itselfas in most other OECD countries. From a func-tional perspective a hospital can be divided intothree different kinds of units (departments):

1. clinical departments (e.g., general surgery),2. medical service departments (e.g., diagnostic

radiology), and3. general service departments (e.g., catering ser-

vices).

Under the traditional model each department ina Swedish hospital has its own budget. This struc-ture results in a weak connection between author-ity and accountability for resources. For example,a radiology investigation ordered for a patient bythe surgery department is a cost within the budgetof the diagnostic radiology department and not thesurgery budget. It has been estimated that forsome hospitals operating under the traditionalmodel, only about half of the costs generated bysurgeons consumed resources within the budgetof those surgeon’s own clinical departments. Toincrease the accountability for consumption of re-sources several county councils have introducedchanges in the way hospital departments arefunded. Some general trends are identified below.

❚ Internal Hospital MarketsOne trend is the creation of “internal markets”within the hospital. There should be no “free ser-vices” available to physicians. In this new situa-tion, service departments are financed by activity-based revenues instead of a fixed budget. Therevenues are generated by selling services to otherdepartments. In 1992, 25 out of 26 county coun-cils had at least one service department financedmainly through the sale of services (6). Develop-ments along this line have been most pronouncedfor general service departments. Clinical depart-ments may still be financed under this new modelthrough fixed budgets. The traditional budget ofa clinical department is then expanded to includeestimated costs for all hospital services (includingmedical and general services) needed by patientsadmitted to the department.

❚ Purchasing of Hospital ServicesSeveral county councils have also implementedmore profound changes in the organization andfunding of hospitals. One general trend is to sepa-

Page 154: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

128 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

rate financing and provision of services within thecounty council system. Under this new model theresources for health care within a county councilare allocated to a purchasing organization. Thisunit is then responsible for financing all healthcare consumption for a defined populationthrough contracts with health care providers.

There is a considerable variation in the imple-mentation of the general principle. The purchas-ing function may be carried out by a central orga-nization or by several local units within eachcounty council. There are also different solutionsfor how purchasers reimburse providers. Financ-ing mechanisms for clinical departments in hospi-tals may be in the form of block contracts, per-casepayments, or fee-for-service payments. In 1992,seven county councils used per-case paymentsbased on diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) to atleast partially finance hospital services (6). TheDRG system has been tested in Sweden since thelate 1980s (10).

Even under new hospital financing schemes, allpurchasers and more or less all hospital providersare still within the county council system. Conse-quently, most payments are internal transactionswithin different branches of the same organiza-tion. There are no legal barriers preventing a “re-negotiation” of funding retrospectively in such asystem.

A few county councils began implementingnew funding arrangements for hospitals on a lim-ited scale in 1992 and several county councils arestill in the process of defining or adjusting theirnew organizational models. Two county councilssystems are described later in this chapter to illus-trate some of the hospital funding mechanismscurrently working in parallel in Sweden.

HOSPITAL CAPITAL COSTSDecisions on investments are made at the countycouncil level. There is currently no national plan-ning for hospital structure or other investments inthe health care sector. There is, however, a plan-ning organization within each of Sweden’s sixhealth care regions for consultations on health ser-vices at the regional level. These organizations in-

clude representatives of all the county councilswithin a particular region.

The amount of investment and rules for financ-ing are decided on by each county council. Underthe traditional model annual budgets are estab-lished for investments, but the costs for buildingsand expensive equipment are not included in theoperating budgets allocated to individual hospitaldepartments. New models for financing invest-ments are now under development by manycounty councils. One trend is to allocate rents forfacilities and costs for investments to hospital de-partments. The rationale is to make it possible forhospital departments to substitute different kindsof inputs (e.g., labor versus high-technologyequipment) for providing health services.

Two county councils and two public hospitalswithin these councils are described below to illus-trate financing methods that are being used inSweden today. The examples are a 250-bed dis-trict county hospital with both global budgets andcase-based funding, and one large 1,800-bed uni-versity hospital with both traditional and fee-for-service funding.

EXAMPLE I: THE STOCKHOLM COUNTYCOUNCILThe Stockholm county council takes in the city ofStockholm and surrounding areas. The county israther small in geographical terms, but its popula-tion is unusually large (1.7 million, or 20 percentof the total 1992 population) compared with otherSwedish county councils, Stockholm being thecountry’s biggest urban area. Within the Stock-holm county council, there are four administrativedecisionmaking levels for hospital care: centralcounty council, health care area, hospital, and hos-pital department. The first two levels are governedby politicians and the other two are administrativeonly. General rules for financing and providinghealth care are decided on by the political board atthe central county council level. Issues at this levelare principles for financing hospitals and systemsfor quality assurance. Large investments are alsodecided at this level.

Page 155: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 7 Hospital Financing in Sweden | 129

The Stockholm county council is divided intonine health care areas. The total county councilbudget for health care is allocated to these nineareas based on the needs of the population. Needsare estimated through a formula that includes thenumber of people, the age distribution and the so-cioeconomic status of the population. Each healthcare area has a board of politicians that is responsi-ble for financing the health care provided to theirrespective populations.

There were 10 county council-owned and twoprivate short-term hospitals within the county’sboundaries in 1992. The two private hospitalswere small and combined had about 200 beds.Two of the public institutions were universityhospitals affiliated with medical schools. It wasdecided in 1992 that 10 percent of the servicesprovided by the county council should be “privat-ized” to increase competition.

Beginning in 1992, the Stockholm countycouncil changed from prospectively determinedbudgets to a new method for allocating resourcesto hospitals (the “Stockholm model”). Since1992, four kinds of clinical departments (generalsurgery, obstetrics/gynecology, orthopedic sur-gery, and urology) have been funded mainly fromrevenues based on activity levels. The new financ-ing scheme was extended to all somatic (nonpsy-chiatric) clinical departments in short-term hospi-tals in 1993. Reimbursement for inpatient care issimilar to the prospective payment system (PPS)for Medicare inpatients in the United States.Modified Medicare and Norwegian DRG costweights together with standard amounts based onhistorical costs are used in the Stockholm countycouncil application.

Ambulatory surgery is financed in the sameway as inpatient surgery although price levels in1992 were set at 60 percent of the correspondinginpatient DRG rate. Care of other types of outpa-tients are reimbursed according to locallyconstructed classifications of patient visits. Somespecific cost items (research, development, andeducation) continue to be financed through a pro-spectively determined annual budget.

The change from fixed budgets to activity-based financing introduced a potential risk of es-

calating health care costs. However, a number ofmeasures have been taken to maintain cost con-tainment within the new system. The initial DRGrates were set 10 percent lower than estimated his-torical costs based on previous prospective budgetamounts. All transactions (except for the privatehospitals) are internal to the county council, be-cause the hospitals are owned by them. Thiscreates the opportunity to make retrospective ad-justments in funding arrangements in a way notpossible between independent organizations. Itwas decided in advance that renegotiation of DRGrates would take place if total service productionfor all hospitals in the Stockholm county councilarea increased by more than 10 percent.

It is obviously too early to draw firm conclu-sions about the overall effects of the new fundingsystem for hospital care. Preliminary data indicatea greater than 10-percent increase in productionand a reduction in waiting lists. Major invest-ments in new capacity in county council institu-tions are still controlled at the central countycouncil levels. A central planning process willprobably suggest a reduction both in the numberof clinical departments and county council gener-al short-term hospitals.

❚ Nacka HospitalThe Nacka hospital is an example of a short-termpublic hospital within the Stockholm countycouncil. It is a 250-bed district county hospitalwith about 800 employees (full-time equivalents)and an estimated turnover of SEK270 million in1992. The hospital was financed according to twodifferent methods. About 30 percent of revenuescame from an annual fixed budget and the remain-ing 70 percent was based on the activity level. Thehospital was organized into seven units of whichfive were clinical departments and two were gen-eral service departments. In 1992, the two surgicaldepartments were financed based on their activitylevels.

Heads of departments are responsible for bal-ancing their annual budgets. They have consider-able freedom in organizing the health care withintheir departments. The clinical departments are

Page 156: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

130 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

billed for services consumed by their patients inother departments within the hospital. Servicesbought from organizations outside the hospitalmust also be paid for by the individual depart-ment.

Capital CostsThere is no separate capital investment budget forthe hospital. New investments in buildings andequipment are financed from operating revenues.Existing buildings are rented by the hospital froma department (the central estate department) with-in the county council. Rents reflect the locationand the quality of the buildings and are based ona calculated market value. All new equipment forthe hospital valued above SEK100,000 is pur-chased by the county council’s leasing department.The equipment is then rented to the hospital.

The organizational level with the authority todecide about an investment depends on theamount of the transaction. Investment decisionscosting up to SEK200,000 may be made by theheads of departments, and up to SEK3 million bythe hospital director. However, all investmentsabove SEK100,000 in value must be leased fromthe central county council level.

EXAMPLE II: THE UPPSALA COUNTYCOUNCILThe Uppsala county council had 279,000 inhabit-ants in 1992 and is situated northwest of Stock-holm county. The turnover of the county councilwas SEK5,700 million in 1990 and it had 19,000employees. There were three county councilowned short-term hospitals and one small privatehospital (17 beds) within the geographic bound-aries of the county council in 1992. The privatehospital was carrying out elective surgery mainly.The Uppsala county council has a more traditionalorganization for funding hospitals than the“Stockholm model,” described above, and is alsoadopting change more gradually. The primarycare level within the county council is responsiblefor health care center services as well as the esti-

mated costs of outpatient visits to hospitals andprivate practitioners.

A part of the Uppsala county council is oper-ated under special financial arrangements, as ademonstration project. A purchasing committeefor the Enköping/Håbo district received all re-sources for medical care of the population in itsdistrict. The purchasing committee then buys ser-vices from providers of primary and hospital care.

❚ University Hospital of UppsalaThe University Hospital of Uppsala (Akademiskasjukhuset) is the major public hospital in the cityof Uppsala. In 1992 it had 1,800 beds and close to10,000 employees (54 percent of whom workedfull time). The main tasks of the hospital are healthcare, research, and education. Health care is deliv-ered to both county council residents and to pa-tients referred for specialist care from othercounty councils. Funds flow to the hospital fromseveral organizations and are allocated accordingto different payment methods. The hospital’s esti-mated revenues in 1992 totaled about SEK2,600million (16) (see table 7-2). The diverse fundingof the hospital reflects both the complexity offunctions in a large university hospital and the tran-sition period between different funding methods.

Approximately half of the hospital’s financingwas derived from prospectively fixed budgets. In-patient services for people living within thecounty council accounted for 46 percent of totalrevenues and was funded by fixed budgets fromthe central county council level. (An exceptionwas patients from the Enköping/Håbo district,whose care was reimbursed by an activity-basedsystem, described below.) The other fixed budgetcomponent was only 6 percent and included com-pensation for extra costs in the health care processdue to the education and research functions of thehospital. These funds derive from the nationalgovernment.

The other half of the hospital’s revenues relatedto services for which it was reimbursed accordingto activity-based principles. The most important

Page 157: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 7 Hospital Financing in Sweden I 131

Source of revenue Amount Percentage

Revenues from prospectively fixed budgetsInpatient from own county council 1,188 46Additional costs due to education/research 152 6

Activity related revenuesPatients from other county councils 755 29Outpatients from own county council 235 9Inpatients from Enkoping/Habo district in own county council 105 4Direct patient fees 40 2Other revenues 124 5

Total Revenues 2,599 100

SOURCE Uppsala County Council, Preliminar budget for Akademiska sjukhuset 1992 (Preliminary Budget for Uppsala Uni-versity Hospital 1992) (Uppsala: Uppsala County Council, 1991).

part of this financing (29 percent of the total) camefrom patients referred by other county councils forregional specialist care. Traditionally, the hospitalhas been paid the “actual costs” of treatment on afee-for-service basis for these patients. However,since 1993, some services have been paid for byfixed prices decided on in advance, in accord withagreements between the hospital and the sevencounty councils in the Uppsala health care region.

Since 1992, the hospital has been paid for out-patient services to county council residents fromthe primary care level budget, based on the num-ber and types of visits. Prior to 1992, resources foroutpatient services had been incorporated into thehospital’s annual fixed budget.

Revenues from inpatients paid for by theEnkoping/Habo purchasing committee were 4percent of the hospital’s total revenues. Direct feespaid by the patients amounted to an additional 2percent. Other revenues came from severalsources (see table 7-2). The main source was labo-ratory services sold to other institutions. Reve-nues received from local municipalities are alsoincluded under this heading. Municipalities arerequired to pay for patients who are still in the hos-pital although their acute illness has been treated.

The Uppsala University Hospital has aboard ofcounty council politicians. This body determinesthe number of beds that are authorized and the pre-liminary budget (expenses and also revenueswhen relevant) for each clinical department. Thehospital has a complex organization. Traditional-

ly, it has had about 30 clinical, 10 medical service,and several general service departments. Becauseit has been difficult for hospital management to bein contact with over 40 independent units, the de-partments are currently being organized into about10 divisions. From a financing perspective, hospi-tal departments and divisions are divided intobudget-funded and income-funded units. In 1992,all clinical departments were of the former type,and all medical and general service departments(except one) were of the latter type. A preliminarybudget and estimated production targets are estab-lished for each division or clinical department.Budgets are defined for expenses and also for rev-enues, when appropriate. Production targets areexpressed as the number of admitted patients, bed-days, and outpatient visits. There is a trend towardadding measures of more well-defined services(production groups).

Capital CostsPlanning of investments and purchasing of equip-ment is to be made through a central departmentof the county council and the hospital. Every yeara plan of investments is established for the hospi-tal. This document is based on the planning of theindividual hospital departments. The investmentplan, which is specified for each department, isconfirmed by the hospital director. Investmentsdecisions costing up to SEK100,000 may be madeby heads of department if the sum is within the

Page 158: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

132 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

current expenses budget (direct depreciation).Larger amounts are decided by the hospital direc-tor. Rental contracts may be signed by the headsof departments unless the amount exceedsSEK100,000 and the duration is more than threeyears. The limit of SEK100,000 does not apply toheads of divisions. However, all rental contractsfor buildings must be signed by the hospital man-agement. The hospital pays rent for buildings tothe central estate department of the county coun-cil. The total sum was about SEK400 million in1992. In that year, the rent was not allocated to theindividual departments; however, there were in-centives for heads of departments to reduce theneed for building space. If building space was re-duced, the department received compensationamounting to half of one year’s rent. Costs forconstruction or modification of existing facilitiesare included as operating expenses at the depart-mental level.

CONCLUSIONSThe Swedish health care system is characterizedby ongoing organizational change. New modelsfor funding hospitals are being applied within theframework of the county council system. A com-mon theme is the separation of the provision andfinancing of services both within hospitals andwithin county councils. There is considerablevariation in how the new principles for fundinghospitals are being implemented. The diversity isnot surprising given the decentralized nature ofthe Swedish health care system. Variation is alsoa consequence of the fact that many county coun-cils are still in the process of defining or adjustingnew organizational models. It is still early to drawconclusions from the scant empirical evidenceavailable about the effects of new funding modelsfor Swedish hospitals.

Some policymakers see a considerable poten-tial for market mechanisms to improve Swedishhealth care. Traditional budget-based funding hasbeen criticized for creating a rigid structure thathas prevented efficient use of resources. However,there may be hidden costs in the new market-driv-en mechanisms. For example, administration of

the health care system may become more complex(and expensive), and it is important that thosecosts not outweigh the savings realized by in-creased productivity in the delivery of services.

High productivity in health care is not itself agoal. What is more important is to have “value formoney,” that is maximizing health benefits inrelation to resources spent on health care. From atheoretical perspective, it would be more relevantin a market-oriented system to pay for results ob-tained than for “products” of health care like hos-pitalizations, days of care, and patient visits.However, due to practical considerations, marketsystems are often to a large extent focused on theprice of such intermediate products. It is also im-portant to include quality of care incentives to im-prove the delivery of health care services.

The traditional health care budgeting system inSweden has been successful in containing costsover the last ten years. Under a more market-ori-ented system, driven by what seems to be an un-limited demand for health care, it will be neces-sary to implement new restrictions on health careutilization to prevent a loss of overall cost control.

The decentralized structure of Swedish healthcare creates opportunities to test new approachesto health care organization on a limited scale, aswell as to adjust health care models to local condi-tions. This is an important advantage, as theconditions for health care are rather different in adensely populated urban area like Stockholmcompared to a sparsely populated county in north-ern Sweden. The nature of medical specialties alsovaries to a considerable extent (e.g., thoracic sur-gery versus psychiatry), and allowances for thesedifferences also are important.

Demonstration projects may be valuable inlearning how the new concepts of health care orga-nization are working in practice in Sweden. Step-by-step implementation of new concepts make itpossible to learn from experience and to makenecessary adjustments in the evolving health careorganization.

ADDENDUMSince this chapter was first drafted, two majorchanges have taken place that affect the health care

Page 159: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 7 Hospital Financing in Sweden | 133

system: a general decline in the Swedish economyand a change in the political leadership of thecountry. The Swedish GDP decreased by 5 per-cent from 1991 to 1993 and unemployment has in-creased to high levels. These changes have put astrain on national public finances and resulted ina large national budget deficit. Decreased personalearnings also affect county councils by reducingrevenues from the county council income tax. Infact, total county council expenditures have de-creased in the period 1992 to 1994.

The fall 1994 election brought a shift in powerfrom a nonsocialist to a social-democratic nation-al government. The government committee (HSU2000) mentioned earlier in this chapter receivednew instructions from the government in Decem-ber 1994. The committee is no longer consideringdifferent options for financing and organizinghealth care, but instead is working on several spe-cific issues within the existing county council sys-tem. These issues include: measures to strengthenthe position of patients in health services; project-ing health care needs up to the year 2010, with spe-cific reference to the needs of the elderly; prin-ciples for the national control of health services;evaluating new organizational arrangementswithin county councils; paying for pharmaceuti-cals in ambulatory care; and reassessing publichealth responsibilities by the different levels ofgovernment.

Several county councils have instituted internaldivisions between purchaser and provider func-tions, within the overall county council frame-work. However, there has been a general shift inemphasis during the last year from competitionamong providers to cooperation and health careplanning. Examples include specialization andsharing of services among hospitals in a givenarea, and a reduction in the number of short-termhospitals with full 24-hour acute surgical servicesin urban areas.

Patients’ freedom to choose among providers(at the primary care and hospital levels) has in-creased over the past few years. Patients are nowusually free to seek elective care at any public hos-pital within the county council. In some parts of

Sweden the freedom of choice is extended to hos-pitals in neighboring county councils. However,there is a potential conflict between the patient’schoice of health care provider and the cost con-tainment and planning efforts at the county coun-cil level. It is not clear if patients’ freedom ofchoice will be given priority over contracts estab-lished between the purchasing organizations andthe providers in county councils.

Private health insurance and private inpatientcare are still very small but expanding sectors ofSwedish health care. About 40,000 people (lessthan 0.5 percent of the population) had privatehealth insurance in 1994, but the number of poli-cies has doubled since 1990 (11). Private institu-tions represented 4.5 percent of all Swedish hospi-tal beds for somatic short-term care in 1994, anincrease of 60 percent since 1992.

REFERENCES1. Berleen, G., Rhenberg, C., and Wennström,

G., The Reform of Health Care in Sweden,Spri report No. 339 (Stockholm: Spri, 1992).

2. Calltorp, J., Ham, C., and Rosenthal, M.,(eds) “Special Issue: Swedish Health Servicesat the Crossroads,” Health Policy 21:95-186,1992.

3. Culyer, A.J., “Health Care and Health CareFinance in Sweden: The Crisis that NeverWas; the Tension that Ever Will Be,” Occa-sional Paper No 33 (Stockholm: SwedishCentre for Business and Policy Studies,1991).

4. The Federation of Swedish County Councils,Crossroads. Future Options for SwedishHealth Care (Stockholm: The Federation ofSwedish County Councils, 1991).

5. The Federation of Swedish County Councils,Statistisk årsbok för Landsting 1992/93 (Sta-tistical Yearbook of County Councils,1992/93) (Stockholm: The Federation ofSwedish County Councils, 1992).

6. The Federation of Swedish County Councils,Enkät om ekonomistyrning i landstingen1992. Redovisning av enkätsvaren (Survey

Page 160: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

134 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

on Economic Planning and Management inthe County Councils 1992. Presentation of theSurvey Answers) (Stockholm: The Federa-tion of Swedish County Councils, 1992).

7. The Federation of Swedish County Councils,Från sjukrona till aveglering. Landstingenoch patientavgifterna (From “SevenCrowns” to Deregulation. The County Coun-cils and Patient Fees) (Stockholm: The Fed-eration of Swedish Country Councils, 1993).

8. The Federation of Swedish County Councils,Health Care Utilization and Resources inSweden 1980-1992 (Stockholm: The Federa-tion of Swedish County Councils, 1993).

9. Organisation for Economic Cooperation andDevelopment, OECD in Figures. Statistics onthe Member Countries, 1992 Edition, Supple-ment to the OECD Observer No. 176 (Paris:OECD, 1992).

10. Paulson, E., “Sweden: A Health Care Modelin Transition,” J. Kimberly and G. Pourvour-ville (eds) The Migration of Management In-novation (San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Pub-lishers, 1993).

11. Rehnberg, C., Garpenby, P., Privata Akörer iSvensk Sjukvård (Private Participants inSwedish Health Care) (Stockholm: SwedishCentre for Business and Policy Studies,1995).

12. Saltman, R. and von Otter, C., Planned Mar-kets and Public Competition. Strategic Re-form in Northern European Health Systems(Buckingham: Open University Press, 1992).

13. Statistics Sweden, Hälsan i Sverige. Hälsos-tatistisk årsbok 1991/92. [Health in Sweden.Yearbook of Health Statistics 1991/92](Stockholm: Statistics Sweden, 1991).

14. Statistics Sweden, Statistisk årsbok för Sver-ige 1992 (Statistical Yearbook of Sweden1992) (Stockholm: Statistics Sweden, 1991).

15. Statistics Sweden, The Swedish National Ac-counts (Stockholm: Statistics Sweden, 1993).

16. Uppsala County Council, Preliminär budgetför Akademiska sjukhuset 1992 (PreliminaryBudget for Uppsala University Hospital1992) (Uppsala: Uppsala County Council,1991).

Page 161: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

HospitalFinancing

in theUnited States

by Mary A. Laschober and James C. Vertrees

ospitals are a basic element of America’s health care sys-tem. U.S. hospitals adopt much of the state-of-the-artmedical technology, train most new physicians, and areoften the point of access to health care for the uninsured.

In 1991, hospitals were the single largest category of healthspending at 38 percent of national health expenditures (NHE), al-though other services have increasingly accounted for a greatershare of health outlays (8). Hospital expenditures for acute care—the focus of this chapter—equaled 33 percent of NHE in 1991(table 8-1). Payments for hospital-based acute care rose by aboutone and one-half times between 1981 and 1991, growing consis-tently faster than general inflation and contributing substantiallyto the overall increase in NHE during that period (8,15) (table8-1). These trends and the substantial amount of money devotedto acute care in the United States have focused cost containmentefforts on hospital expenses and payments.

Because of the greater focus on hospital costs in recent yearsand especially on inpatient services, acute inpatient hospital ex-penditures have increased much more slowly than spending onhospital outpatient care (8) (table 8-1). This trend has two maincauses. Changes in payment methods for inpatient services andincreased monitoring of inpatient care by public and privatepayers have motivated hospitals to reduce costs through morecareful screening of admissions, reductions in lengths of stay, andclosures of empty hospital beds. The other important cause for thedecline in acute care inpatient expenditures as a share of total hos-pital outlays has been the displacement of inpatient care to outpa-tient sites (15).

The organization of the hospital system in the United States isunique and complicated. No other country has such a heteroge- | 135

Page 162: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

136 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Hospital expenditures 1981 1991 Change (in percent)

Total hospital expenditures $119,6 $288.6 + 141Acute care hospital expenditures

(inpatient and outpatient care) $100.9 $249.4 + 147Acute care hospital expenditures as of

share of NHE 35% 33 % -5.7Acute inpatient hospital expenditures $87.5 $186.5 + 113Acute outpatient hospital

expenditures $13.5 $63.0 + 367

SOURCE: S.W. Letsch, H.C. Lazenby, K.R. Levit, et al., “National Health Expenditures, 1991” Health Care Financing Review14(2),1 -30, 1992.

neous collection of hospitals, payers, or paymentmethods for hospital services (6). U.S. hospitalscan be classified as short-term (acute care) hospi-tals, teaching hospitals, or long-term care institu-tions; as public, private nonprofit, or private for-profit; or designated by the main type of servicesprovided, such as general, specialty, or referralservices. Financing for hospital services comesfrom a multitude of private insurers as well as thejoint federal-state Medicaid program, the federalMedicare program, and out-of-pocket costs paidby insured and uninsured people. The variousthird-party insurers pay hospitals through an evenwider assortment of methods, including retro-spective cost-based reimbursement, discountedcharges, and prospective payment based on diag-nosis-related groups (DRGs) of cases or based ongroups of hospitals with similar costs (peer groups).

STRUCTURE OF THE HOSPITAL SECTORThe dominant type of hospital in the United Statesis the community hospital, of which there were5,342 in 1991 (6) (table 8-2). Community hospi-tals are nonfederal, short-term facilities serving

the general public, in which the majority of thehospital’s patients are admitted to units where theaverage length of stay is less than 30 days. Com-munity hospitals can be private nonprofit (3,175,or almost 60 percent of all community hospitals in1991), private for-profit (738 in 1991), or ownedby state and local governments (1,429 in 1991) (6)(table 8-2). Nonprofit hospitals are operated by or-ganizations such as universities, churches, andother charities, and they are exempt from taxes onsurplus revenues. For-profit hospitals are oper-ated by individuals, partnerships, or corporationsand pay taxes on their surplus income. Publiccommunity hospitals are owned and operated bystate or local governments, and they provide carefor large numbers of uninsured patients.

In addition to community hospitals, there arehospitals owned and operated by the federal gov-ernment (serving active military personnel, veter-ans, and Native Americans), specialty long-termhospitals (e.g., psychiatric, long-term care, reha-bilitation), and teaching hospitals. Teaching hos-pitals, which are more complex than communityhospitals, supply primary and tertiary care, pro-

Number of Percentage of Percentage of Percentage ofType of hospital hospitals all hospitals acute care beds admissions

Private nonprofit 3,175 59.4 71,0 73.9Private for-profit 738 13,8 10,8 9.7State and local government 1,429 26.8 18,2 16.4

Total community hospitals 5,342 100 100 100

SOURCES: J.K. Iglehart, “The American Health Care System, ” The New England Journal of Medicine 329(5).372-376, 1993; American HospitalAssociation, American Hospital Association Hospital Statistics, 1992-93

Page 163: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 8 Hospital Financing in the United States | 137

vide clinical education, and conduct biomedicalresearch. There are a considerable number of “hy-brid” hospitals that combine features of communi-ty and teaching institutions (6).

U.S. hospitals deliver a wide variety of ser-vices. Some hospitals serve mainly as referral cen-ters for the most highly specialized diagnostic andtreatment modalities; others mainly provide rou-tine acute care and few intensive care services. Inbetween are hospitals that provide an assortmentof medical and technologically sophisticated ser-vices.

Public and private hospitals can serve any pa-tient and receive reimbursement from any payer,with the exception of certain population-basedhospitals, such as federal military and veterans’hospitals. Most acute care admissions (74 percentin 1991) are to private nonprofit hospitals, whichcontain almost three-quarters of the total acutecare beds in community hospitals (table 8-2).Community hospitals delivered 86 percent of allhospital care in 1991, a proportion that has re-mained stable throughout the last decade (8).

PHYSICIANSPhysicians play an important role in the work ofall types of hospitals. The relationship betweenprivate-practice physicians and hospitals in theUnited States contrasts with that of most Euro-pean countries. In general, European hospitals arestaffed primarily by full-time, salaried specialistswho limit their practices to inpatient care for pa-tients referred by office-based physicians. In con-trast, U.S. physicians are office-based; they notonly provide outpatient ambulatory care but alsofollow their patients into hospitals to provide in-patient services. Hospitals in the United Statestypically operate according to the “open-staff”model, under which physicians in the communityare free to treat their patients in any number of dif-ferent hospitals that grant them admitting privi-leges. U.S. hospitals exist mainly as locations forphysicians to provide inpatient services, with ac-cess to nursing and ancillary services. Relativelyrecent cost containment approaches adopted byprivate payers, such as utilization review, often

now limit the ability of physicians to hospitalizetheir patients without prior approval by the pa-tient’s insurer except in emergency situations.This review of physician decisions is an importantcomponent of “managed care.”

U.S. doctors most often bill for hospital ser-vices on a fee-for-service basis. Physician reim-bursement for hospital-based services are subjectonly to the limitations of fee schedules imposedby each insurer. Only a very small number of phy-sicians are salaried employees of hospitals (typi-cally in academic medical centers). No reimburse-ment differences exist for physicians workingprimarily in a hospital (e.g., anesthesiologists)and those working in the community, except thathospital-based procedures have historically beenmore lucrative. Changes in payment—such asMedicare’s relative value scale, which increasedfees for evaluation and management services andreduced fees for surgeries and procedures—havestarted to redress perceived inequalities in fees fordifferent services and incomes for different physi-cian specialties.

Most hospital-based physician services in theUnited States are not included in a hospital’s fi-nancial planning. This has intensified the tensionbetween physicians and hospitals as third-partypayers increasingly adopt prospective paymentmethods (e.g., case-based payment, capitationpayment) that encourage hospitals to reduce ser-vices in general and expensive medical technolo-gies in particular. For example, under Medicare’sprospective hospital payment system, the fixedpayments for particular patient diagnoses placehospitals at greater financial risk for the clinicalservices provided by their medical staffs, motivat-ing hospitals to reduce the cost of inpatient ser-vices and lengths of stay. However, physicians,who largely control these decisions, were left un-touched by Medicare’s new hospital paymentscheme and still frequently have incentives to pro-vide more care (6).

Other factors also influence the relationship be-tween hospitals and physicians. One of these ishospitals’ increasing competition for marketshare. To ensure a large base of referrals needed to

Page 164: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

138 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

maintain admission levels, hospitals activelycourt physicians and their practices. This is espe-cially true for primary care physicians, who are inlimited supply in the United States and who in-creasingly act as the “gatekeepers” for hospitalservices in private managed care organizations.Competition among hospitals for these providershas led to a variety of financial arrangements withphysicians, including joint ventures and incomeguarantees. Hospitals sometimes purchase physi-cian practices outright, put clinicians on salary,and manage the administration of the practices, inorder to recruit and retain needed providers.

HOSPITAL OPERATING COSTS1

❚ Financing ModelThere is no uniform payment system or rates forhospitals in the United States. Although Medicarepays all hospitals using a common rate-settingmethodology (with different hospitals receivingdifferent rates), Medicaid rates and paymentmethods are determined by individual states, andprivate insurance companies and managed careplans are free to set their own hospital rates andpayment arrangements within the constraints es-tablished by antitrust laws. Maryland is the onlystate that has retained an all-payer, prospectiverate-setting system for hospital care, under whichservices are paid for by multiple third-party payersbut all payers must adopt the same methods andhospital-specific rates. A few states have lesscomprehensive forms of rate-setting systems.

The plethora of payers and payment methodscreates considerable complexity for U.S. hospi-tals. Hospitals must design intricate administra-tive mechanisms to track services eligible for re-imbursement for different patients, the amount ofmoney that a hospital will receive for those ser-vices, and the method of payment for each pa-

tient’s care. This complexity imposes high admin-istrative costs on the U.S. system as a whole,including its hospitals, and creates opportunitiesfor cost shifting among payers and services (17).

MedicareBecause Medicare’s payments to hospitals ac-count for a substantial share of their revenues(about 25 percent in 1991), its payment systemand rates have a large impact on hospitals’ finan-cial condition. When Medicare was first estab-lished in 1965, mainly to pay for health care for theelderly population, hospitals were reimbursed forinpatient services on the basis of “reasonable cost”plus 2 percent. (By definition, these costs in-cluded both patient-related direct costs and indi-rect costs.) Essentially, once costs were estab-lished by Medicare’s intermediaries, hospitalsbilled Medicare for whatever services they pro-vided. In response to concerns about rising Medi-care expenditures—Medicare spending for inpa-tient hospital services rose between 12 and 20percent yearly during the early 1980s—between1972 and 1983 a number of constraints wereintroduced to control Medicare’s hospital outlays(15). These included changing Medicare’s pay-ment method for hospital services away from ret-rospective payments to a prospective paymentschedule with hospital rates set in advance (10).

Beginning in 1983, Medicare implemented thehospital prospective payment system (PPS). Thissystem changed the basis of Medicare’s paymentsfor inpatient hospital care from retrospective coststo a prospective fixed rate per discharge. UnderPPS the basis of payment for each hospital dis-charge is the national standardized paymentamount, which represents the average payment forthe typical Medicare case. Cases are categorizedby diagnosis-related groups (DRGs), which aregroups of medically similar cases that requirecomparable resource use by hospitals. Each DRG

1 Hospital operating expenses are the costs that a hospital incurs for its day-to-day operation, such as staff salaries, electricity bills, and medi-

cal supplies. They also include depreciation expenses (i.e., costs that represent capital equipment’s fall in value, which in turn represents at leastpart of the cost of replacing the equipment) and interest expenses (i.e., the costs of borrowed funds) which are related to previous capital invest-ments.

Page 165: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 8 Hospital Financing in the United States 139

is assigned a weight based on its cost relative tothe national average cost for all cases. RelativeDRG weights reflect the relative rates that Medi-care pays for patients’ admissions for each DRGcase. Basic DRG payments are adjusted so thatthey reflect the hospital’s location (i.e., large ur-ban, other urban, or rural) and local wage rates aswell as the mix of the hospital’s Medicare cases.Payments are also adjusted for cases with unusu-ally long stays or extraordinarily high costs, forhospitals that operate graduate medical educationprograms, and for hospitals that serve a dispropor-tionate share of patients with low incomes (15).Charges for outpatient services are not included inthe DRG payment.

PPS is intended to lower Medicare’s inpatienthospital expenditures by giving financial incen-tives to hospitals to improve efficiency in provid-ing inpatient services, including reducing lengthsof stays and the quantity and cost of services pro-vided during hospital stays. Hospitals that providecare for a patient at less cost than the prospectiveDRG rate are allowed to keep the surplus, whereasthose whose costs exceed the rate must bear theloss. Medicare’s increased emphasis on utilizationreview and the implementation of Peer ReviewOrganizations have also encouraged doctors andhospitals to reduce hospital costs (15).

Some hoped that PPS would promote more em-phasis on cost-saving (as opposed to cost-increas-ing) technologies, although this does not seem tohave taken place (10). According to the Congres-sional Prospective Payment Assessment Com-mission (ProPAC), which oversees Medicare’sprospective rate system, Medicare expendituresfor inpatient care have continued to climb despiteits cost containment efforts, mainly because oftechnological innovations that have changed thetypes of services provided and thus increased thecost of complex cases (15).

During its first year PPS led to pronounced de-creases in the average length of stay for Medicarepatients as well as declines in admissions, short-stay hospital beds, and occupancy rates (9). AfterPPS was introduced, the rate of growth in Medi-care’s hospital expenditures declined substantial-ly from previous annual spending increases (10).

However, because hospital costs for Medicare pa-tients have grown faster than Medicare’s paymentupdates, hospitals’ Medicare operating margins(the difference between Medicare payments andMedicare-allowed inpatient operating costs) havesteadily declined (10). (Because of the diversity inDRG payments, individual hospital experiencesvary from the average.)

PPS’s savings maybe less than indicated if oneobserves only changes in hospital inpatient ser-vices and spending. PPS is often cited as one rea-son for the accelerated shift of treatment frominpatient settings to hospital outpatient sites, free-standing outpatient centers, and physicians’ of-fices (10). Medicare’s expenditures for post-acutecare services, for home health care, and for Medi-care’s part B program have risen markedly overthe past decade (15). Payments for outpatient hos-pital services constitute an increasing percentageof the revenue that hospitals receive from Medi-care, which still pays for the majority of outpatientservices based on their costs. In response to thesetrends, in 1986 Congress first directed the HealthCare Financing Administration (HCFA; theagency that administers Medicare) to propose aprospective payment system for outpatient ser-vices and provided a list of requirements for thesystem to meet. Developing a viable methodturned out to be much more difficult than design-ing the DRG system for inpatient care, and onlynow, in 1995, is the proposal finished and ready tomake its way through a review process. Imple-mentation of an outpatient PPS may still be yearsoff (13).

MedicaidMedicaid is the second-largest public payer, tar-geting low-income families, poor elderly, and theblind and disabled populations. HCFA’s MedicaidBureau oversees state administration of individu-al Medicaid programs. The federal governmentdefines certain guidelines that states must meet toreceive federal funding, but states are free to de-velop their own Medicaid programs within theseguidelines. The guidelines include restrictions onprovider reimbursement methods and rates, whichmust be consistent with efficiency, economy, and

Page 166: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

140

qua

Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

lity of care, and they must be sufficient to at-tract adequate numbers of providers by geograph-ic region and ensure that Medicaid beneficiarieshave access to care (providers are not required toserve Medicaid patients). Payment amounts aresupposed to be set such that Medicaid beneficia-ries have access to care equal to that of the generalpopulation.

In the 1970s and early 1980s, many private andpublic health insurers (including most Medicaidprograms) paid hospitals on a cost-reimbursementbasis. This payment method, under which hospi-tals passed on the costs of providing services tothird-party payers, encouraged the provision ofmore, and more costly, services. Public insurerswere the first to implement major payment re-forms during the 1980s to overcome these nega-tive incentives for cost containment. Before 1980,Medicaid programs were required to use the samemethods as Medicare in paying for inpatient hos-pital services. Legislative changes in 1980 and1981 allowed states to develop their own paymentarrangements with hospitals. States have madeuse of the legislation to adopt a wide variety of re-imbursement mechanisms. In general, there aretwo major payment types, as described below:

Retrospective PaymentWithin this type, payment levels are based on theactual costs of care incurred by the provider. Re-imbursement is therefore determined after ser-vices are rendered, based on the exact number andcost of services delivered. Retrospective or cost-based payment usually takes into account depreci-ation of capital and equipment costs by distribut-ing them as a percentage of the charge for eachservice.

Prospective PaymentWith this type, rates of reimbursement are set inadvance of the time period to which they apply.Prospective rates, regardless of how they are de-termined, may be paid according to various units,such as per service, per month, per day, per dis-charge, or per episode of illness for each patientserved. Rates may or may not include capital costs

and often leave the provider with the risk that costswill exceed payments. Conversely, providers whokeep costs down may be able to collect paymentsin excess of their actual costs.

Many states have also introduced prospectivelimits or caps on retrospective spending to encour-age cost-consciousness. Hospitals are given a pre-determined limit on spending for a particular peri-od, and Medicaid will retrospectively reimbursehospital charges up to this limit. All charges abovethe limit become the hospital’s liability. Thestate’s aggregate Medicaid expenditures are there-fore limited to the lesser of the prospective spend-ing limit and hospitals’ actual costs of treatingMedicaid patients.

States have three general methods for deter-mining either prospective limits or prospectiverates:

■ Trending. A rate or limit is established for thebase year using historical cost-based data. Forfuture years the base rate is trended forward us-ing a projection of costs to reflect inflation.Rates and limits may be specific to each indi-vidual hospital or statewide.

■ Peer Groups. Hospitals are statisticallygrouped into peer groups based on the similari-ty of their costs to the costs of other hospitalsin their group. Peer groups may be determinedby populations served, number of beds, sizeand type of hospital, geographic location,teaching facilities, state or private ownership,or special services provided. The peer group’saverage costs are used to determine reasonablerates or limits for each hospital in that group.Hospitals that exceed the group’s average costsare reimbursed only for the average limit orrate; hospitals with lower-than-average costsreceive full reimbursement.

■ Negotiation or Selective Contracting. A com-petitive bidding or negotiation process is usedto select Medicaid providers. The bidding ornegotiation process establishes the paymentrates for each individual hospital. Medicaidbeneficiaries are then restricted to receivingservices from facilities that have contracts withMedicaid.

Page 167: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 8 Hospital Financing in the United States | 141

Several states are also reforming their Medic-aid programs by enrolling Medicaid participantsin managed care plans ranging from health main-tenance organizations (HMOs) to primary-carecase management systems.2 Eleven states enactedmajor new Medicaid managed care initiatives in1993 as a way to contain costs, broaden coverageto uninsured people, and improve access and dis-ease prevention (7). The most dramatic of the statemeasures was Florida’s mandate that established aminimum enrollment level of Medicaid recipientsin all state-licensed HMOs. Other state measuresdirected the development and implementation ofMedicaid managed care systems or authorizedMedicaid managed care demonstration projects.Oregon, for example, is implementing a contro-versial program that eliminates coverage for cer-tain services deemed to be of lower priority to gen-erate savings for expanding coverage to everyonewho is uninsured and whose income is at or below100 percent of the federal poverty level. In addi-tion, all recipients are required to enroll in someform of managed care arrangement. Eight otherstates enacted laws in 1993 that addressed existingMedicaid managed care programs (7). Medicaidmanaged care enrollment more than doubled be-tween 1987 and 1992, to 12 percent of the Medic-aid population (15).

Medicaid managed care programs are still intheir infancy. As yet there is no clear evidencewhether these programs have actually extendedcoverage to a broader population; whether currentand new beneficiaries have better access to andquality of care; whether provider capitation rates(per person payments) are sufficient to ensure ac-cess, quality, and provider participation in the pro-grams; or whether managed care networks andtools (e.g., provider networks, gatekeeper sys-tems, utilization review programs) in some statesare adequate to meet the challenges of serving theMedicaid and uninsured populations.

The changes in Medicaid programs and pay-ment methods affect how hospitals are paid andthe amount of Medicaid expenditures. From 1985to 1993, Medicaid benefit payments tripled (15).Much of this growth is attributable to rising en-rollment, expanded coverage to additional popu-lations, and improvement in payments to hospi-tals that serve a disproportionate share oflow-income people. Because of these confound-ing effects and the relatively recent adoption of al-ternative Medicaid payment methods and man-aged care requirements, it is difficult to discern theeffects on Medicaid hospital expenditures of dif-ferent states’ policies for Medicaid cost contain-ment.

Private SectorOne of the most dramatic changes in private healthcare and health insurance markets during the pastdecade has been the rapid increase in managedcare organizations (MCOs) and the continuing va-riety of organizational forms adopted by MCOs.MCOs include HMOs, preferred provider orga-nizations (PPOs), and other more recent forms ofintegrated service networks that combine insur-ance functions with the delivery of a completecontinuum of inpatient, ambulatory, and post-acute care services. In contrast to traditional insur-ance plans, which allowed members to choose anyhospital at which their doctor had admitting privi-leges, MCOs often limit member choice to specif-ic hospitals even for urgent care. If MCO membersseek care from providers outside their plan, theyoften must bear a larger share of the cost of thatcare. Even most traditional fee-for-service plansnow use some of the managed care tools (e.g., uti-lization review, pre-admission certification to useservices, primary care referral requirements) tocontrol health care costs.

The joining of groups of providers and insur-ance companies into integrated health plans has

2 Health maintenance organizations provide a comprehensive set of health services in exchange for a predetermined payment per enrollee.Fee-for-service reimbursement is retained under case management systems, but recipients must obtain prior approval for services from a physi-cian, who receives an additional fee to monitor individuals’ service usage.

Page 168: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

142 I Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

been in part a reaction to increased cost contain-ment pressure from individual employers andlarge employer purchasing cooperatives. In re-sponse to rising health insurance costs, more largeemployers have also chosen to self-insure, whichallows them to avoid state benefit mandates andpremium taxes and reduce their premiums by as-suming financial risk themselves (15).

The substantial changes in health care marketshave in turn altered the way in which private insur-ers and health plans interact with and pay hospi-tals. For example, HMOs either have their ownhospitals or contract with specific hospitals. ManyMCOs have been successful in negotiating favor-able contract terms with hospitals, including dis-counts from the standard billed charge, fixed pay-ment per admission, and per diem hospital rates(fixed payments per day of hospital care pro-vided). HMOs and other managed care plans aswell as traditional private insurance companiesalso use nonfinancial methods to control inpatientutilization, including prior authorization and sec-ond opinions, concurrent review and dischargeplanning for hospitalized members, case manage-ment services, and programs aimed at identifyingphysicians with patterns of unnecessarily high useof inpatient services.

❚ Sources of FundingThe largest payer of hospital costs remains privateinsurance, which paid over 35 percent of hospi-tals’ operating revenues in 1991 (8) (table 8-3). At

the end of 1985, over 1,000 private insurancecompanies were writing individual or group plans(4). Private insurance, which covers most inpa-tient and outpatient hospital care and physicianservices, has historically been linked to employ-ment. Almost 60 percent of the U.S. populationreceives health insurance through employers, al-though employers are not required to provide in-surance coverage (15).

Private policies often place upper limits on theamount of benefits available per day or per illness.Individual deductibles, co-insurance, and copay-ments are now considered standard, althoughmost plans place a maximum limit on patients’annual out-of-pocket expenses. Many employerswho provide coverage are trying to limit theircosts by changing the types of plans offered, in-creasing employees’ share of premium payments,raising copayments and deductibles, or droppingbenefits altogether. As a result, individual out-of-pocket spending for all health services has in-creased in recent years. Employers are also in-creasingly offering managed care plans inaddition to or instead of traditional fee-for-serviceinsurance coverage (15).

Health insurance benefits increasingly con-sume a larger proportion of employee compensa-tion in relation to wages (18). Consequently, thenumber of employed persons covered by volun-tary employer/employee-funded private insur-ance has been shrinking. By 1993, the proportionof the population covered by employer plans and

Hospital operating revenues in 1991 Population covered in 1993Source of funds (in percent) (in percent)

Private insurance 35.2 64.5Medicare 25.4 12,8Medicaid 15,0 8.1Other government funds 15,9 NAMiscellaneous funds 5.1 NAOut-of-pocket 3 4 NANA= Not applicable

SOURCES. SW. Letsch, H.C. Lazenby, K.R. Levit, et al., “National Health Expenditures, 1991” Health Care Financing Review 14(2) 1-30, 1992, Pro-spective Payment Assessment Commission, Medicare and the American Health Care System Report to the Congress (Washington DC: ProPAC,June 1994)

Page 169: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 8 Hospital Financing in the United States 143

individually purchased insurance had declined to58.5 and 6 percent, respectively, down from 66.3and 6.9 percent in 1980 (15).

The second-largest source of hospital funds isthe federal Medicare program, which is financedmainly through a payroll tax on employers andemployees. In 1993, Medicare covered approxi-mately 12.8 percent of the population (15) andpaid over one-fourth of aggregate hospital operat-ing revenues in 1991 (9) (table 8-3). Individualsover the age of 65, some people with disabilities,and people with end-stage renal disease are eligi-ble to participate in the Medicare program. Eligi-ble persons are enrolled at no charge in Medicarepart A, which covers inpatient acute care, recov-ery in a skilled nursing facility following hospital-ization, limited home health visits, and hospicecare (10). Medicare patients pay deductibles andcopayments, although many beneficiaries pur-chase private “Medigap” policies to cover theirshare of costs and uncovered services, such as out-patient prescription drugs and some skilled nurs-ing care. Part A accounts for about 66 percent oftotal Medicare payments. Medicare part B pro-vides coverage for physician and outpatient ser-vices, for which beneficiaries pay a share of thepremium (25 percent of total outlays). There is nolimit on the amount of cost sharing for whichbeneficiaries are theoretically liable (10).

The third major source of hospital revenues isthe Medicaid program, which pays hospital ex-penses for many low-income and disabled people.Medicaid enrolled 8.1 percent of the population in1993 (15) and accounted for 15 percent of spend-ing on hospital services in 1991 (8) (table 8-3).Medicaid is a joint state-federal program financedfrom general tax revenues. Each state sets its owneligibility and coverage standards within guide-lines established by the federal government. Thefederal government provides each state with fundsthat range from 50 percent to 83 percent of thestate’s total Medicaid expenditures. Both the sizeof state programs and the restrictiveness of theireligibility policies vary. Some states require bene-ficiary cost sharing.

The share of hospital care financed by consum-ers out of pocket has been gradually declining

over the past three decades (6). Patients directlypaid 3.4 percent of 1991 hospital operating reve-nues. Hospitals generate additional revenuesthrough investments and private philanthropy andby operating cafeterias, parking lots, and giftshops. These miscellaneous funding sourcesamounted to 5.1 percent of hospital operating rev-enues in 1991 (8) (table 8-3).

Because approximately 37 million people werenot covered by any form of third-party insurancein 1993—representing 14.7 percent of the U.S.population (15)—hospital charges to insuredpeople partially pay for the “bad debts” of thosewho cannot pay for their own care. In addition,public insurers appear to pay less than the actualhospital costs of their beneficiaries. In 1991,Medicare paid on average 88 percent of hospitals’actual costs of treating Medicare patients, andMedicaid paid 82 percent for their beneficiaries(6). Despite the growth in aggregate hospitalcosts, below-cost payments from Medicare andMedicaid, and losses from uncompensated care,hospitals have sustained their aggregate total mar-gins (the difference between total revenues and to-tal expenses as a percentage of revenues) by in-creasing income from other sources, particularlythrough higher payments from some privately in-sured patients (15). In 1991, private insurers paidan estimated 130 percent of the actual hospitalcosts for their insured patients (6).

❚ Allocation of Operating FundsLabor accounts for just over half (54 percent in1993) of hospital expenses, making it a natural tar-get for cost containment efforts. Nonlabor ex-penses (including pharmaceuticals, food, energy,malpractice insurance, and surgical and medicalinstruments) other than capital-related costs wereresponsible for 38 percent(6), and capital depreci-ation and interest expenses constituted about 8percent of aggregate hospital costs (15) (figure8-l).

Largely in response to Medicare’s PPS, estab-lished in 1983, hospital staffs declined and wagegrowth slowed dramatically from 1983 through1985 (15). Beginning in 1985, however, hospital

Page 170: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

144 Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Capital-related costs8%

Labor costs Non-labor costs

54% 38%

SOURCES:J.K. Iglehart, “The American Health Care System,” The NewEngland Journal of Medicine 329(5):372-376, 1993; Prospective Pay-ment Assessment Commission, Medicare and the American HealthCare System. Report to the Congress (Washington DC: ProPAC, June1994).

employment again climbed steadily, with thenumber of full-time-equivalent employees in-creasing from 3 million to 3.5 million between1981 and 1991 (6,15). According to Iglehart (6),more staff was required to care for sicker patientsadmitted for inpatient care and to handle the in-crease in outpatient business. Preliminary data in-dicate, however, that hospitals were more conser-vative in their hiring in 1992 and 1993 (15).

❚ Operating ExpendituresSpending for acute care hospitals (both inpatientand outpatient care) totaled $268.9 billion in1991, constituting a 12.1 percent growth over1990 levels. Unusually large increases in Medic-aid payments to hospitals of almost 50 percent ac-counted for much of the growth. In 1991, commu-nity hospital expenditures accounted for 33percent of national health expenditures and 4.4percent of the U.S. gross domestic product (8).

The rate of growth in inflation-adjusted totaland inpatient hospital expenditures slowed signif-

icantly during the mid- 1980s, but outpatient ex-penditures continued to rise at a high rate through-out that period. In addition to rapid growth ofprivate managed care systems, changes such asMedicare’s adoption of PPS, Medicare’s andMedicaid’s liberalization of coverage rules fornursing home and home health services, greaterutilization review of inpatient procedures, andemerging forms of technology that favor the out-patient setting have fostered a strong shift in ser-vices from inpatient acute care settings to less ex-pensive outpatient care sites (15). (Outpatientsites include outpatient care provided in hospitals,doctors’ offices, freestanding health care centers,and nursing homes and home care.) In 1984 onlyhalf of all community hospitals had outpatient de-partments; by 1991 that proportion had risen to 87percent (6). In 1981 only 16 percent of surgical op-erations were performed in an outpatient setting,but that figure had risen to 52 percent a decade lat-er (6). Payments for nursing facilities, homehealth agencies, and physicians’ services in-creased at higher rates than did payments for inpa-tient hospital care (15).

According to ProPAC, substitution of outpa-tient services for inpatient services is not the onlyreason for the growth in outpatient expenditures(15). Some of the increase is due to greater patientdemand for new technologies that have made out-patient procedures less costly, less time consum-ing, and less invasive for patients.

HOSPITAL CAPITAL COSTS

❚ Relationship of Capital and OperatingcostsOperating and capital expenses have a direct

relationship in U.S. hospital financing. Capitaldepreciation amounts and interest expenses arefrequently reimbursed by third-party payersthrough their payments for hospital services, al-though that arrangement is changing. Additional-ly, even though capital represents in the aggregateless than 10 percent of total U.S. hospital costs,capital expenditures may generate additional op-erating costs. For instance, when a hospital de-

Page 171: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 8 Hospital Financing in the United States 145

cides to expand its capacity by opening new bedsor a new specialty unit, it must often employ morepeople to staff those beds. The full long-term ef-fect of U.S. hospital capital investments on oper-ating expenses is not completely understood (2).

❚ Capital Financing ModeIAs with hospital operating costs, there is no singlefinancing mechanism for hospital capital invest-ments. All U.S. third-party payers contribute invarying proportions to the cost of hospital capitalspending. Under cost-based reimbursement, capi-tal expenses for property, plant, and equipment arepassed through to patient charges by including inthe billed amount both capital depreciationamounts and interest expense on debt. However,cost-based reimbursement is increasingly beingphased out as a method for paying hospitals. Pro-spective payment methods, which are growing,restrict the ability of hospitals to fund unlimitedcapital purchases; for the most part, these limita-tions are only now beginning to be felt by hospi-tals.

When Medicare adopted PPS, capital costswere excluded from the formula, retaining theirpass-through status. Until 1992, Medicare reim-bursed hospitals for the “reasonable” cost of newmedical equipment by allowing them to bill fordepreciation, interest payments, and lease or rent-al expenses. Medicare’s share of hospital capitalcosts was determined by its share of inpatientdays. For instance, Medicare paid half of a100-bed hospital’s reasonable capital costs even ifonly two beds were occupied all year, as long asone of those beds was occupied by a Medicare pa-tient (5). That payment arrangement essentiallyprovided a federal subsidy for acquisition of newequipment and encouraged hospitals to substitutecapital equipment for operating expenses such aslabor. Policymakers also feared that Medicare’scapital reimbursement method paid for excess in-patient capacity and discouraged hospitals fromdecreasing unused beds (5).

To phase in their inclusion in DRG paymentcalculations, the proportion of new capital coststhat could be directly passed through charges de-

creased over several years prior to 1992. Begin-ning in 1992, Congress established a new methodof paying for capital costs through Medicare (to bephased in over a 10-year period) that added a fixedcapital cost payment to each DRG payment. Hos-pitals that spend more on capital investments nolonger receive higher payments from Medicare tocover these capital costs; thus, a financial incen-tive to introduce expensive technologies that donot reduce longer term hospital costs has been removed (14). Other payers may increasingly re-strict the amount of capital spending that they willreimburse under prospective payment methods.

Determining Capital RequirementsEach hospital in the United States determines itsown capital needs (within regulatory confines)through a capital budgeting process. Capitalbudgeting is ongoing and linked to the strategicplanning of an institution, but it is usually notsummarized separately in the hospital’s annualbudget. Each hospital carefully analyzes the costsand benefits of a capital project, choosing amongcompeting demands. Expenditures for replacement capital usually do not undergo a lengthy de-cisionmaking process, as they are often viewed asessential for continuing operations.

Medical staff demands for capital are a uniqueproblem for U.S. hospitals. Because physiciansare typically not employees of any one hospital,they are free to treat their patients at whicheverhospital offers the best facilities. Administratorsface pressure from staff physicians to invest innew technologies and hospital bed capacity. Al-though physicians strongly influence a hospital’sprofitability, they generally do not have a long-term financial interest in the hospital itself. Corn--petition for physicians has encouraged hospitalsto purchase expensive medical technologies, fur-ther driving up health care costs in the UnitedStates.

There is no collective planning process for theallocation of capital among or within hospitals.Few state governments exert direct control overthe capital decisionmaking process, although ratesetting by states and other payers may limit the

Page 172: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

146 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

profitability of hospitals, which in turn affects theamount of retained earnings available to fund cap-ital projects. In the past, cost-based reimburse-ment payment encouraged capital spending bymitigating the risks involved with hospital in-debtedness. However, prospective payment hasincreased those risks, as hospitals may have amore difficult time recovering capital coststhrough charges to patients.

There are currently no fixed guidelines govern-ing the purchase of capital equipment in privatelyowned hospitals. Many public hospitals are sub-ject to governmental contracting procedures thatrequire competitive bids for the provision of prod-ucts or services. Public hospitals are usually al-lowed to raise private funds for capital purchasesthrough bond issues, although often an indepen-dent authority is created to raise and administersuch funds. Public and private hospitals indepen-dently purchase and use capital equipment but arefree to arrange shared purchase agreements.

The most prominent attempt by the federalgovernment to control the introduction, diffusion,and allocation of hospital capital is generally per-ceived to have failed its mission. In 1974 Con-gress passed the National Health Planning and Re-sources Development Act, which required eachstate to establish a mechanism for reviewing andapproving hospital purchases of expensivetechnologies and other capital expendituresthrough a certificate-of-need (CON) process as acondition for obtaining federal money. Stateswere directed to design health planning programsthat created comprehensive, areawide health plansand to establish CON programs to review and ap-prove capital expenditures. Some states, such asCalifornia, had very permissive CON programs;others established rigorous limits within theirstates and, in some cases (e.g., New York), statescombined the CON program with hospital rateregulation.

The perception is widespread that CON lawsfailed to control health care costs and were usuallyineffective in promoting the rational introductionand use of new technology. CON efforts to controlthe supply of acute care beds may have been moresuccessful, and more stringent programs may

have affected some technologies. For example,CON programs have been credited with slowingthe purchase of magnetic resonance imagers(MRIs) in hospitals but not the total number ofMRI facilities. In New York state, regulatory poli-cies related to cardiac surgery facilities may havereduced inappropriate procedures (16).

One problem with the state CON programs isthat the agencies that approved CON applicationsdid not control the actual allocation of capitalfunds and thus lacked the proper incentives to takeaccount of the aggregate amount of expendituresapproved when considering new applications.Many of the programs were highly political andsubject to manipulation by special interests. In ad-dition, CON laws applied to purchases of hospitalequipment but did not apply to medical technolo-gies in outpatient settings. Because of the relativeineffectiveness of the CON process and the elimi-nation of federal funding in 1986, many statesabandoned or substantially weakened the process,although about 30 states have continued withoutfederal support (15,18).

Sources of Capital FundsIndividual hospitals determine their need forfunds and desired method of funding capital with-in the confines of current reimbursement methodsand the law. Once a hospital has identified a needfor capital, it must seek financing from retainedearnings, from charitable contributions, orthrough borrowing in private financial markets. Inthe U.S. hospital industry, approximately 50 per-cent of assets are financed through equity and 50percent through debt. Equity capital is generatedeither through the retention of the hospital’s prof-its or through charitable contributions. Long-termdebt financing is available from at least four majorsources: tax-exempt revenue bonds, FederalHousing Administration insured mortgages, pub-lic taxable bonds, and conventional mortgage fi-nancing.

A large influence on capital spending is theavailability of funds, either through excess reve-nues or from investors. To obtain debt financing,hospitals must maintain a certain level of financialperformance as measured by various ratios of as-

Page 173: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 8 Hospital Financing in the United States 147

sets to liabilities or income to expenses. Investorsoften specify the required levels for these ratios incovenants that are included in the bond contract.Some types of funding also require the creation offund balances in escrow accounts to be held by thebond trustee, usually equal to at least one year’sworth of principal and interest payments.

The sources of payment for capital funds forhospitals are roughly proportional to those of op-erating expenses, as charges for hospital servicesincorporate costs for interest and depreciation.The exception is that many nonprofit hospitalsseek philanthropic donations to support capitalimprovements. In 1991, private philanthropicdonations accounted for only 4.9 percent of capi-tal expenditures, however.

❚ Capital ExpendituresEstimates by the Health Care Financial Manage-ment Association place capital spending at 10 per-cent of U.S. hospital expenditures annually. In1991, approximately $27 billion was devoted tocapital spending, including both plant and equip-ment. Between 1985 and 1989, inflation-adjustedcapital expenditures increased greatly (3). Thevalue of real fixed capital in hospitals grew 6.9percent per year from 1976 to 1987, compared toonly 3.5 percent yearly for the gross stock of fixedprivate, nonresidential capital for the U.S. econo-my as a whole (12).3 From 1980 to 1987, capital

costs grew substantially faster than operatingcosts, thus contributing more to total hospitalcosts (12). Since 1987 the ratio of capital costs tototal hospital costs has declined slightly.

HOSPITAL INDICATORS AND TRENDSReflecting continued pressures to reduce inpatientcosts, inpatient admission rates, procedures, andlengths of stay declined over the most recent dec-ade, as did the number of community hospitalsand patient beds (6,18). According to the Ameri-can Hospital Association, the total number of in-patient days fell between 1981 and 1991 as annualadmissions to community hospitals dropped from36.4 million to 31.1 million and the averagelength of stay declined from 7.6 days to 7.2 days(6) (table 8-4). In response to the decreased use ofinpatient beds, between 1980 and 1992 approxi-mately 8 percent (642) of community hospitalswere either closed or acquired by other hospitals(6). The number of beds staffed for use in U.S.hospitals subsequently fell from 988,000 in 1980to 933,000 in 1990, a 6.2 percent decline (18).Nevertheless, the reduction in the number of hos-pitals and hospital beds did not keep pace with thefall in the use of inpatient services. Thus, hospitaloccupancy rates decreased from an average of 76percent of beds filled in 1980 to 61 percent in 1993(15).

Characteristic 1981 1991 Change (in percent)

Number of hospitals 5,813 5,342 -8.1Number of beds (thousands) 1,003 924 -7.9Admissions (millions) 36.4 31.1 -14,7Average length of stay (days) 7.6 7,2 -6.1Inpatient days (millions) 278.4 222.9 -20.0Occupancy rate (%) 76.0 66.1 -13,1FTE employees (millions) 3.0 3.5 +16,7

SOURCE: J.K. Iglehart, “The American Health Care System,” The New England Journal of Medicine 329(5):372-376, 1993.

3 Fixed real capital is buildings, machinery, and equipment; it excludes land, working capital, and goodwill. Gross stock is the value of fixed

real capital; net stock would subtract accumulated depreciation.

Page 174: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

148 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

In a reversal of earlier trends, the growth rate ofinpatient and aggregate hospital expenditures be-gan to climb after 1987. ProPAC asserts that thisacceleration is explained in part by the greater in-tensity of services resulting from the complexityof inpatient cases combined with the introductionof new technologies to treat such cases. The possi-bilities for cost shifting among payers, which hasallowed hospitals to avoid any serious reductionin costs, is also responsible for the return to highergrowth rates, according to ProPAC (15).

The most recent data show a somewhat im-proved picture. According to data from the Ameri-can Hospital Association’s National HospitalPanel Survey, inflation-adjusted costs per ad-justed hospital admission4 declined from a 5 per-cent growth rate in 1992 to 1.8 percent in 1993(15). It is not yet clear, however, whether this ashort- or long-term phenomenon, as hospital costsoften vary widely from year to year (15). The dropmight be due to public and private payers’ effortsto contain costs or to transitory effects from the in-tense health reform debate that took place in 1994.Moreover, U.S. hospital costs per admission arestill higher than in most other industrialized coun-tries (18).

FUTURE DIRECTIONSThe U.S. hospital system has myriad owners, mis-sions for care, third-party insurers, and paymentmethods for both hospital operating and capitalexpenses. On the positive side, such diversity hasallowed for an enormous amount of experimenta-tion by the federal government, as evidenced bythe use of DRGs to pay for inpatient care; by stategovernments, as evidenced by the wide variety ofmethods used to reimburse hospitals for Medicaidpatients; and by the private sector, as evidenced bythe growth and variety of managed care organiza-tions. On the negative side, the complexity andlack of uniformity probably raises hospital admin-

istrative costs above those of many other countries(17) and makes it difficult to efficiently allocateand use hospital resources, such as expensivemedical technologies. The variety of payers alsomakes cost shifting among payers possible, blunt-ing incentives for hospitals to contain costs and in-crease efficiency.

Increasing and high hospital expenditures, likeall sectors of health care, combined with the largeand increasing number of uninsured people, ledPresident Clinton and Congress to consider majorreform of the health care system in the past con-gressional session. Although this considerationdid not focus explicitly on constraining hospitalcosts and expenditures, proposed changes to theentire health care system undoubtedly would haveaffected hospitals. The two main goals of mostcongressional proposals were to control growth intotal health expenditures and to provide universalcoverage, or at least broader insurance coverage tothe population.

Although Congress ultimately did not pass anyhealth reform legislation, the two basic strategiesunder consideration tended to lie at opposite endsof the spectrum. One set of strategies was marketoriented, with the major strategy being termed“managed competition.” Managed competition isa concept that describes an environment in whicha “sponsor” (e.g., employer, government entity,purchasing cooperative), acting on behalf of alarge group of subscribers, purchases health ser-vices from networks of providers that compete formembers on the basis of price and quality. In re-sponse to greater price competition, health plansor provider networks could be expected to reducehealth care costs by using the tools of managedcare. Other components of managed competitionproposals included limitations on employer con-tributions to the cost of low-priced plans, standardbenefit packages, community rating with open en-rollment and limited underwriting and exclusions

4 Adjusted admissions are a measure of total patient care activity undertaken in a hospital, both inpatient and outpatient care. Adjusted ad-missions are equivalent to the sum of inpatient admissions and an estimate of the volume of outpatient services. This estimate is calculated bymultiplying outpatient visits by the ratio of outpatient charges per visit to inpatient charges per admission (15).

Page 175: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 8 Hospital Financing in the United States | 149

for insurance, “report cards” on health plan quali-ty, and limits on the tax deductibility of premiumcontributions. Other market-oriented proposalsincluded health vouchers, tax credits, or medicalsavings accounts to put medical care and insur-ance purchasing power in the hands of individualconsumers.

The other major competing proposal was asingle-payer or national health insurance ap-proach. The single-payer approach contained inmost proposed legislation encompassed a systemof tax-financed universal coverage with govern-ment as the sole purchaser of health services. Sev-eral of the reforms were closely modeled after theCanadian health care system but also includedlegislated limits on the rate of growth of nationalhealth expenditures.

The central features of current Republican pro-posals for health system reform focus on changingthe rules for marketing insurance to individualsand to businesses with 50 or fewer workers. Cur-rent insurance reform proposals would prohibitinsurance companies from rejecting employersthat look like bad risks; require insurance compa-nies to guarantee policy renewal; limit exclusionof coverage for pre-existing conditions; and nar-row variations in premiums charged different buy-ers for the same insurance policy.

Absence of major reforms at the federal leveldoes not mean that the U.S. health care system isstanding still. Restructuring of the system by stategovernments and by private insurers and provid-ers has greatly affected, and will continue to af-fect, health care organization, access, quality, andfinancing.

The substantial rise in state health expendi-tures, particularly for the Medicaid program, andthe growing number of people without health in-surance induced states to address health care is-sues more intensely. Over the last five years, everystate has enacted some type of health reform legis-lation. Several state legislatures recently passedcomprehensive reforms that combine cost con-tainment and health care coverage goals. Stateshave also attempted to increase the purchase ofprivate insurance by reforming the health insur-ance market for individuals and small businesses.

In 1993, 46 states passed some form of “smallmarket” reform that included guaranteed issuanceor renewal of insurance policies, community rat-ing laws that prohibit or limit the use of health sta-tus or prior utilization of health care services to de-termine premiums, and encouragement of smallbusinesses to form purchasing pools to gain betteraccess to the large group insurance market (15).Various states have reinvigorated their healthplanning programs, focusing more on reviews ofmajor medical equipment purchases and develop-ment of specialized services than on constructionof new facilities (15). Some states’ reforms ex-pand Medicaid eligibility to uninsured persons,move more people into managed care plans, or re-configure their entire health care systems. Be-cause several states had been waiting to see whatmight occur at the federal level before proceedingwith their reforms, there is likely to be even moreactivity at the state level in the coming years.

State legislation encouraging the formation ofmanaged care plans supports the changes in pri-vate health care markets that have occurred at aquick pace over the past decade. Perhaps the mostimportant trend affecting the future of the U.S.health care system is the phenomenal growth ofmanaged care organizations and the increasingtendency of purchasers to form large buyinggroups. These purchasing groups, along with oth-er large employer and government purchasers, ei-ther contract selectively with managed care orga-nizations that pay for services and arrange for theprovision of those services (e.g., health mainte-nance organizations and preferred provider orga-nizations) or contract directly with networks ofproviders to supply health care services to thegroup’s members (e.g., physician-hospital orga-nizations).

In response to greater purchaser collaboration,providers are increasingly cooperating to form in-tegrated networks or systems of care that can bar-gain with purchasing groups directly. Health caremergers have included a great deal of restructuringin the hospital sector during the 1980s and early1990s. Hospitals merged with, acquired, or affili-ated with other institutions to create larger sys-tems to compete effectively for patients under

Page 176: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

150 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

managed care contracts (15). After four for-profithospital chains complete their mergers, the result-ing two hospital chains will control 61 percent ofthe for-profit beds in the United States, althoughthey will still include less than 10 percent of thenation’s hospitals (11). Some analysts contendthat consolidation in the health industry is neces-sary for squeezing out excess capacity among hos-pitals and specialists and for more efficient alloca-tion and use of expensive medical technologies;others fear that consolidation may lead to higherprices and less quality and choice for consumers.

Changes by private and public payers over thelast decade appear to have reduced inpatient uti-lization of services and have had some impact onslowing the rate of increase in inpatient costs. Al-though hospital staffing increased in 1993, it didnot match the growth in hospital output. Hospitalstaff wages and benefits grew more slowly thanwages and benefits in all industries (15). Inpatientadmission rates, procedures, and lengths of stayhave continued to decline over the most recentdecade, as did the number of community hospitalsand patient beds. Low occupancy rates continue tobe a problem, however, as the number of beds hasnot declined as rapidly as hospital use. In part thismay be a consequence of hospitals’ ability to shiftcosts from patients with third-party payers whohave more strict payment controls to patients withfewer payment restraints, thereby reducing hospi-tals’ incentives to constrain costs. The willingnessof private payers to continue to underwrite hospi-tal cost increases may be limited, though, whichwill add to the pressure on hospitals to reduce costs.

Changes in government programs and in pri-vate health care insurance and provider marketshave also encouraged the use of less costly provid-ers and sites of care. Care has been shifting frominpatient acute care settings to less expensive out-patient settings. These trends have led to substan-tial declines in the use of hospital inpatient ser-vices and rapid growth in spending for servicesfurnished in other settings. Consequently, theshare of national health spending attributable tohospital inpatient care dropped from about 29 per-cent in 1983 to slightly less than 24 percent in

1991. Meanwhile, the share of spending for hospi-tal outpatient services increased from about 5 per-cent in 1983 to 8 percent in 1991 (15).

Although hospital cost growth appears to haveslowed in 1993, it is difficult to determine whetherthis is a long-term trend or only a transitory effectof the recent health reform discussions at the na-tional level. Overall, public and private reform ef-forts implemented over the past decade appear tohave had only a limited impact on the upwardtrend in aggregate health spending in the UnitedStates. Although the delivery system has been re-configured, advances in medicine continue todrive up the demand for and costliness of care. Atthe same time, rising health insurance premiumsand changes in employment patterns have resultedin higher numbers of uninsured people (15).

Effective control of overall health care expen-ditures may require that the set of cost contain-ment strategies used be comprehensive in terms ofthe types of services and providers covered, thepayers included, and the control of both prices andvolumes of services. Current U.S. reforms are notmoving in that direction, but are being implement-ed on an incremental basis for specific parts of theU.S. health care system, by individual states, orare occurring independently within private mar-kets. It remains to be seen whether such reformswill solve the dual problems of health expendituregrowth and increases in the uninsured or underin-sured population.

REFERENCES1. American Hospital Association, American

Hospital Association Hospital Statisitcs,1992-93 (Chicago: AHA, 1993).

2. Anderson, G., Erickson, J., and Feigenbaum,S., et al., “Examining the Relationship Be-tween Capital Investment and Hospital Oper-ating Expenditures,” The Review of Econom-ics and Statistics 709-713, 1987.

3. Clarke, R.L., and Herr, W.W., “New MedicareCapital Regulations: A Capital Idea?,” Jour-nal of American Health Policy 1(1):23-6,1991.

Page 177: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Chapter 8 Hospital Financing in the United States | 151

4. DeLew, N., Greenberg, G., and Kinchen, K.,“A Layman’s Guide to the U.S. Health CareSystem,” Health Care Financing Review14(1):151-169, Fall 1992.

5. Hemesath, M., and Pope, G.C., “LinkingMedicare Capital Payments to Hospital Occu-pancy Rates,” Health Affairs 8(3):104-116,fall 1989.

6. Iglehart, J.K., “The American Health CareSystem,” The New England Journal of Medi-cine 329(5):372-376, 1993.

7. Intergovernmental Health Policy Project, TheGeorge Washington University, Richard E.Hegner, author, Medicaid and Indigent Care:An Overview of 1993 State Legislative Activi-ty, January 1994.

8. Letsch, S.W., Lazenby, H.C., Levit, K.R., etal., “National Health Expenditures, 1991”Health Care Financing Review 14(2):1-30,1992.

9. Levit, K.R., et al., “National Health Expendi-tures, 1990,” Health Care Financing Review13(1):39-40, 1991.

10. Moon, M., Medicare Now and in the Future(Washington DC: The Urban Institute Press,1993).

11. National Health Policy Forum, The GeorgeWashington University, “Consolidation in theHealth Care Marketplance and AntitrustPolicy,” Issue Brief No. 660, January 17,1995.

12. Peden, E.A., “Do Hospitals Behave LikeConsumers? An Analysis of Expendituresand Revenues,” Health Care Financing Re-view 14(2):125-134, 1992.

13. Pettengill, J.H., Senior Policy Analyst, Pro-spective Payment Assessment Commission,personal communication, Mar. 15, 1995.

14. Prospective Payment Assessment Commis-sion, Report and Recommendations to Con-gress, Washington, DC, Mar. 1, 1994.

15. Prospective Payment Assessment Commis-sion, Medicare and the American Health CareSystem. Report to the Congress (WashingtonDC: ProPAC, June 1994).

16. Tunis, S.R., and Gelband, H., “Health CareTechnology in the United States,” HealthPolicy 30(1-3, special issue):335-396, 1994.

17. U.S. Congress, Office of Technology Assess-ment, International Comparisons of Admin-istrative Costs in Health Care, OTA-BP-H-135 (Washington, DC: U.S. GovernmentPrinting Office, September 1994).

18. Vertrees, J.C., “Cross National Study of Hos-pital Financing; Country Report for theUnited States,” Prepared for the Organizationfor Economic Cooperation and Development,SOLON Consulting Group, Ltd., SilverSpring, MD, August 1993.

Page 178: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

| 153

ndex

CanadaAlberta, 15, 22

Acute Care Funding Plan (ACFP), 26hospital financing approach, 23, 24, 26-28hospital performance measure (HPM), 26, 27patient case-mix-based adjustments, 26, 27refined diagnosis-related groups (RDRGs), 27

British Columbia, 15, 17, 22adjusted new weighted patient days (ANWPD),

29, 30capital equipment, 34-35, 37-38capital planning, 40funding sources, 31Greater Vancouver Regional Hospital District, 36,

37hospital capital expenditures, 35hospital construction, 36-37hospital financing approach, 23, 24, 29-30Hospital Medical Records Institute database, 29Medical Services Plan, 31Ministry of Health, 31, 35, 36, 37-38, 39new weighted patient days (NWPD), 29, 30regional hospital districts (RHDs), 36-38technology assessment capabilities, 36

Canada Health Act, 24Canadian Hospital Directory, 22capital expenditures, 16, 35-36

equipment depreciation, 33financing model and determining capital require-

ments, 9, 34-35provincial experiences, 36-39relationship of operating and capital costs, 33-34sources of capital funds, 35

decentralization of decisionmaking trend, 17gross domestic product

national health expenditures and, 2, 32, 33Health and Welfare Canada, 35

Hospital Insurance and Diagnostic Services Act(HIDS) of 1956, 22

hospital operating costsallocation of operating costs, 32employee salaries, 32financing model, 8, 23-30funding sources, 31-32future trends in financing, 30-31, 39-40operating expenditures, 32-33pharmaceuticals and surgical supplies, 32

hospital sector structure, 22House of Commons, 25Manitoba, 15, 16

capital equipment, 33, 39capital planning, 40Department of Health, 38-39hospital construction, 38-39hospital financing approach, 25Ministry of Health, 34

Ontario, 6equipment purchases, 35funding sources, 31, 32hospital financing approach, 23, 24, 28-29Ministry of Health, 28, 30restriction of ambulatory services, 31St. Michael’s Hospital Health Centre, 32

outpatient care, 6, 31physicians, 22-23private hospitals, 22private insurance, 21, 22provincial ministries of health, 22, 40Quebec

employee salaries, 32hospital capital expenditures, 35hospital financing approach, 23, 24technology assessment capabilities, 36

tax revenue for health care, 7, 17, 22, 31

Page 179: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

154 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

trends in hospital financingcase-mix groups (CMG), 30future trends, 30-31, 39-40

Capital costs. See Hospital capital costs; individualcountries by name

Capital requirements determination. See Hospitalcapital costs; individual countries by name

Decentralization of decisionmaking trend, 17

Diagnosis-related groups (DRGs)Canada, 27, 30United States, 11, 15, 17-18, 27, 64, 79, 136, 145DRGs. See Diagnosis-related groups

Employer health insurance plansUnited States, 142, 143

Englandblock contracts, 48-49British Medical Association, 46Community Care Act of 1990, 43Consolidated Funds, 48consumer’s choice of providers and services, 17cost and volume contracts, 48-49cost-per-case contracts, 48-49Department of Health, 43, 46, 47-48, 51, 52directly managed units (DMUs), 44, 46, 50, 51district health authorities, 14, 16, 44, 47-48, 51Family Health Services, 47Family Practitioner Committees, 43future directions of hospital financing, 52-53general practitioners (GPs), 46-47, 53The Government’s Expenditure Plans, 47gross domestic product and health care spending

comparison, 2, 49hospital and community health services (HCHS), 47hospital capital costs

capital expenditures, 52determination of capital requirements, 51external financing limits (EFLs), 51financing model and source of funding, 9, 50-51relationship of operating and capital costs, 50

hospital indicators and trends, 52hospital operating costs

financing model, 8, 47-48funding sources, 48-49operating expenditures, 49-50

pharmaceuticals and supplies, 49hospital sector structure, 44-45House of Commons Public Expenditure Committee,

52independent hospital sectors, 44-45National Health Service (NHS) reforms, 15, 43-44,

51, 52-53National Health Service (NHS) Supplies Agency, 49National Health Service (NHS) Trusts, 44-45, 46,

48, 50physicians, 45-47private hospitals, 45, 48, 49, 51, 52private insurance, 45, 49purchaser-provider split, 17regional health authorities (RHAs), 16, 44, 47-48,

51Review Body on Doctors’ and Dentists’ Remunera-

tion, 46tax revenues, 7, 17, 43, 48-49Working for Patients, 43

European Community, 90, 96

FranceAct of December 31, 1970, 56, 71Centre d’Etudes des Coûts et des Revenus (CERC)

study, 67district Department for Health and Social Services

(DDASS), 62gross domestic product and health care spending

comparison, 2, 67health care system description, 55-56health reform act of 1991, 65-66hospital beds and inpatient days, 57hospital budgets

appended budgets, 60budget adjustments, 61-62daily charges determination, 61, 62expenditures requiring authorization, 60global allocation determination, 60-61public accounting principles and, 60reforms, 13, 56, 63-64sickness fund payments, 55, 56, 62-63, 66

hospital capital costscapital expenditures, 73determining capital requirements, 70financing model, 9, 68-73health maps, 70-71incentives to invest, 67loans, 69-70

Page 180: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Index | 155

reforms, 71-72relationship of capital and operating costs, 68-69self-financing, 69subsidies, 69

hospital management, 62-63hospital operating costs

allocation of operating funds, 66-67financing model, 8, 59-66operating expenditures, 67sources of funds, 66

hospital sector structure, 56-58insurance-based system, 7, 17medical program information system (PMSI), 66,

73-74Ministry of Health, 62, 63, 70, 71mutual fund organizations, 56national center for hospital equipment (CNEH), 72National Health and Social Resources Committee,

71national health expenditures (NHE), 67percentage of total health care expenditures allotted

to hospitals, 2-4physicians, 58-59, 64, 65primary care, 56private hospitals

allocation of operating funds, 67daily rates and fees, 64-65health reforms, 65-66investments, 70, 72-73private for-profit hospitals, 56-58private nonprofit hospitals (PSPH), 58, 59, 60, 67,

68supervision, 65

public hospitalsfinancing model, 59-60operating funds, 66-67private hospitals comparison, 56-58traditional investments, 72

regional Department for Health and Social Services(DRASS), 62

Regional Health and Social Resources Committee,71

salaried workers’ fund (CNAMTS), 55social security sickness funds, 55, 56, 62-63, 66trends in hospital financing

future trends, 73-74

GDP. See Gross domestic product

GermanyBaden-Würthemberg, 87

Bavaria, 87Concerted Action in Health Care, 75-76, 79-80consumer’s choice of providers and/or services, 17federal framework law of 1972, 76Federal Office of Statistics (FOS), 84, 85, 86federal political system, 75former East German states, 76, 87, 89former West German states, 76, 85, 87, 90future trends in financing, 90-92general hospitals, 77-78health reform law of 1989, 88Health Sector Act of 1993 (HSA), 7, 16, 77, 80, 81,

82, 83, 86, 89, 91historical development of hospital financing, 92hospital capital costs

capital and operating costs relationship, 86capital expenditures, 90capital financing model, 9, 86-87capital funds sources, 89capital requirements determination, 87-89

hospital indicators and trends, 90hospital operating costs

case-based lump sums, 80-82financing model, 8, 79-84fixed budgets for 1993 to 1995, 80flexible budgets, 79-80, 80operating costs and expenditures, 84-86payment components coordination, 82-83payment negotiations, 83-84sources of funding, 84special daily rates for hospital departments, 80-82special fees for costly services, 80-82

hospital sector structure, 77-78insurance-based system, 7, 17interest groups, 75-76medical technologies, 88-89outpatient care, 7, 82parliament, 89physicians, 78-79Schleswig-Holstein, 90statutory health insurance, 75two-tier system of finance, 76, 86unification of East and West Germany, 76West Berlin, 90

Great Britain. See England

Gross domestic product (GDP), national health ex-penditures as percentage of

Canada, 2, 32, 33England, 2, 49France, 2, 67Germany, 2, 86The Netherlands, 2, 95

Page 181: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

156 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

Sweden, 2, 125, 133United States, 2, 144

Health insurance. See Insurance; Private health in-surance

Home health services United States, 144

Hospital budgets. See Hospital operating costs; indi-vidual countries by name

Hospital capital costsCanada, 33-39England, 50-52France, 67-73Germany, 86-90The Netherlands, 110-112Sweden, 128United States, 144-147

Hospital financingCanada, 21-42

future trends, 30-31, 39-40England, 43-54

future trends, 52-53France, 55-74

future trends, 73-74general trends, 1-18Germany, 75-93

future trends, 90-92international trends, 13-17

The Netherlands, 95-119future trends, 114-118

Sweden, 121-134United States, 7, 11-13, 135-151future trends, 148-150

Hospital indicators and trendsCanada, 30-31, 39-40England, 52-53France, 73-74General, 1-18Germany, 90-92The Netherlands, 112-118United States, 147-150

Hospital operating costsCanada, 23-33England, 47-50France, 59-67Germany, 79-86The Netherlands, 100-110Sweden, 125United States, 138-144

Hospital sector structureCanada, 22

England, 44-45France, 56-58Germany, 77-78The Netherlands, 97-98United States, 136-137

Hospital spending as percentage of total health careexpenditures, 2-4

Hospital use changesdecline in use, 1forces of change

financial incentives, 6-7medical technology, 7

profile of, 2-7

Insurance. See also Private health insuranceemployer plans, 142, 143insurance-based financing systems, 7, 17self-insurance, 142

Medical technologiesGermany, 88-89laparoscopic surgery, 7The Netherlands, 111-112reduction of demand for acute hospital services

and, 7United States, 13, 18, 145

The Netherlandsacademic hospitals, 97-98, 105acute care hospitals, 97-98, 112, 113basic health insurance scheme, 97Central Agency for Health Care Tariffs (COTG), 98,

101, 102, 103, 105-106, 110, 111Central Agency for Hospital Tariffs (COZ), 100, 101Central Office for Statistics, 112consumer’s choice of providers and/or services, 17decentralization of decisionmaking trend, 17Dekker Committee, 95-96, 97exceptional medical expenses scheme, 96fee-for-service specialist care, 99Financial Report on Health, 100Five-Parties Agreement, 98future trends in financing

budget scheme advantages, 114budget scheme disadvantages, 114-115health insurance industry, 115-117payment flows after reform, 115relationship of medical specialists and hospital

management, 118Gedeelde zorg: betere zorg report, 118General Account Office, 111

Page 182: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Index | 157

general hospitals, 97-98, 108, 114gross domestic product and national health expendi-

tures comparison, 2, 95Health Care Tariffs Act, 98, 101hospital admission rate, 4hospital capital costs

capital expenditures, 112capital requirements determination, 110-112hospital construction, 110-111major medical equipment, 111-112minor investments, 112relationship of operating and capital costs, 110

Hospital Facilities Act, 97, 101, 102, 103, 105-106,110Article 18, 111-112

hospital indicators and trends, 112-114hospital operating costs

aggregate hospital budget, 100, 108financing model, 8, 100-110functional budgeting, 102-103, 104, 106historical budgeting, 102-103hospital charges, 103, 105-106hypothetical budgeting, 104individual hospital budgets, 100introduction to hospital budgeting, 101-102legal framework, 100-101operating expenditures, 107-110sources and allocation of operating funds, 107summary, 106-107

Hospital Planning Act, 111hospital sector structure, 97-98Hospitals Tariffs Act of 1965, 100insurance-based system, 7, 17medical technologies, 111-112Ministry of Education, 107Ministry of Health, 16, 98-99, 100, 101, 103, 109,

113National Association of Civil Servants Health

Insurance, 98National Association of Hospitals, 109National Association of Medical Specialists, 98, 99,

102National Association of Private Health Insurers, 98National Association of Sickness Funds, 98, 116National Hospital Association, 98, 102nursing home sector, 113-114outpatient care, 7, 113physicians, 98-100policy issues to be resolved, 97private insurance, 96reforms, 14, 15Sickness Fund Act, 97sickness fund scheme, 96, 97

special hospitals, 97-98, 105, 108Willingness to Change, 95

Nursing homesThe Netherlands, 113-114United States, 144

OECD. See Organisation for Economic Cooperationand Development

Operating costs. See Hospital operating costs;individual countries by name

Operating expenditures. See Hospital operatingcosts; individual countries by name

Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), 21, 85-86, 91, 95,108, 123, 124

Outpatient careCanada, 6Germany, 7, 82The Netherlands, 7, 113Sweden, 6United States, 6, 11, 144, 150

PhysiciansCanada, 22-23England, 45-46France, 58-59Germany, 78-79The Netherlands, 98-100Sweden, 124-125United States, 137-138

Private health insuranceCanada, 21, 22

England, 45, 49The Netherlands, 96Sweden, 126-127, 133United States, 7, 12, 17, 142

Private hospitals. See Hospital sector structure

Swedenambulatory surgery, 129“bedblockers,” 123capital equipment, 130capital expense financing, 10City of Gothenburg, 122

Page 183: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

158 | Hospital Financing in Seven Countries

City of Malmö, 122consumer’s choice of providers and/or services, 17Dagmar reform, 126decentralization of decisionmaking trend, 17decline in Swedish economy, 132-133diagnosis related groups (DRGs), 128Enköping/Habo district, 130, 131Federation of Swedish County Councils, 17, 122,

125Finance Plan of 1991, 126funds allocation

internal hospital markets, 127purchasing of hospital services, 127-128traditional allocation model, 127

gross domestic productnational health care expenditures comparison, 2,

125, 133Health & Medical Services Act of 1982, 122health care delivery system

county council providers, 122, 124private providers, 124

infant mortality rate, 123island of Gotland, 122life expectancy, 123local municipalities, 122-123market-driven mechanisms, 132Ministry of Finance, 126Ministry of Health and Social Affairs, 121-122National Board of Health and Welfare, 122national government committee for reform, 123,

133national health care expenditures, 125ongoing organizational changes, 132operating expense financing, 8outpatient care, 6physicians, 124-125price differentials to influence patient flows, 6private health insurance, 126-127, 133prospective payment system (PPS), 129public sector responsibility for health care, 121reforms

compulsory health insurance model, 123primary care-based model, 123reformed county council model, 123

revenue sourcespatient fees, 126public funding, 125-126tax revenue, 7, 17

shift from nonsocialist to social-democratic nationalgovernment, 133

Stockholm county council, 126, 128-130capital costs, 130Nacka Hospital, 129-130

Swedish Medical Association, 125unemployment, 133

Uppsala county council, 130-132capital costs, 131-132University Hospital of Uppsala, 130-131

United Kingdom. See England

United StatesAmerican Hospital Association, 147

National Hospital Panel Survey, 148California, 146certificate-of-need (CON) process, 146Clinton, Bill, 148community hospitals, 136, 147Congress, 145, 146, 148diagnosis-related groups (DRGs), 11, 15, 17-18, 27,

64, 73, 136, 145employer plans, 142, 143federal government hospitals, 7, 136Federal Housing Administration, 146fee-for-service plans, 141, 142Florida, 141future trends in financing, 148-150gross domestic product and health care spending

comparison, 2Health Care Financial Management Association,

147Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA), 11,

139health care mergers, 149-150health maintenance organizations (HMOs), 141, 142hospital capital costs

capital expenditures, 13, 147capital financing model, 10, 145capital funds sources, 146-147capital requirements determination, 145-146relationship of capital and operating costs,

144-145hospital indicators and trends, 147-148hospital occupancy rates, 6, 150hospital operating costs

allocation of operating funds, 143-144financing model, 8, 138-142funding sources, 142-143operating expenditures, 144private sector, 141-142

hospital sector structure, 136-137insurance-based financing system, 7, 17managed care organizations (MCOs), 12, 141, 142,

149market-driven health care system, 18Maryland, 138

Page 184: Hospital Financing in Seven Countries - UNT Digital Library

Index | 159

Medicaid program, 6, 11-12, 18, 136, 143, 144prospective payment, 140retrospective payment, 140-141

medical technology, 13, 18, 145Medicare program, 6, 7, 11, 13, 18, 136, 138-139,

143, 144, 145Medigap policies, 143national health expenditures (NHE), 135national health insurance, 149National Health Planning and Resources Develop-

ment Act, 146New York (State), 146Nixon administration’s economic stabilization pro-

gram, 12nonprofit hospitals, 136operating expense financing, 8Oregon, 141outpatient care, 6, 11, 150peer review organizations, 139

percentage of total health care spending allotted tohospitals, 2-4

philanthropic donations, 146physicians, 137-138preferred provider organizations (PPOs), 141, 142private insurance, 7, 17, 142Prospective Payment Assessment Commission

(ProPAC), 139, 144, 148prospective payment system (PPS), 11, 13, 18, 138,

139 145Republican proposals, 149self-insurance, 142single-payer approach, 149“small market” reform, 149teaching hospitals, 136-137third-party payers, 7, 136, 150uninsured persons, 143, 149